Home

Section 1.0 - GE Healthcare

Contents

1. ss Ae Ay HOS00ZL LYS ewo e 5530084 E ue Se RE BIO DEE S309 ANOHLIM XT9Wassv 31OSNOO OIN MOSTAMN ASMA did 5 DEE ug UV EE pe dece ezazuz 093 LS tios on INOOH NVOS INOOH SNILVeH3dO f i dsH i Eech i i von uondo enids Aaen i oepiA Wee i i von SCH m i zx x mE oA Sin C3 EQ EO a Se i is Se MNI H i J MigXnv Z 4 aua of s We enen noon nt Des e e am My GAG p E HOLMS i 5 GGH Di M peog H Tepeay E god apogueg E i pegyoeIL el E H 2SNON lp E f i B pueoghoy Wi b pieog e1no oianv i foy Somos dot eN oiany WOO zw TEE m Leon z S E O pg Anueg H goso ge i do qeL ajosuo 9LOIN jueuinoop siuj JO snjejs ayy euiuuejep oj wejs s doysyomAW DHI9 ay ees Sse20Jd 093 493 94 0 12efqns eie sebueyo jojuo ebueyo jeuuoj jepun pue pesesjei si jueuinoog 39V3133 ejeis Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection Page 112 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 5 Host Co
2. im alm E iB in lpo C CA of o o o follo a BRI o b sw s sw o e x 80 Sra 5 190 A ug HI a 0 Kss A mmm 9 o ol e F1 3 PDU Control Board CI C gt 0 9 5 9llololololololololo a 1 o Hol d 9 o o Q o o ol lolololojololololo 20 CB2 CB3 CB4 9 Ktg Ksv 22 e jue MR rei oo LR Y 9000 o o elele TS2 3 TS3 TS5_ TS6 ojojo goog SITTI daga 8 8 si 2h SF n X 2 LL ome m oso e Em E D E E B SE EHBBHBSHB 9 A ks Y T e o Front View Note Wire colors may vary HVDC Axial OC Power CT Gantry TS2 1 TS2 2 TS2 3 TS3 1 TS
3. od mop mfg H3 Power Transformer D CT Gantry PET Gantry eres emm lt 7 e woe Axial Drive WR ToU WR From Ul ocpwr entry PWR d Customer VO e o z E bs E a BE S E gt BH Front View E Rear View Figure 5 1 NGPDU UPS PWR from UPS al OC PWR PWR t For Optima CT540 use NGPDU 71 TS5 0 not used Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 253 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 1 Required Tools e Multimeter with a rating of at least 1000 volts Multimeter leads with a rating of at least 1000 volts 1 2 Initial PDU Configuration WARNING THIS PROCEDURE MEASURES POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES USE AND 7 FOLLOW LOCKOUT TAGOUT PROCEDURES 5 1 2 1 Circuit Breakers Set all circuit breakers to OFF 1 2 2 Relay Board 1 Set SW to the normal position 2 When system is already three lamps are both lighting refer to Figure 5 2
4. sssseseene eene 35 3 1 7 AL Breaker EE E aw Lan Ee et ee el oH Pee ee 36 3 1 8 Installation Support Kits sssssssssssssessseeee eene 36 3 2 Mechanical Block Diagram sse eene nenne nennen nennen nenne 37 Table of Contents Page 17 S E x O O D GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry eeeeeeeeeeeeennnnnnnnnnnnn nnn 38 4 1 Establish Room Layout 38 4 2 Position the Gan sraa r a aAa a t dft de T RR E a 39 4 2 1 Gantry Prep For Access Greater Than 297 39 4 2 2 Gantry Prep For Access Less Than 28 39 4 2 3 Gantry Positioning All Sites ene nn nr 39 4 3 Level the Gantt E 42 4 4 Gantry Bearing Gap INSPeCtiOn enm eene nnns 45 4 4 1 Personnel Reouirements eene e eterne 45 4 4 2 Tools and Test Eouipment emere nnne 45 4 4 3 Damage lndicators eene eene nnns 45 43 4 Procedur ui ute eene eee tke to ee Rae AAA 46 4 4 5 Finalization Mechanical Installers ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 47 4 4 6 FE Service Action Required 47 4 4 7 FE Inspection Completion eene eene nnne 48 4 5 Install Gantry Alignment Laser and Bracket 48 4 5 1 Tools and Test Eouipment eene 48 4 5 2 BrOGedUrG 4 ui eere canto meee ea ede asa Wino ale da 48 46 Table Prep and Get
5. Confirmation box appears Click OK Console Bootup Complete Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 277 D 2 D nH w uy GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL HP Boot OS Reeg Reboot Power ON Run Power ON Diag gt p No If Failure continues HP Invent screen appears Check HW Iny replace HP PP Check Diag LEDs on HP H Yes y Look for LINUX Boot SCSI tower components screen gt DVD amp MOD No Linux loads Host Drives four 300 GB HDD Memory 12 GB Application Power Up Messages appear SE in Pink Attention Recon initializes On boxes CT Power desktop GUI check Autostart OC Recon status messages Resetting 1 2 min Complete Idle Confirmation box appears Click OK Yes Initializing please wait Console Bootup Complete Figure 5 20 NIO16 Console Boot up Flow Chart 2 11 Adjust Monitor 1 If you are not on the Service Desktop click on the SERVICE DESKTOP icon g s 2 Click on the IMAGE QUALITY icon 3 Select INSTALL SMPTE IMAGE and wait approximately 3 4 minutes for SMPTE image to install When complete the following message will display SMPTE and QA images have been successfully copied 4 Press ENTER to ex
6. Metal Tab on side cover fits behind bracket on top cover Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 147 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 Turn OFF the 120 VAC AXIAL DRIVE and HVDC power switches on the gantry service switch panel see Figure A 3 5 Figure A 3 Gantry Service Switches 120 VAC EMBL om OFF TILT EN SW STATUS TILT ENBL J 2 To Emergency Switoh GANTRY 120VAC ENBL e SERVICE AXIAL DRIVE HVDC EMBL ox est ox OFF OFF AXIAL_DRIVE_ENBL HVDC ENBL Seu ConlInuous Mode Boboen el lad AXIAL TEST Raion FORWARD el TILT BAC KINARD DIRECTION Repeat steps 1 3 for the left side cover 1 2 Side Cover Installation 1 2 KSE AXIAL_SPEED eim FAN HIGH FORCE FANS ON NORMAL MODE FORCE_GANTRY_FANS High Speed DRIVES RESET ESTOP RESET m 4 1 To MSUB Yellow LED Green LED Momentary Toggle Switch Toggle Switch To install a side cover place it over the top cover and let the two 2 side cover latches slide behind the metal tabs located on the top cover See Figure A 2 Use Hex wrench to secure the side cover to front cover by turning the bolts a quarter turn See Figure A 1 Page 148 Section 1 0 Gantry Side Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED E
7. ssssssssssee eem 306 6 4 8 2 Center Smudge Failure HRecoven 306 gt Specifications nde nat reden ee ure Lee ea Heu dad 306 gt Recommended Recovery cccccccccoccccconononcncnnnnan cnc nnnn nano nc nn ems 306 6 4 8 3 Band or Streak Artifact Failure Hecovenm 306 PESPECIICALIONS nda de citet t beet eade 306 gt Recommended Recovery sssssssssseeee ems 306 6 5 20cm QA Phantom Image Series Image Performance Verification 307 6 5 1 Image Performance Verification Methods Selection cc ceeeeeeeeteeeeeenteees 307 6 5 2 Image Performance Verification without QA2 Protocol 308 6 5 2 1 Acquiring the 20cm QA Phantom Image Series 308 6 5 2 2 20cm QA Phantom Image Series Performance Verification 309 6 5 2 3 Failure Recommended Actions ooooccononnccccnnccccccccnnnonann conan ncnn rca 314 51 Image Series 4 Image MTF Average Failure Recovery 314 ele e EE 314 gt Recommended Recovery sssssssssse eee 314 gt 2nd Recon series Visible Lines Failure Recovery 314 SpecIfICatloris toii e ettet die llas laa AM dee M Rees 314 gt Recommended Recovery sssssssssse eem 314 gt 3 and 4th Image Series Failure HRecoven 314 ele e EE 314 gt Recommended Recovery cocccccccccoccccconononcccnnonan cnc cnnn nano roca emm 314 gt 5th Imag
8. in GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 4 CT System X Ray ON Indicators Cautions amp Warning Labels 3 4 1 Check And Install System Warning Labels All labels are installed in English and present on PDU Console Table Gantry and Accessories Replace the labels listed below Table 5 2 and Section 3 5 with the appropriate language labels for the country installed Additionally apply any other warning labels if present on equipment where appropriate The system rating plate of the scanner marked with IPXO should have below IEC rev3 unique labels Detail IEC rev3 unique Caution labels information please refer to Caution Label Installation Procedure 5442204 1EN shipped with system Caution Label Classification Read Docs Caution AVOID INJURY Read and understand information in manuals before operating product Pinch Point Caution PINCH POINT Keep hands clear when tilting PDU Movement Caution PDU CAN MOVE AND DAMAGE CABLES Do notlean on or move when connected to power Load Limit Caution Label Only use a label that exactly rot exceed table Bo not exceed tbl recite matches the Table Load Limit um capacity maximum capacit maximum capacity of 227 kg 500 Ib of 306 kg 675 Ib of 180 kg 397 Ib Valu e Table 500 Ib Caution Table 675 Ib Caution Table 180 kg Caution Language P N 5442202 XX Rev Y Language P N 544
9. uy Figure 5 16 Hardware Settings Screen with NIO Console a Review the information for Gantry Type Tube Type for this system b Selectthe DAS Type Console Type installed with this system c Reviewthe Table Type PDU Type and Number of IGs for this system 9 Select the NETWORK button to display the Network Settings Screen as shown in Figure 5 17 Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 273 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Comment Comment Comment Figure 5 17 Network Settings Screen 10 Configure Network Settings This screen provides the ability to declare the CT system on a hospital network Key information such as Host Name IP Address Net Mask for CT systems on a subnet must be obtained from the hospital network administrator See Chapter 7 for more information and complete details of setting the Hospital System Network Configuration a b Enter the Suite Name The Suite Name must start with a letter followed by three alphanumeric characters Total must be four characters long The name of the OC interface will be suite Name within the scanner s subnet Typically you should use su01 or ct01 su and ct must be lowercase unless the customer prefers a different suite name Enter the hospital provided Host Name The Host Name identifies the network hostname and AE Title of the CT syst
10. 08 05 11 Chapter 1 Section 4 9 Added table ISO unit during table alignment Page 14 Revision History GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Rev Date Reason for change 4 12 03 10 Chapter 2 Section 4 2 Added new Media Tower connection 3 11 05 10 Chapter 1 Added Section 9 6 for TIO Console Power Switch adjustment Chapter 5 Section 3 11 Updated the Interference Test Value per Service Note175 2 06 01 10 Chapter 5 Section 3 4 1 Remove Table rear side cover warning label and Accessories Sagittal Head Holder Warning label from the Table 5 2 Chapter 5 Section 3 10 Correct the MTCB to GTCB Chapter 5 Section 3 10 Updated GT1700 cradle travel distance 1 08 24 07 Initial Release Revision History Page 15 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 16 Revision History GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Table of Contents Book 1 Preface Publication Conventions eiii ect nsa iii adidas 25 Section 1 0 Safety amp Hazard Information esee 25 1 1 Text and Character HRepresentation emere 25 1 2 Graphical Representation a aa a E E e a ssns 26 Section 2 0 Publication CONVENTOS nnmnnn 27 2 1 General Paragraph and Character Give 2
11. Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 125 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 8 0 Table Connections Pull and connect the following cables Table 2 15 Table Cable Connections TABLE CABLE DESCRIPTION J1 table power 120 VAC J9 table control Signal Cable Table ground Table ground Figure 2 42 Table Connections GTCB J9 Note You may need to add the table ground cable O Check box when complete Page 126 Section 8 0 Table Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 9 0 PDU Cable Connections amp Configuration CAUTION 9 1 Do not work in an energized PDU When working on the PDU follow this simple rule Always tag and lock out power to the PDU at the main disconnect Failure to due so can result in electrocution or death Do NOT apply power to the PDU until all work has been completed and all PDU covers are in their proper place As seen in Figure 2 43 a number of cables must be installed throughout the PDU Specific details on each connection can be found in the sub sections that follow Use Figure 2 43 for reference The PDU has been designed to have cables routed into the PDU from behind and or beneath it Introduction to NGPDU Figure 2 43 PDU Cable Connections for PDU 3 Front NGPDU 3 Covers Removed
12. Figure C 5 Down Leg and Screws 5 Insert outer leg cover and inner leg cover into down leg slot Then push down the upper cover to fix them Figure C 6 Page 194 Section 1 0 FWS Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 6 Outer and Inner Leg Covers 6 Place the worksurface upside down on a clean soft surface to prevent scratching Invert the table base onto the worksurface taking care to align the holes with the pre drilled holes in the worksurface Secure the table base to the worksurface with eight M6 x 20 screws Figure C 7 Figure C 7 Table base and Worksurface Lo 25 GE SR 6 lt go eS as PB Q Lo E 7 Carefully turn the table assembly to the upright position Insert hole cover into one of the two holes in the worksurface the other hole would be used for monitor installation 8 The four adjustable glides may be raised or lowered to accommodate varying floor surfaces Lift the leg off the floor and turn the glide clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 195 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 2 2 Install Seismic Kit For FWS 5168666 2 3 There are two kinds of anti seismic brackets as shown in below figure 1 A k ES FWS anti seismic bracket FWS a
13. Note 2 7 Recon series is generated from QA1 MTF 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s automatically 6 5 2 2 20cm QA Phantom Image Series Performance Verification 15t QA Phantom Image Series 4 Image MTF Average and Contrast Scale Image Performance Verification 1 Launch the Image Analysis Tool a From the Global Control Palette click on the Service Desktop b From the Service Desktop upper navigational bar click on IMAGE QUALITY TESTS c In the left navigational area directory click on IMAGE ANALYSIS Note During the Image Analysis process you will need to switch between the Service Browser screen to select the image series to analyze and the Image Analysis screen to run a particular Auto 1x analysis test Use ALT F1 to bring a window to the front Use ALT F3 to send a window to the back 2 Using the Auto 1x Tool on the Image Analysis screen generate a QA 1 MTF and QA 1 Contrast Scale report for the 15t series of the 20cm QA Phantom acquisition 2 E 3 Di O o E wo a From the Service Browser window select the 1 series of the 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 2 b On the Image Analysis Tool window click on the AUTO 1X diamond shaped button See Figure 6 3 on page 302 C Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select the IMGSER 20QA test from the pull down menu slide cursor to the right to select QA1 MTF 2X10 120KV 260MA 1S from the test pull down menu d Click on the ACCEPT butt
14. Section 1 0 System Continuity amp Ground Checks Mechanical Contractor GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 3 1 Front View of NGPDU with Covers Removed NGPDU 3 Covers Removed NGPDU 71 Covers Removed
15. Complete set of standard U S drill bits Metric tap set Optional 12 mm concrete drill bit 2203081 HILTI TE CX 12 17 or equivalent 72 masonry bit min 8 long USA 18 optional for rear table hole 3 76mm hole saw with 1 4 6mm masonry bit to remove flooring Page 32 Section 2 0 Install Table Gantry Introduction GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL POWER TOOLS e 3 8 or Y drill cordless or electric Reciprocating saw Sawzall or equivalent and assorted blades Hammer Drill amp Blt 8 min 12 max Sears 17740 Shop Vacuum or equivalent with HEPA or dry wall dust filter Sears part number 17918 or equivalent e 25 extension power cords HAND TOOLS un Ball Peen Hammer 1Ib or 2lb Diagonal Cutting Pliers Small E Tongue amp Groove Pliers large Large pry bar ES Ee Diagonal Cutting Pliers Large 4 2 amp 9 torpedo levels see Table 1 2 a to cut 1 0 ground Recommended Levels 5 Framing Square e g Empire 16 x 24 Laser level see Table 1 2 Recommended e aluminum square Levels 9 Table 1 2 Recommended Levels Johnson Magnetic Level model 7500M 9 Johnson Magnetic Level model 4500 Stanley Magnetic Level e Level gt Johnson Professional Box Beam Level model 9624 Empire Titan Professional Box Beam Level model 900 series 48 Johnson Professional Box Beam Level
16. Center Artifact or Center Smudge SPECIFICATIONS All eight images of the series must pass 20cm QA 3 Center Artifact and Center Smudge specifications Page 322 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Center Artifact Factor 3 5 Center Smudge Factor 2 2 RECOMMENDED RECOVERY 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 3 1 amp 6 5 3 2 to verify Image Performance Ring Band or Streak Artifact Failure Recovery SPECIFICATIONS Ring Artifact Ring Factor lt 4 8 e Band Artifact Band Factor 2 8 from Ocm to 8 5cm lt 2 8 gt 8 5cm Streak Artifact Streak Factor lt 4 0 RECOMMENDED RECOVERY 1 Troubleshoot Ring Band or Streak artifact failures as described in the Service Manual 2 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 3 1 amp 6 5 3 2 to verify Image Performance ES E 3 o kl Oo o wo Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 323 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 7 0 System Functional Test NOTICE Note Use the system tests in the following sections to exercise all aspects of the system and to ensure system integrity before releasing to the customer Although the means standard deviation
17. 5 Lift up on the strap on the front of the step board Figure 1 59 to lower the skid Remove the step board 6 Ensure the console stabilizers are in line with the notched portion at the front of the skid This will allow enough clearance to smoothly roll the console down the ramps 7 Move console to installation location Page 80 Section 9 0 Install Operator Console GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 9 2 Remove the HostPC support Bracket 1 Remove the Host PC Support Bracket from left side of TIO refer to Figure 1 61 Figure 1 61 Host PC Support Bracket Support Bracket Lo E Di S Lo O 3 Lo O a 9 3 Footer Adjustment 1 Place the console at the operator room 2 Adjust two rubber footer to prevent console from sliding Figure 1 62 Rubber Footer Adjustment Rubber Footer Leida Screw Adjuster Screw Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 81 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 9 4 Install Operating Table 9 4 1 Install FWS table and Monitor Arms 1 Assemble FWS table Refer to Appendix C for details of FWS and monitor arms assembly 2 Install LCD Monitor and install monitor arms 3 Place the FWS table at one side of the console Note FWS table should be place side by side with the console considering that the extended cable length u
18. DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 7 AC Box Connections CAUTION Note The outlets are not for General Use Operator Console outlet has a rating for 2 5A at 120VAC Accessories should not exceed above rating Console power is single phase power Outlet assigned is not critical 1 Connect the console power cable and ground cable to the console power panel 2 Connect console component power cords as listed in Table 2 13 J numbers increment from top to bottom left to right Number J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J56 Description Display Monitor Power Connection Scan Monitor Power Connection Peripheral Media Tower Power Connection In Room Monitor Connection Injector Power Connection RPM Power Connection GSCB Power Connection Table 2 13 AC Box Outlet Assignments Figure 2 32 AC Box 5412524 Connections Page 116 Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 33 AC Box 5412524 2 Connections Li o o E 8 120V AC 10A 50 60HZ 120V AC 10A 50 60HZ y J10 120V AC2 5A 50 60HZ 120V AC 25A 50 60HZ JJ H JI J6 amp J9 J12 controlled by CB1 713 J14 J55 controlled by CB3 a y gt e a D un N Chapter 2 P
19. E a E Sosa gt DN af Verify SW is in the ded normal position Figure 5 2 NGPDU Control Board Page 254 Section 1 0 Electrical Power On amp Ground Checks GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 23 Power Switches Turn OFF all power switches on all subsystems Gantry DAS Power Pan Breaker Table e Console 1 24 Hardware and Connection Check Use this step to check mechanical connections and tighten anything that may have shaken loose during shipment Verify all hardware and connections in the PDU are securely fastened 1 2 5 Covers Install or verify the presence of all the lexan safety covers SEO 1 3 Suite Emergency Off Checks o WARNING VERIFY ALL PERSONNEL HAVE CLEARED THE SYSTEM BEFORE YOU TURN ON WALL POWER Y 1 Turn wall power ON to the PDU 2 Press the suite emergency off button and verify it turns off wall power to the PDU Typically this red palm button is located on the wall close to the console within the scan suite 3 Verify that all Emergency Off buttons are working properly 4 Leave power OFF D 2 D Ka L E in 1 4 Line Transformer Settings WARNING MAINS VOLTAGE MAY VARIABLE FOR DIFFERENT COUNTRY REGION MAKE SURE TO SET THE APPROPRIATE PDU TAPS CONNECTIONS 1 4 1 Requirements 1 The PDU is shipped configured for 480VAC 2 Complete only if your site
20. Front Cover J3 Control Panel J1 Figure B 28 FRT CVR J3 Cable Page 182 Section 4 0 Gantry Front Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 3 Front Cover Installation NOTICE Hu 1 Remove the gantry xtream display and control panel assembly from their service position and re attach them to the gantry cover a Disconnect cables from the gantry display and the control panel b Install Gantry Display in front cover Secure the 6 thumbscrews With a flat blade screwdriver gently tighten past finger tight c Set the dip switch S19 on the control panel to all OFF position d Install Gantry control panel making sure the screws are secure within the receivers e Re attach cables Potential for front cover damage When you rotate the gantry front cover back to its vertical position make sure not to scratch the front cover with the edge of the table cradle 2 Rotate gantry front cover back to its vertical position 3 Attach the front cover a Align the studs on both sides of the front cover with each associated receiver Receiver is located on the gantry frame p e Receiver i a b D o gt O LI Ei Figure B 29 Cover stud and Mounting bracket receiver b For Right Side Insert the stud on one side into its associated receiver and attach the rubber retaining straps Then insert the stud on the
21. WORKSPACE REQUIREMENT Direction of service Access Front of UPS Service access width Right side and length of UPS Head Clearance MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE 914 mm 36 in 762 mm 30 in 1981 mm 78 in Table F 5 UPS Subsystem WORKSPACE REQUIREMENT Direction of service Access Front of A1 Disconnect MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE 914 4 mm 36 in Table F 6 A1 Disconnect Subsystem ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS There are no exposed live part hazards with the cover in place This component is typically serviced from the front with access to the rear If exposed live parts of 151 600 volts are present 1219 mm 48 in is required on both sides of the workspace with the operator between f the opposite wall is grounded and exposed live parts of 151 600 volts are present 1067 mm 42 in is required This is the width of the working space in front of the equipment A minimum of 762 mm 30 in or the width of the equipment whichever is greater is required This is the height of the workspace measured from the floor at the front edge of the equipment to the ceiling or overhead obstruction s A minimum of 1981 mm 78 in or the height of the equipment whichever is greater is required ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS There are no exposed live part hazards with the cover in place This component is typically serviced from the front with access to the rear If exposed live parts of 151
22. 4 Turn OFF axial drive enable switch AXIAL_DRIVE Turn OFF HVDC enable switch Press red E STOP button Manually rotate the gantry 360 degrees Keep one finger on the Gantry button Listen for any interference between the rotating and stationary parts Correct any interference problems Listen for any loose parts Tighten parts as needed Turn ON axial drive enable switch AXIAL DRIVE MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO OBSTRUCTIONS AROUND THE GANTRY PRESSING THE ALIGNMENT LIGHT PUSHBUTTON WILL CAUSE THE GANTRY TO ROTATE Press the alignment light push button Verify that the gantry rotates Perform a 4 second X ray OFF scan D 2 D Ka Oo E in During the scan it may be necessary to enter the scan room to obtain a better listening position If so keep a finger on one of the four E STOP buttons on the gantry to quickly stop the gantry if necessary d From the console click on the SERVICE DESKTOP icon Select DIAGNOSTICS Select DIAGNOSTIC DATA COLLECTION Set the scan time to 4 00 seconds and rotating X ray Off Leave the door open This makes it easier to hear any loose or interfering parts Listen for any interference between the rotating and stationary parts Correct any interference problems Listen for any loose parts Tighten parts as needed f After completing the 4 second scan repeat Step a through Step e with the following scan times 2 0 second scans 1
23. 600 volts are present 1219 mm 48 in is required on both sides of the workspace with the operator between If the opposite wall is grounded and exposed live parts of 151 600 volts are present 1067 mm 42 in is required Appendix F Regulatory Clearance Quick Reference Guide Page 221 Kal Q9 o 5 i Is E Oo ES O o E o E ac LI uj GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 WORKSPACE REQUIREMENT Service access width Right side and length of A1 Disconnect Head Clearance MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE 762 mm 30 in 1981 mm 78 in BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS This is the width of the working space in front of the equipment A minimum of 762 mm 30 in or the width of the equipment whichever is greater is required This is the height of the workspace measured from the floor at the front edge of the equipment to the ceiling or overhead obstruction s A minimum of 1981 mm 78 in or the height of the equipment whichever is greater is required Table F 6 A1 Disconnect Subsystem Continued Page 222 Section 3 0 Regulatory and Service Clearances GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 4 0 Minimum Room Size Limited Access The CT Gantry Left Side Limited Access Initiative provides the capability to reduce the minimum room size for CT Systems
24. P N 5145421 Shoulder Bolts b Fit side dolly through the shoulder bolts and secure assembly with two 2 wing nuts See Figure A 22 c Repeat steps a and b for the other side dolly Potential for injury if covers removed and power is left ON 2 Disconnect cables on the right side of the rear cover 3 Remove rear cover a Disengage upper and lower cantrell brackets on both sides of the rear cover 1 Using steady but firm pressure lift each of the lower cantrell brackets from their associated retainers See Figure A 9 2 Disengage the locking mechanism on the upper cantrell brackets by using your thumb to slide the trigger red lever back This will release the locking mechanism and allow the cantrell to be rotated upwards with steady and firm pressure b Disengage the rubber retaining straps on both sides Page 160 Section 4 0 Gantry Rear Cover GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 2 Installation 1 Position cover in back of gantry 2 Attach the rear cover a Align the studs on both sides of the rear cover with the receivers located on the gantry frame b Insert the stud on one side into its associated receiver and attach the rubber retaining straps Then insert the stud on the other side into its associated receiver and attach its rubber retaining straps Note You may find it helpful to lift up on the cover to align the s
25. SYMBOL PUBLICATION 417 5339 417 5009 DESCRIPTION X ray Source Assembly Emitting Standby Table Set Intercom Table 1 1 Symbols on Operator Console Power On light on Standby light off Page 382 Appendix Symbols www gehealthcare com
26. Verify all personnel have cleared the system before you turn on wall power 1 Turn ON the A1 breaker panel 2 Turn ON all system power switches and breakers PDU gantry table console SUB SYSTEM POWER UP 1 Turn ON switch S3 in the table 120VAC 24 hr power 2 Turn the gantry 120VAC to ON Light should turn on 3 Turn AXIAL DRIVE ENABLE ON Light should turn on 4 Turn HV DC ENABLE ON Light should turn on 5 Push the Service Switch Panel reset button See Figure 5 4 120VAC AXIAL DRIVE ENBL ON GANTRY_120VAC_ENBL AXIAL oer SERVICES MODE E ja 10N SPEED dich C 2 NORMAL MODE TEST ROTATION SPEED SPEED wh ny Le LE DRIVES RESET m FORWARD Bei ESTOP RESET Fors BACKWARD DIRECTION f 2 Figure 5 4 Service Switch Panel Page 258 Section 1 0 Electrical Power On amp Ground Checks GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Note WARNING NOTICE AXIAL ENABLE SWITCH TEST 1 DF WN Turn OFF axial drive enable switch AXIAL DRIVE on the Service Switch Panel For the initial condition do NOT leave the tube at the 2 30 position Clear the gantry area for rotation Press the alignment light push button Verify that the gantry did not rotate Turn ON axial drive enable switch AXIAL DRIVE on the Service Switch Panel ROTATION SAFETY CHECKLIST 1 2 3
27. beam shows It will be used for this operation Times pressed Function Notes 1 2 Self leveling on 3 4 Self leveling off Do not use Figure 1 20 Laser On Button 6 Align the laser by carefully rotating the laser base assembly so that the I beam shines through the center of the alignment sight mounted on the end of the alignment plate Note The laser beam may be wider depending on the battery life 7 Use the locking screw on the bottom of the alignment bar to secure the laser to the bar as shown in Figure 1 21 When done the laser should fit snugly without moving on the mounting bracket Figure 1 21 Laser Centering Note When tightening the laser may move Use caution to prevent any movement Any movement can result in drilling the table anchor holes in the wrong location Page 50 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 8 After the laser is centered notice that the laser beam also appears on the back wall Place a piece of masking on the wall at and carefully mark a line on the laser line This line will later be used in the table alignment This line is also useful in determining if the laser unit moves during the alignment process 9 Remove the alignment centering plate and store in the alignment case 10 Using a chalk line mark a table center line on the floor al
28. eese 336 6 1 Enter Remote Host Configuration Screen oononccccnnnooccccccnncnncnccnnnan cnn nc nano eee 336 6 2 Declaring Advantage NET Remote Hosts on the Scanner sss 336 6 3 Declaring DICOM Remote Hosts on the CT Scanner 337 Section 7 0 Declaring the CT System on Remote Hosts eese 339 7 1 Declaring the Scanner on Advantage NET Protocol Devices Systems 339 7 2 Declaring the Scanner on DICOM Protocol Devices Systems ieneeeeeeereeeeeeeeen 339 Section 8 0 DICOM HIS RIS Setup a 340 Table of Contents Page 241 is E N x e o DO GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 8 1 See TEE E 340 8 2 Loading ConnectPRO Software Option on the CT Gvstem 340 8 3 PPS Set p idoli qe dd 342 Section 9 0 DICOM Filming Devices Setup eeeeeeeeeeeeneneeneneennennen 343 9 1 Be TEE 343 9 2 Declaring DICOM Filming Devices on the CT Gvstem 343 9 3 Troubleshooting EN UU EE 353 Section 10 0 Network Connections nicocciinccanacon conca rd EEN 355 Section 11 0 Modem Setup in IIP Configuration eeeeeeeeeeenennnnnnnnnn 361 Chapter 8 System Level Safety Tests cccceescceeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeseeeeeseneeseeeeeeeeenaenes 363 Section 1 0 Patient Touch Leakage Test sseeeeeee
29. gt o I lt b Attach side dolly to the shoulder bolts and secure assembly with two 2 wing nuts c Repeat steps a and b to assemble the other side dolly 4 Detach front cover J3 and J2 and front cover BKHD J1 cables 5 Remove front cover a Disengage upper and lower cantrell brackets on both sides of the cover 1 Using steady but firm pressure lift each of the lower cantrell brackets from their associated retainers See Figure A 9 Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 153 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure A 9 Releasing cover brackets dh Rotis Wouwer Upper cantrell 2 Disengage the locking mechanism on the upper cantrell brackets by using your thumb to slide the trigger red lever back This will release the locking mechanism and allow the cantrell to be rotated upwards with steady and firm pressure b Disengage the rubber retaining straps on both sides You may find it helpful to lift up on the cover to align the stud while attaching the rubber retaining straps c Also lift and rotate cover locking arm to unlocked position Figure A 10 Rubber retaining straps and Cover Locking mechanism NOTE The rubber retaining straps at the right side of the gantry are different from the current HP60 system 6 Rotate front cover away from gantry a Move front c
30. i A z S AA A i looi d fool OG QO axle BRI oF o sw le sw e i 9 E A ei A AAT Ako O ra fu o 9 6 6 Kss R 3 E MENO Lessel F1 3 e PDU Control Board a 0 ADAN z A 5 kd CB1 g Q S SEI E cs2 CB3 yuri CBS CB7 en S TE PA e o ES ORAR ER po s Eoi 20 E mi T Ere g 2 kealle g Ecl Telle H H 20 CB2 CB3 CB4 9 Ktg m CB10 o Ksv 2 90 loo er Kon 2 KDP Wess TS4 PS Ea IIIJ TS4 IIIJ sees Fiat IL sl ili TS1 09 E e O m sess sees L ii hed bed TS2 1 d o o o Ts2 i STO TS3 TS5 TS6 e ololo TS3 TS5 TSG 4 All RARA BARA TR 2 o lolo Eti Im elo cb m 8 e 9 lt o o E US S o a D o o n Bea WI e Y E e 2 E p 52 a E gt 30 O 0 x e cuHRBBEBRS HE NIETOS 8 a E e mm s E a 3 f g RO E 2 Ej a E E A B i o W E g E M Front View Figure 3 2 Gantry Power Pan Old Power Pan Simplified Power Pan Chapter 3 System Continuity amp Ground Checks Page 141 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL HK TURN OFF ALL PDU CIRCUIT BREAKERS D 7 Setan ohmmeter to the lowest scale Check between the following points for shorts to ground Verify no continuity exists between the following points Table 3 3 No Continuity Verification Points FROM PDU TO A1 BREAKER BOX TS2 1 HVDC Red vault ground Check box when complete TS2 3 HVDC Black vault ground Check box when complete TS3 1 440vac output Black va
31. AvXo AvXc and AvSDo amp Center Smudge 1 Launch the Image Analysis Tool a From the Global Control Palette click on the Service Desktop b From the Service Desktop upper navigational bar click on the IMAGE QUALITY icon C In the left navigational area directory click on IMAGE ANALYSIS Note During the Image Analysis process you will need to switch between the Service Browser screen to select the image series to analyze and the Image Analysis screen to run a particular Auto 1x analysis test Use ALT F1 to bring a window to the front Use ALT F3 to send a window to the back Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 505 ES E 3 o E Oo o wo GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 Using the AUTO 1X Tool on the Image Analysis screen generate a Series Means and Center Smudge report for the 1st series of the 48cm Phantom acquisition a From the Service Browser window select the 48cm Phantom series acquired in Section 6 4 1 b On the Image Analysis Tool window click on the AUTO 1X diamond shaped button See Figure 6 2 on page 302 C Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select the IMGSER 48CM test from the pull down menu slide cursor to the right and select 16X1 25 120KV 400MA 2S from the test pull down menu and continue to slide cursor to the right to select AUTO d Click on the ACCEPT button 3 Review the Image Analysis Report
32. Do not drop bolts or the bar on the collimator faceplate Attach the bar as shown in Figure 1 18 Using a minimum 223 mm 9 in level placed on the attached bar level the bar by rotating the gantry Page 48 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 18 Alignment Bar Installation Location Lo E Di S Lo O 3 Lo O a CAUTION Potential for injury DO NOT look into the laser Use appropriate safety procedures when working with lasers 3 Attach the laser centering plate onto the laser mounting bar as shown in Figure 1 19 The plate is attached from under the alignment bar using two fixed locators and two thumb screws Figure 1 19 Attach Laser Center Plate Laser Mounting Screw Thumb screws Alignment tabs right tab not shown 4 When done insert the laser and turn on the laser using the controls on the back If the laser is loose when mounted use a 2 piece of Velcro loop fuzzy section and attach to the alignment plate over the attachment screw Remount the laser and it should fit snugly without moving Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 49 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 When pressed _the ON button steps through four different beam profiles and Self Leveling Off Press the ON button until the
33. Dolly Installation w Wood Block 166 Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 167 Section 1 0 Gantry Scan Win EEN 167 Section 2 0 Gantry Side Covers a 168 2 1 Side Cover Removal nn eot deti isee a laberte etie Dota c eh ceci ba diues ebbe set 168 2 2 Side Cover Installation c ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeenceaeceeeeeeeeeeeesececnaeaaeeeeeeeeeeesesenesenseaeeees 169 Section 3 0 Gantry Top COVES oia basas 170 3 1 Top Cover Removal a aa aaea i aa ea aaae e EEE Paea aeaa etre rra nennen nene rentre nns nnns nnne 170 3 2 op Cover Installation act sce et leticia 171 Section 4 0 Gantry Front Covers ee E 172 4 1 Front Cover Dolly Setup cccccseceecdeeetenetcecetpeececdensnenecceeebeneaedeebedecgeeenendgeddertaneeeseees 172 4 2 Front Cover Removal enne enne tnn r nennen sensn nennen 173 4 3 Front Cover Installations 5 39 22 1 ert elt bal iiec ee tes tat ia beate ica 183 Section 5 0 Gantry Bore Cover Ute deest Lc e Lt tax ES 184 5 1 A anode metet deabus 184 5 2 Installations eret o E sandy pore mI umi 186 Section 6 0 Gantry Rear COVERS m Eege 187 6 1 tt eege 187 6 1 1 Slide Out Rear Cover 45d dete daa 187 Page 22 Table of Contents GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL GJ Rear Cover Removal neu haa Hee ep
34. From the Service Browser window select the 1 series of the 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 3 b Onthe Image Analysis Tool window click on the AUTO 1X diamond shaped button See Figure 6 2 on page 302 C Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select the IMGSER 20QA test from the pull down menu slide cursor to the right to select QA1 MTF 2X10 120KV 260MA 1S from the test pull down menu d Click on the ACCEPT button 3 Review the Image Analysis Report data and record the Per Image MTF 4 Image MTF Average and Per Image Contrast Scale data for each row in Table 6 7 a Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS See Figure 6 3 on page 302 b Verify the scan parameter values displayed in the report match those in Table 6 7 Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 317 2 E 3 Di D o E wo GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL c Record Per Image MTF and Per Image Contrast Scale data for each image in Table 6 7 Image MTF MTF 4 slice average Contrast Scale Comments 1 N A 2 N A 3 N A 4 N A Specifications NA 0 581010 1100101300 MA Table 6 7 20cm QA 1 Phantom High Contrast Spatial Resolution Image Performance MTF and Contrast Scale 2 Recon series 4 Bone Retro Image Visible Lines Image Perf Verification 1 Using the Auto 1x Tool on the Image Ana
35. M8 IM OL nad S LHOIT SNINSVM AVH X E 9 MZ O3S OL LV 440 AON39H3W3 W31SAS E euondo 9 M ZH 09 08 OWA 08h 08 nad OL Lv Y30333 8NS x D ME ZH 09 05 OWA O08b 08 LV OL JON 30334 SNIVIA Di Sdn SNOILINIJ3Q 318V2 Q3 IIV13G 304 dS9 66S0 2 OL 43334 jeuondo jeuondo Nd A TaNvd 193NNOOSIQ n OMC Sdn Sdn OLL IEN ON ANNOYS 0 T ZH 09 0S LINA CHHj3SVMdt didaws E NOLLN8IWLSIO 08b 08 Tt VIS H3MOd SNIVIA AA AlhIov4 NadON fee Za S P i S LH9n 340 Mei ONINEVM AON3OM3INS WOO WALSAS TM oas Section 2 0 System Interconnect Diagram Page 90 GE COMPANY BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 4JaMOg DISU Z 31OSNOO S HO1VH3dO HOLOGfNI A A xoa L31LNO OV jeuondo San euondo TANVd LOANNOOSIGC Sdn AYVNOLLVLS AHINVO Figure 2 3 System Interconnect Diagram with AC Outlet Box LINA NOLLOSIMISIG H3MOd NddON pepioud ji wayshg 13d OL LLL SIN39 Aq parjddns eue siayjo y perjddns Jawojsn9 ae G Y y Z SUNY 31ON Mv TANVd OSIA SdN OL TONLNOD SAN 318VO TVNOIS MS LY OL TON LNOOD Sdn 318V9 TVNDIS SSINYVH AYVNOLLVLS AHINVO JO LYYd 3189 qaq1aiHs MSZ 318V L OL AHLNVO 3718V9 TVN9IS OlLdO 43813 310SNOO OL AHLNVO 318VO V1VG Sef L3NH3HI3 310SNOO OL AYINVO 318
36. NOTICE Potential for equipment damage Observe correct polarity when connecting the high voltage DC power Reversing these leads will result in serious equipment damage The HVDC positive conductors have red insulation and are labeled ONE The HVDC negative conductors have black insulation and are labeled TWO Lead ONE must be connected to lead ONE and lead TWO must be connected to lead TWO Observe correct phase rotation when connecting the axial motor power Phases one two and three should be connected top to bottom 2 Install the cables to the gantry power pan The power pan is located on the rear of the gantry at its base See Figure 2 35 Figure 2 36 and Figure 2 38 for connections Note The gantry 120VAC cable may not fit under the gantry frame Install this cable before gantry placement or remove the power plug to route it under the gantry Figure 2 35 Gantry Power Pan Connections AC 440 3 phase axial drive Gantry 120 VAC DIP Fiber Optic Eth rnet LAN Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 121 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 36 Gantry Power Pan 120 VAC Gantry HVAC 120V Power Pan 120V Power Input HVDC HVAC 440V Bice osi Ethernet LAN Axial Drive puc Page 122 Section 7 0 Gantry Cable Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIG
37. Paragraph prefixes such as hazard caution danger and warning are used to identify important safety information Text Hazard styles are applied to the paragraph contents that is applicable to each specific safety statement Words describe the type of potential hazard that may be encountered and are placed immediately before the paragraph it modifies Safety information will normally include Type of potential hazard e Nature of potential injury Causative condition How to avoid or correct the causative condition EXAMPLES OF HAZARD STATEMENTS USED A few examples are provided that have been adapted form GEMS global document standard 2119696 100 They include paragraph prefixes and modified text styles Caution is used when a hazard exists that can or could cause minor injury to self or others if instructions are ignored They include for example e Loss of critical patient data e Crush or pinch points Sharp objects DANGER IS USED WHEN A HAZARD EXISTS THAT WILL CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED THEY CAN INCLUDE e ELECTROCUTION e CRUSHING RADIATION WARNING IS USED WHEN A HAZARD EXISTS WHICH COULD OR CAN CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED THEY CAN INCLUDE Potential for shock Exposed wires Failure to Tag and lockout system power could allow for un command motion Preface Page 25 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12
38. Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 5 0 Declaring the System on the Hospital Network 5 1 Enter Configuration Routine 1 On the OC open a Shell window 2 Enter root as a superuser Type su ENTER at the prompt Type the password and press ENTER at the password prompt 3 Change directory to scripts Type cd user g scripts ENTER at the root prompt 4 Launch the Install Utility Type reconfig ENTER at the prompt The OC displays the Install Utility Window as shown in Figure 7 1 Figure 7 1 Install Utility Window Page 332 Section 5 0 Declaring the System on the Hospital Network GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 Enter the Configuration Routine Using the mouse click on the CONFIG button The OC displays the System Configuration System Settings screen as shown in Figure 7 2 v America v Arctic Asta v Atlantic Australia v Europe v indan v Pacific Figure 7 2 System Settings Screen 5 2 Configure Network Settings This screen provides the ability to declare the CT system on a hospital network Key information such as Host Name IP Address Net Mask for CT systems on a subnet must be obtained from the hospital network administrator 1 Select the NETWORK button to display the Network Settings screen as shown in 2 Enterthe Suite Name Th
39. along the gantry base so that the base covers fit properly For Gantry with GOB Monitor power will plug into the wall For Gantry with IPC board Monitor power will plug into the Gantry or Console Install Injector Option Note Follow the instructions shipped with the option If this is a ceiling mounted option check that the plate is installed correctly with the holes in the correct location For Gantry with GOB Injector power will plug into the wall For Gantry with IPC board Injector power will plug into the Gantry Customer Accessories Head Holders and Extender Open the boxes and installed the appropriate language warning labels The head holders ship with shims installed to assure proper fit Check that shims are included and a pair is installed The holder should fit snugly Follow the procedure in Section 4 0 of Chapter 3 to install Head Holders Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 119 i EU EI e a 3 Uu l N GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 7 Install Service Cabinet Optional The service cabinet you receive may ship disassembled Assembly takes about 1 5 hours 1 Assemble the cabinet following the instructions located in the cabinets shipping box 2 When you complete assembly place the cabinet in the location shown on the site print 3 Place all service materials shipped with the system in the ser
40. and resolution specifications do not apply during system functional tests treat any artifact or image anomaly as a failure If you encounter a failure during the system tests Record any evidence of artifacts such as rings streaks shading cupping noise or center artifacts Correct artifacts system test or image series failures when they occur Any delay in repairs could increase the number of retests 1 Place the QA phantom on the cradle Drive the table to an elevation of 100 Align the line on the phantom with the internal laser lights Never scan above 50mA without first placing a phantom in the field of view Levels in excess of 50mA can cause temporary radiation damage to the detector that lasts several hours If you acquire image series cals with a radiation damaged detector the cals may cause artifacts in subsequent image series scans 2 Select the service protocol SYSTEM SCAN CUST QUAL RELI 3 Run each series Stop the service protocol after the second helical series It is not necessary to proceed past that point in the protocol 4 Using Diagnostic Data Analysis review the MSD Plots for each AIR scan 5 Complete the scans Section 8 0 Save System State Use the following commands to create the System State DVD 1 Load a DVD into the mod drive on the front of the console he d Lx Service 2 If you are not on the Service Desktop click on the SERVICE DESKTOP icon Click on
41. at the customer site for EACH piece of equipment installed there CT Manufacturing completes GE HHS Data Sheets and provides them to the HHS Administrator 8 2 U S Installations Only 8 2 1 Note NOTICE 8 2 2 FDA 2579 Form The Field Engineer should 1 Download the FDA 2579 form from the HHS Support Central Web site http supportcentral ge com products sup_products asp prod_id 16442 2 Complete the form 3 E mail the completed form to the HHS Administrator Do NOT print this form after completion The HHS Administrator will e mail a printable version to the FE for customer site records Some states require a State Registration Number to complete this form For any questions concerning your state contact the HHS Administrator or check the HHS Support Central Web site Some states may also require additional information and test information For instructions contact the Project Manager of Installation System Chassis Ground Leakage Test Form The Field Engineer should 1 Locate the System Chassis Ground Leakage Test form on the Service CD 2 Complete the form if required in your area 3 Forward the results as instructed on the form Chapter 4 Electrical Introduction Page 251 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL This page intentionally left blank Page 252 Section 8 0 GE and Regulatory Forms GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN
42. eese 297 3 1 Time amp Personnels tecti deeg EE aa id foa ni tun aie bead re UR UR 297 3 2 Tools and Test Eoutpment emere nennen nnne 297 3 3 PODIO T o 297 3 4 Procedure i oen ti ette e te eebe v eeu e in 297 Section 4 0 Tube Warm Up and Fast Cal ccccooonnnnonnncncnnnancncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnennnnos 299 Section 5 0 Tomographic Plane Indication essere 300 Table of Contents Page 239 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 6 0 Image DOMO eter 301 6 1 Scan Protocol A diia epit d eL Lade bad n diee Lek dated cd 301 6 2 Data Recording Means and Standard Deviation 301 6 3 Term Definitions and Gcreens ener nennen nenne 301 6 4 48cm Phantom Image Series Performance Verification ssessssss 303 6 4 4 Acquiring the 48cm Phantom Image Series cececeeeeeecteeeeeeeeetteeeeeeenaaes 303 6 4 2 Image Performance Verification ccceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaas 303 6 4 2 1 Series Means AvXo AvXc and AvSDo 8 Center Smudge 303 6 4 2 2 Band and Streak Artifact eeeeeeeeeneneeeene 304 6 4 8 Failure Recommended Actions mme 305 6 4 8 1 Series Means AvXo AvXc or AvSDo Failure Recovery 305 gt Opeclfications iot tet aee e 305 gt Recommended Recovery
43. insere eL adi 223 4 2 Operational Caution n uii bti tete iet o edad REM rd sew egeo edil en 223 4 3 Recommended Room Gize ener emere nnne nenne 223 4 4 Typical ROOM SZE a E E dt niet 223 4 5 Minimum ROOM OZO a aT a a a a aAa araa A aa a E aa 223 Section 5 0 E UE e EE 225 Table of Contents Page 23 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 1 Recommended Room Size A 225 5 2 Typical ROOM SIZ0 c extet et eee dades o ee c AEE te pe dae rea pee 225 5 3 Minimum Room SIZE ricino 225 5 4 Rooms w Less Than 28 in Egress Clearance around Table Foot End 225 Section 6 0 How TOME AS UN oot A Dp ND Mi DREAM Ed E dE 226 6 1 Minimum Room Size amp Requirement Layouts sssssseee 227 6 2 Recommended Room Size amp Requirement Lavouts esse 229 Page 24 Table of Contents GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Preface Publication Conventions Please become familiar with the conventions used within this publication before proceeding Section 1 0 Safety 8 Hazard Information 1 1 Text and Character Representation CAUTION Pinch Points Loss of Data Sharp Objects DANGER EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE CRUSH POINT WARNING ROTATING EQUIPMENT BARE WIRES Within this publication different paragraph and character styles have been used to indicated potential hazards
44. 082 CB3 WRIWR cs ca ON cgo B TS5 1 Brown Fe ate a TS5 2 Blue F Ic er B a TS5 3 Grn Yellow EET EN ii CT Gantry TS amp 4 Black G xs CO Mi MI TS5 5 Red a lll Pes 15 Ts Ue TS5 6 Orange in ojo elle TS5 7 Blue DE E n s TS5 8 Grn Yellow A A D ud 9 Er e E E E B E Ein pede Ee ab EE C SP af Ja mE Front View Page 128 Section 9 0 PDU Cable Connections amp Configuration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 45 PDU Cable Connections rear NGPDU COVERS REMOVED en R3 R2 R1 Q e D 6mF 6mF e X LI 370 VAC C5 szovac IN nd Big C7 c8 C3 C1 28 C6 C4 DE 6mF 370 VAC 370 VAC 65 432 1 e 5432 1 65432 1 Ee 7 E e Qa o Power Transformer l N Rear View 9 1 1 Panel 380 480VAC Mains TS1 Input Power Connection Remove the TS1 panel front cover Strip the wires to fit securely on the power block Observe incoming phases L1 L2 and L3 and insert bare leads into power block Insert vault ground into PDU vault ground lug Tighten all fasteners securely and replace the TS1 front panel O AOO M Figure 2 46 Input Power Panel Connections INPUT POWER
45. 1 2 3 4 Specifications BCDE F N A Table 6 8 20cm QA 1 Phantom High Contrast Spatial Resolution Image Performance Visible Lines 3 QA Phantom Image Series 4 Image Visible Holes Image Performance Verification 1 Using the Auto 1x Tool on the Image Analysis screen generate a Per Image QA 2 Holes Page 518 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL report for the 3 series of the 20cm QA Phantom acquisition a From the Service Browser window select the 1 image of the 2 series of the 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 3 b Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select IMGSER 200A from the pull down menu and slide cursor to the right to select QA2 HO 2X10 120KV 260MA 18S C Click on the ACCEPT button The tool displays a Visible Hole pop up window d Onthe Visible Hole pop up window click on the VISIBLE HOLE button Note The Image Analysis Tool automatically sets the Window Level for optimal viewing If required adjust Window Level using the center mouse button e From the Visible Hole pull down menu select the number 1 through 5 that matches the smallest hole that you can discern in the pattern centered in the image displayed in the Image View Port f On the Visible Hole pop up window click on the OK button 2 Review the Image Analysis Report data and record the Per Image QA 2 Visible Holes data for
46. 25 Adjusters and Lock Rings Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 53 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 7 Table Cover Removal 1 Remove the table right side cover as shown in Figure 1 27 a Removing the two screws on each end of the underside of the long side cover of the table b Slide each cover forward to unlatch lift upward slightly to disengage the latches and remove the side cover Doing this procedure will require patience and practice to remove and replace this cover Figure 1 26 Table Covers rrr w Vertical Panel Top Table Side Cover Screws Vertical Panel Bottom 2 The table is normally shipped with some of the side vertical panels removed If installed remove the four side panels using a Pozi drive 1 screwdriver 3 Carefully lay the side panels on protective padding out of the way 4 Make sure that all four of the table levelers are on the floor The table should set on the four levelers with the dollies still installed 5 Carefully center the four levelers over the 102 mm 4 floor cutouts 6 Check that the front table base center line is on the chalk table center line 7 If still present remove all packing materials and the table cradle pad from the table cradle Page 54 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION
47. 5 Di E N All ground wires and other contractor wiring should be complete to the point of equipment placement NOTICE Potential for Equipment Damage Do not store excess cable in the bottom of the PDU or Gantry When possible store excess cable length in a serpentine configuration approximately one meter long Do NOT coil excess cable Figure 2 1 Excess Cable Storage Configuration Tie wraps RE 148 Approximately one meter M Keep signal and control cables away from power cables and power wiring When you lay cables in a raceway locate the signal cables in a separate section of the raceway or a separate conduit Check all connections for tightness Use suitable tools and judgment Check all visible connections especially ground connections Check for reasonable cable routing Take into consideration necessary take up distances for equipment maintenance etc Try to complete as neat a job as possible Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 87 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 System Component Identification 1 1 Identify all system cables by the system component designators listed in Table 2 1 on page 88 Each end of a system cable has a label and may have a color near the connector refer to Table 2 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 on page 88 to indicate the component and t
48. 6 2 Install Optional Remote Monitor 119 6 3 Install Cardiac Gating IVY Monitor and Stand Option 119 6 4 Install Respiratory Gating Option ssesssssseneem ene 119 6 5 Installiinjector ODptIOn ege ee dese 119 6 6 Customer Accessories Head Holders and Extender AA 119 6 7 Install Service Cabinet Optional 120 6 8 Install UPS cosa 120 Section 7 0 Gantry Cable Connections eret cete re etes Lene oes ooo EEN 121 Section 8 0 Table CONNECIONS EN 126 Section 9 0 PDU Cable Connections amp Configuration e eeeeeeeeeeeee 127 9 1 Introduction to NGPDU nenne ern nnnn enne nennen nenne Et 127 9 1 1 Panel 380 480VAC Mains TS1 Input Power Connection 129 9 1 2 Panel Circuit Breakers enne 130 9 1 3 Transformer 480VAC Tops 132 9 1 4 HVDC CONNECCION uii cte do beet piece bieten aliis E 132 9 1 5 440V Connection 133 9 1 6 Gantry 8 Console Power Connections 20 133 9 1 7 Console Power Cable Re termination essssssseeeeeeenenes 134 9 1 8 PDU Control Cable cn ere iet eene tn cane ddr e de ia idas 134 Page 20 Table of Contents GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 9 1 9 System Ground Connection ada anne a 135 9 1 10 Warning Light 8 Door Interlock Connechons 135 9 1 10 1 Warning Light
49. 6 4 Auto 1x without QA2 Protocol 2 E ER o v o D E I to Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 307 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 5 3 If Scan Protocol shown as Figure 6 5 please go to Sect pisa ion L m Figure 6 5 Auto 1x with QA2 Protocol 6 5 2 Image Performance Verification without QA2 Protocol 6 5 2 1 Acquiring the 20cm QA Phantom Image Series 1 Mount the Phantom Holder on the head end of the table 2 Mount the 20cm QA Phantom on the Phantom Holder 3 Align level amp center the 20cm QA Phantom A Align black line on phantom using the internal laser lights Level phantom using bubble level and the Z Axis knob on the Phantom Holder Center phantom using the CENTER PHANTOM procedure in the left head SCANNER UTILITIES selection and the X and Y Axis knobs on the Phantom Holder 4 Setup the system to scan three 20cm QA Phantom image series with a Recon of the 1 series a Onthe Exam Rx desktop select NEW PATIENT b Type the following entries in the listed Patient Information following fields Patient ID Service Name 20cm QA Phantom Image Series C From the Protocol Selection display click on the Service Tab under Anatomical Selector d Onthe Service Protocol Selection window click on MANUFACTURING e Onthe Service Category Protocol List click on the appropriate Image Series selection as follows Protocol F
50. Base A1 Vault Ground CONSOLE The gantry is tied to system ground at a number of points It is important that all of these ground connections are securely made See Figure 2 59 Check that the terminals will not be loosened by moving or swinging the cables rather strongly by hand Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 137 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 59 Table Gantry Raceway Bus Grounds Gantry Base Gantry Power Pan Ground Console Gantry PDU 1 2 3 4 5 6 ER 8 9 go 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Table Table Base Various types and sizes of wire are used to ground the system Please use the type and sizes specified in Table 2 20 Table 2 20 System Ground Connections AWG CONNECTION TO CONNECTION TO 1 0 PDU Power Main 1 0 Gantry Power Pan Raceway 2 Console Raceway 1 0 Gantry Raceway 2 Table frame Raceway 1 0 PDU Raceway Page 138 Section 10 0 System Ground Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 3 System Continuity 8 Ground Checks NOTICE Potential for Data Loss and or Equipment Damage AN To prevent potential data loss and equipment damage please do the following K Record data collected from procedures in this chapter into Form F4879 when directed located in Chapter 9 of this
51. Cable UPS Control to UPS Disconnect Panel Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 89 GE COMPANY BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Section 2 0 System Interconnect Diagram Figure 2 2 System Interconnect Diagram 31OSNOO S HOIVH3dO A A SIN39 Aq palddns ae siayjo y palddns sawoysno ale G X p E Z SUNY ILON Mv T3NVd OSIA SdN OL TOHLNOO Sdn F18VI TIVN9IS WE MS LY OL IOH LNOO SAN 318VO TVN9IS OLL SSINYVH AYVNOLLVLS AHLNVO JO LYVd 318V9 030 13IHS MSZ 318V L OL AYLNVO 318V9 IVN9IS POL Ol1dO 43814 310SNOO OL AYLNVO 318VO VLVG 0L GI L3NH3HI3 310SNOO OL AHLNVO 318VO IVNOIS coL 318V9 GAGISIHS MSZ 310SNOO OL AYLNVO 318VO TVNOIS LOL 318V9 GACISIHS MSZ Ndd OL AHINVO 318V9 IWNOIS 00L AYWNOLLVLS AHLNVO pepi oud ji uejs s 13d OL D MZ ZH 09 09 OWA OZL Lad OL NGd OVAT 06 S ME ZH 09 08 OWA A80Z 0Z 1 Nd OL TANVd OSIA Sdn OWAT 19 O ME ZH 09 08 OVA A80Z 0Z1 Sdn OL nad OWAT 09 SSINYVH AYVNOLLVLS AHLNVO JO LYYd D MZ ZH 09 08 OVA OCL 318V L OL AYLNVO OYAT vs 9 MZ ZH 09 08 OVA DEL 310SNOO OL Nd OYAT es 9 Mt ZH 09 05 OWA A80Z 0Z1 AYINVO OL nad OYAT zS CTSIHS 9 M E ZH 09 08 OVA Ot AYLNYS OL NAd DVAH L G 3IHS 9 MZ DON 029 AHINVO OL NGd OGAH os MZ NGd OL SQ 590 TH31NI HOLIMS NOOG S
52. Configuration amp Connection cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 135 9 1 10 2 Door Interlock Connections e 136 Section 10 0 System Ground Connections cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeseseeseenees 137 Chapter 3 System Continuity amp Ground Checks eeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 139 Section 1 0 System Continuity amp Ground Checks Mechanical Contractor 139 1 1 Tools Required e ds 139 1 2 Procedure 139 Section 2 0 Site Ground Continuity Check eeeeeseeseeeeeeeeennenennnnnennnnnn 142 Section 3 0 Axial Head Holder Shim Installation eese 143 3 1 I E 143 3 2 Requirements M 143 3 3 Required ere Le EE 144 3 4 ee ee 145 3 5 uium EO aa 145 Section 4 0 Mechanical Installation Completion Checklist 146 Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite 147 Section 1 0 Gantry Side COV GIS S 147 1 1 Side Cover Removal taratt rrtt EE EEAEEnESEAEAE EEE EEEEEEEES EASA EE EEEE EEEE 147 1 2 Side Cover Installation sonia a I a R 148 Section 2 0 Gantry TOP COVES nc iii 149 2 1 Top Cover Remo
53. Cradle position on display should read 1000 0 mm 3 11 2 2 Lower table until height is 115mm Tilt the Table elevation on display should read 115 3 gantry top away from the table S until mm Tilt display should read S30 0 5 it stops 3 11 2 2 Tilt the gantry top toward the table For BrightSpeed Elite system Table 4 until it stops elevation on display should read 115 mm Tilt display should read 127 0 5 For Optima CT540 system Table elevation on display should read 115 mm Tilt display should read 128 0 0 5 3 11 2 2 Tilt the gantry to O Lower table until Table elevation on display should read 200 5 height is 200mm Tilt the gantry top away mm Tilt display should read 14 5 0 5 from the table S until it stops 3 11 2 2 Tilt the gantry top toward the table For BrightSpeed Elite system Table 6 until it stops elevation on display should read 200 mm Tilt display should read 113 0 5 For Optima CT540 system Table elevation on display should read 200 mm Tilt display should read 114 5 0 5 Table 5 7 Position Table Move Tilt to Interference Limit Tests Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 291 D 2 D nH Oo v w i uy GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 3 11 2 2 7 3 11 2 2 TEST Tilt the gantry to O Lower table until height is 210 mm Tilt the gantry top away from the table S
54. Device Connection Type Medem Seleri the InSite Censecil n Type above ar select the Madem settings given belew and Press APPLY Te update the medem and medem cenf pur ation files with medel and country defaults CUSTOM Fer ether medem settings Dial out Prefix Dialing mode 91 Tene Modem Type Country MultiTech MT56347RA V 90 Default AM Others H CPU Serial Port Name CPU Serial Port Speed devis mm gt APPLY CUSTOM Status Reading Moaea las Fur Figure 7 20 IIP Config GUI Select dev ttyUSBO in CPU Serial Port Name Lo c S Q el i Qo E o 3 S i N Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 361 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 362 Section 11 0 Modem Setup in IIP Configuration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 8 System Level Safety Tests Section 1 0 Patient Touch Leakage Test 1 1 Personnel Requirements Required Persons Preliminary Reqs Procedure Finalization 1 Engineer 1 2 Overview This test should ensure that a patient undergoing a scan cannot touch or otherwise contact any conductive surface Complete this procedure AFTER the installation of ALL options 1 3 Preliminary Requirements 1 3 1 Tools and Test Equipment Item Qty Standard service tool kit Dale 600 Meter from To
55. E 3 Lo wu O a 3 Measure the distance from the same point of the collimator face plate to the center point on the cradle at the 1000mm mark See Figure 1 34 4 Rotate the collimator to the 3 o clock position Confirm with a level 5 Repeat Step 2 and Step 3 See Figure 1 37 Figure 1 37 Second Cradle Table Parallel Check was 1000mm at 3 o clock 6 If needed move the table using an appropriate tool and re measure each side until measurements are equal side to side 1 mm Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 61 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Note This final adjustment may be slightly different than the placement obtained using laser Table 1 3 Alignment Worksheet A B MEASUREMENT 5 oc10cK 90 CLOCK DIFFERENCE AB Test 1 To front of cradle To 1000mm mark Test 2 To front of cradle To 1000mm mark Test 3 To front of cradle To 1000mm mark 7 Recheck cradle level front to back and across and re level as required 4 12 Tighten the Lock Rings 1 Re check gantry bubble levels 2 Re check that each of the eight adjuster is loaded by attempting to turn it Eye protection is required when using a hammer and chisel 3 Tighten the lock rings at all locations with the spanner where possible Use a hammer and chisel to tighten the lock rings only where you can not use the spanner Page 62 Sectio
56. ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL TEST OUTLINE The following tests verify the proper tilt and table interference matrix on the gantry Verify Table Elevation Section 3 11 1 Position Tilt Move Table to Interference Limit Section 3 11 2 1 Position Table Move Tilt to Interference Limit Section 3 11 2 1 Tilt Limits When Table Below Scan Plane Lower Limit Section 3 11 2 3 REQUIREMENTS The following requirements are tested in this series of tests 1 No motion shall cause the table to hit the gantry or gantry to hit the table 2 Requirement 1 shall include the use of the table extender 3 Notilt motion shall cause the gantry tilting frame to touch the stationary base covers for any tilt angle LIMITATIONS These requirements will only be met when the table is NOT in service mode INTERPRETING TEST RESULTS If test results indicate that elevation and or tilt display readings fail to meet specifications DO NOT adjust the limit switches Instead re characterize and or adjust tilt speed Refer to Appendix C Perform elevation and cradle and IMS first then repeat the test If it still fails perform tilt 3 11 14 Verify Table Elevation Note V means distance from table height to ISO H 3 11 1 1 3 11 1 2 TEST Move the cradle to home position Push the table down gantry push button to lower the table to the minimum height Raise the table to the maximum height using the gantry cont
57. Figure 2 16 Common Service Desktop Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 101 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Prior to 11BW46 3 SP2 2 Installation There is a workaround for the scan and image monitors display reverse issue as followings a Open a shell and then input the command below ctuser hostname su BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Password bigguy root hostname ed etc X11 root hostname X11 cp xorg conf clean xorg conf clean backup date date Current date root hostname X11 ep xorg conf xorg conf backup date date Current date root hostname BaseMonitorOpts Device0 TwinViewOrientation Leftof root hostname l ep etc X11 xorg conf etc X11 xorg conf clean cp overwrite etc X11 xorg conf clean y b Reboot the system After 11BW46 3 SP2 2 Installation Skip above command input and perform the section 4 4 3 LCD Video Monitor Setup for LCD Monitor Setup 4 4 3 LCD Video Monitor Setup Detail LCD Video Monitor Setup please refer to Service Methods Align Setup Cals Console LCD Video Monitor Setup 4 5 Power Panel Connections Note Console power is single phase power Outlet assigned is not critical 1 Connect the console power cable to the console power panel 2 Connect console component power cords as listed in Table 2 6 J numbers increment from top to bottom left to right Table 2 6 Power Panel Outlet As
58. Hex wrenches 5 3 Adjustment Guide 5 3 1 Front Rear Cover adjustment The front and rear covers are held in a fixed vertical position by the cover locking mechanisms at the vertical middle of each cover on each side The only adjustment capability is found on each of the cover cantrells see Figure A 24 one near each corner of the front and rear covers Adjustments are best done at zero tilt Figure A 24 Cantrells Top Cantr ll same Bottom Cantrell same Adjustment screw on for all top latches for all bottom latches end of all brackets 1 Remove the Gantry side covers using a 8mm hex wrench to release the bottom latches Refer to Section 1 0 on page 147 for further details 2 Disable gantry rotation 120VAC and HVDC via the service switch panel 3 Disconnect the fan power via the white molex connector one for each top cover Remove the top covers by lifting up and pulling to the side of the gantry 4 Remove the scan window to avoid creases or kinks during cover movements 5 Using a 5mm hex wrench adjust the bolt on the gantry end of the cover cantrells see Figure A 24 to lengthen or shorten the cantrell arm that will push or pull the cover corner The distance between the inside edges of the front and rear covers will be typically 27 1 8 689mm Distance should remain the same as measured along the inside edges from top to bottom with both covers hanging level as seen with a level on the inside vertical edge Pag
59. INSTALLATION MANUAL US PROCESS OVERVIEW The United States network connectivity requirement for this product is broad band The US process relies on the Install Specialist to select a Customer Champion and identify an IT contact for the site Together those individuals then complete a site assessment to gauge what tasks are needed to fulfill the connection Anyone can contact the GE Connectivity team at 800 321 7937 Option 3 with questions CUSTOMER BROADBAND RESPONSIBILITIES Provide GE Healthcare Installation Specialist with an accurate site address telephone number contact name and e mail address for the Customer Champion Coordinate VPN activities between Radiology Cardiology and the Information Technology IT departments Act as a focal point in assuring site broadband infrastructure meets GE Healthcare requirements for connection as determined by a mutual assessment with the GE Healthcare Connectivity team IT Contact Complete an equipment assessment with GE Healthcare Connectivity team to determine site readiness for broadband Work with the Customer Champion to complete any identified infrastructure changes Provide IP addresses for new CT equipment Provide a VPN compatible appliance that will support the IPSec tunneling protocol and 3DES data encryption To utilize an Internet Service Provider that supports static routing c Ks Q el i Qo s o 3 S i N Chap
60. Note Refer to Figure A 30 for the following assembly sequence Tighten means torque to 2 3 Nm 1 2 4 Position cover item 5 on gantry base with bracket slots aligned to gantry holes Center cover left to right and attach with 4 hardware items 1 2 3 as shown and tighten Assemble two 2 bulkheads item 14 to two 2 brackets item 13 using 4 hardware items 3 and 4 Assembly two 2 brackets item 10 and two 2 brackets item 13 to gantry base using eight 8 hardware items 1 2 and 3 Finger tighten hardware with bracket moved outward to end slots Install side covers item 6 and 7 on base pushing brackets item 11 and 13 inward until properly aligned with front cover Remove side covers tighten fasteners and replace side covers using one 1 hardware item 16 2 and 3 and two 2 item 15 on each cover and tighten Assembly last bracket item 11 loosely to gantry base with two 2 hardware item 1 2 and 3 Install rear cover item 8 to base properly aligned to side cover item 6 Attach rear cover to bracket with hardware items 1 2 and 3 tightening all fasteners Lock latch Place cover item 9 on gantry base aligned to covers item 7 and 8 Lock both latches Figure A 30 Gantry Base Covers Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 165 2 v gt Oo I lt BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Gantry Auxiliary Mini Dolly Instal
61. Paragraphs preceded by symbols is e g bullets is information that has no specic order Preface Page 27 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Headers and footers in this publication are designed to allow you to quickly identify your location The document s part number and revision number appears in every header on every page Odd numbered page footers indicate the current chapter its title and current page number Even page footers show the current section and its title as well current page number 2 3 Computer Screen Output Input Character Styles Example Fixed Output Example Variable Output Example Fixed Input Example Variable Input Within this publication different character styles are used to indicate computer input and output text Character input output and variable styles are used and applied to the text within a paragraph so as to indicate directions Computer screen output and input is also formatted using mono fixed width spaced fonts This paragraph denotes computer screen fixed output It s output is fixed from the sense that it does not vary from application to application It s the most commonly used style used to indicate filenames paths and text This paragraph denotes computer screen output that is variable Its output varies from application to application Variable output is sometimes found placed between greater than a
62. REVISION 12 WORKSPACE REQUIREMENT Service access width Left Right of workspace Head clearance MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE 762 mm 30 in 1981 mm 78 in Table F 2 PDU Subsystem Continued WORKSPACE REQUIREMENT Direction of service access All sides Service access width Left Right of workspace MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE 914 mm 36 nl 762 mm 30 in BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS This is the width of the workspace in front of the equipment 762 mm 30 in minimum or the width of the equipment whichever is greater The height of the workspace measured from floor at the front edge of equipment to ceiling or overhead obstruction s 1981 mm 78 in or the height of equipment which ever is greater ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS 1219 mm 48 in if exposed live parts of 151 600 volts are present on both sides of workspace with the operator between 1067 mm 42 in if the opposite wall is grounded and exposed live parts of 151 600 volts are present This is the width of the workspace on each side of the equipment 762 mm 30 in minimum or the width of the equipment whichever is greater Note Distances are measured from the enclosure not the finish covers Table F 3 Gantry Subsystem WORKSPACE REQUIREMENT Direction of service access Table head or foot Direction of service access Table sides Direction of service access Table
63. REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications CAUTION 1 NOTICE Potential for Data Loss and or Equipment Damage Section 1 0 Electrical Power On amp Ground Checks WARNING 15 Note Shock Hazard Voltage Present No service on left side while energized To prevent potential data loss please do the following e When directed record data collected from procedures in this chapter into Form F4879 located in Chapter 9 of this book e Only use the Installation manual that arrives with your system for installation Any other revisions of this manual may not exactly match your system D 2 D nH Oo E w uy THIS PROCEDURE MEASURES POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES USE AND FOLLOW LOCKOUT TAGOUT PROCEDURES NGPDU 3 Covers Removed NGPDU 71 Covers Removed NGPDU COVERS REMOVED E i A Ez x i f i a Ql e R3 R2 R1 oo e f eR Y C6 c4 iii e H gt A i i aras Jee DS Hi er Er eme w Nod El IS ie c des AB ES c3 ci Q8 6
64. SCIM as shown in Figure 2 7 Note the cable routing Note Make sure the SCIM connector fits snug Some molding may need to be removed to allow the cable to fit snug Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 95 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 7 SCIM bottom showing cables and keyboard mounting bracket 4 Select and install the proper overlay with the appropriate language for your system 1 with Tilt or 2 without tilt Verify that none of the buttons get caught and stuck under the overlay Pay close attention to the prescribed tilt button on systems with the tilt feature 5 The keyboard should attach to the SCIM using the supplied Velcro strip and fit snugly against the SCIM when finished as shown in Figure 2 8 Figure 2 8 SCIM connected to the keyboard with the US English tilt overlay installed Page 96 Section 4 0 True In One Console Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 2 Connecting the Media Tower 4 2 1 Media Tower 5270510 3 Connection Figure 2 9 Media Tower Connections shown with optional MOD Drive SCSI cable Mod Drive to console Power into the MOD Drive DVD R CD R Drive DVD RAM Drive Power into the Media Tower Power out to the MOD Drive External Hard Disk Drive i D gt e D D Di E N Attach the warnin
65. Verify that the service cabinet is installed and that the shipped service materials are in the cabinet If the cabinet was not installed install it at this time by following the Service Cabinet Installation procedure in Section 6 7 of Chapter 2 Page 286 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 8 Check X Ray Lights Perform several scans following the steps below Verify that the X ray ON lights are ON during the scans When done check the boxes in Table 5 4 Make sure the axial drive enable and HVDC enable switches are ON ch 2 If you are not on the Service Desktop click on the Service Desktop icon 3 Select DIAGNOSTICS 4 Select DIAGNOSTIC DATA COLLECTION 5 Set the scan time to 2 00 6 Setthe kV to 80 7 Set the mA to 40 8 Press ACCEPT RX 9 Press START SCAN button when flashing 10 Record the above information on Form 4879 located in Section 8 0 of this book Light On Warning Light Locations Li SCIM GSCB D O Gantry Front S O Gantry Back Use a mirror to view E O Room Light outside of the room sl Table 5 4 X ray Light Chart 3 9 Mechanical Characterization The relationship of table height to ISO center and internal to external landmarks must be characterized for proper interference matrix functionality Note Do NOT perform tilt characterization 3 9 1 Alignment Light Charac
66. and phantom calibration files to the system o OD P W hN Restore State can take as long as ten minutes although typical times average about three minutes When Restore State completes dismiss the tool and proceed to the next section If any error should occur during the restore process see the Software Load Procedure manual Load From Cold for information regarding possible error messages and their recovery 8 Click NO for Reset Scan Hardware popup message 9 Select DISMISS Install Customer Options 2 4 1 Note Tools Required None Software Your system may have a DVD that contains customer purchased options If your system has an options DVD install it at this time otherwise skip this section Ensure that the options DVD is NOT write protected at this time The initial install requires that the DVD be write enabled subsequent installs can be done with the DVD write protected 1 If you are not on the Service Desktop click on the SERVICE DESKTOP icon service 2 Click on the CONFIGURATION icon amp 3 Select INSTALL OPTIONS 4 Select INSTALL An Options Window appears Figure 5 10 Page 264 Section 2 0 Computer Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL D 2 e E L o w uy Figure 5 10 Options Window when First Selected 5 Check the FDO to see what options were orde
67. b Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select IMGSER 20QA from the pull down menu slide cursor to the right to select QA3 SM 2X10 120KV 260MA 1S from the test pull down menu and continue to slide cursor to the right to select AUTO Refer to Figure 6 3 on page 302 c Click on the ACCEPT button 2 Review the Image Analysis Report data and record the QA3 Small data for the 5 20cm QA Image Series in Table 6 6 a Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS Refer to Figure 6 3 on page 302 b Record the QA3 Small data Row 2A1A and Row 2B1B Series Means AvXc and AvXo AvXc QA3 AvSDc and the Center Smudge Row data in Table 6 6 Page 312 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Note Note Box Size 196 mm2 to 256 mm2 Box Positions Box 1 15 mm 1 mm x 15 mm 1 mm 31 2 pixels x 31 2 pixels 0 mm x 0 mm Box2 Ommx 80mm Box3 80mmx0mm Box4 0 mm x80 mm Box5 80 mm x0 mm Row Images AvXc AvXo AvXo AvXc AvSDo AvSDc Avg SPec Comments Center Smudge Factor 2A1A 1 3 5 7 N A 1B2B 2 4 6 8 N A Specifications 3 0 to 3 0 N A 3 0 to 3 0 N A less than 2 2 to 2 2 3 5 Table 6 6 20cm QA 3 Phantom CT Brightness Uniformity Center Noise amp Center Smudge Row Performance Data Sheet 3 Review the 5 2
68. conductive Additional commonly found aspects of a wall should also be considered grounded This is not an all inclusive list Medical gas ports and plates Metal doors and window frames Water sources and metallic sink structures Metallic wall mounted cabinetry A1 main disconnect panel Equipment Emergency Off panels Industrial equipment such as air conditioners and vents Expansion joints The following are not considered as grounded elements of a common wall Standard wall outlet Light switches Telephones Communication wall jacks Page 218 Section 2 0 Terms and Definitions GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Section 3 0 Regulatory and Service Clearances BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 1 Regulated Minimum Working Clearance by Major Subsystem Requirements apply to equipment operating at 600V or less where examination adjustment servicing or maintenance is likely to be performed while live parts are exposed Direction of Service Access is defined as perpendicular to the surface of the equipment being serviced Required regulatory clearance distances must be maintained and may not be used for storage This includes normal system operation as well as service inspection or maintenance WORKSPACE MINIMUM ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS REQUIREMENT Direction of service access Front of console CLEAR SPACE 914mm 36 in No exposed live part hazar
69. data and record the Series Means AvXo AvXc and AvSDc data and the Center Smudge data for each row in Table 6 3 a Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS See Table6 2 b Verify the scan parameter values displayed in the report match those in Table 6 2 c Record the Series Means AvXo AvXc and AvSDc data and the Center Smudge data for each row in Table 6 3 6 4 2 2 Band and Streak Artifact 1 Review the 48cm Phantom images acquired in Section 6 4 1 for Bands and Streaks using the Image Works Desktop a From the Global Control Palette click on the IMAGE WORKS Desktop b From the Image Works Browser window select the 48cm Phantom series acquired in Section 6 4 1 c From the Image Works Browser window click on the VIEWER button d While paging through the 64 images in the series analyze images for any Band or Streak artifacts Adjust Window Level using the center mouse button as required e Note any image that appears to have a Band or Streak artifact 2 Verify any images noted above step 1e meet 48cm Phantom Band or Streak Image Performance requirements a From the Global Control Palette click on the Service Desktop b From the Service Browser window select an image of the 48cm Phantom series acquired in Section 6 4 1 that appeared to have a Band or Streak while reviewing the series in Image Works c On the Image Analysis Tool window click
70. default Fast Cal selections determined by the system configuration The system defaults to all four kV stations but you can choose kV stations to calibrate during reconfig 3 Run the selected air calibrations 4 When the calibration process completes click on QUIT E E 3 o ki Oo o i wo Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 299 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 5 0 Tomographic Plane Indication 1 Place the QA phantom on the phantom holder 2 Center the Phantom refer to procedure 2 1 2 on page 296 3 Turn ON the internal alignment lights and drive the phantom into the gantry opening until the line on the phantom lines up with the internal laser lights 4 Verify that BOTH internal axial lasers line up along the line on the QA phantom If not check table gantry cradle and or laser alignment 5 Center the phantom in the scan plane with the calibration program See 2 1 2 on page 296 for details on the phantom centering procedure 6 Select the service protocol TOMO PLANE INDICATION See 2 1 1 on page 296 for details on scanning with service protocols or Manually select the scan parameters in Table 6 1 Table 6 1 Tomographic Plane Indication Scan Parameters 7T Display the image series and locate the scan plane indicator the longest bar in the bar pattern on the right side of the phantom The right side of th
71. engaged to determine the anchoring method set the anchors and certify that their anchoring meets the stated GE minimum load requirement and torque specification 4 13 1 3 Note 3 Non Concrete Floors All other anchoring methods on floor types other than the concrete minimum must be determined at the customer s expense by a structural engineering contractor The anchoring and method must be certified by the customer s contractor to meet the stated GE minimum load requirement and torque specification 4 13 1 4 Note 4 GE Notification It is not the role of mechanical contractors or installers FEs to determine acceptable methods to install or anchor equipment on non 4 inch concrete floors The PMI or appropriate GE contact person shall be notified that the facility s floor type DOES NOT MEET the installation mounting requirement for the installation procedure described in this Installation Manual and therefore the table gantry mounting process CANNOT continue 4 13 2 Requirements 4 13 2 1 Tools Required Standard Install Tool Kit e Hammer Drill Y x 12 Drill Bit Metric equivalent must not be used 72 Drill Bushing shipped in install support kit e Vacuum with HEPA or drywall dust filter Vacuum Hole Attachment to clean debris from the holes PPE Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 63 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 13 2 2 Time and P
72. equipment if not properly used may cause injury Accordingly the instructions herein contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment before you attempt to place this equipment in operation The General Electric Company GE Healthcare Group will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x radiation other than the useful beam no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection Nor can any practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation It is important that anyone having anything to do with x radiation be properly trained and fully acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications 7910 Woodmont Avenue Room 1016 Bethesda Maryland 20814 and ofthe International Commission on Radiation Protection and take adequate steps to protect against injury The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company GE Healthcare Group its agents and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result from improper use of the equipment Various protective materials and devices are available It is urged that such materials or devices be
73. in an unsafe condition Notify the customer that the system is not to be used until a problem is resolved Read and follow the precautions described in this manual N O al co 1 2 Shipping Warehouse and Transportation Warning e This gantry is designed to be moved using the shipping dollies and should not be lifted or moved using a lift truck Do Not Hoist Gantry or Table using Dollies 1 3 International Shipments Dollies must be used to remove the gantry from the shipping skid and to transport the gantry to the customer s site If lifting is required refer to the Pre Installation Manual for instructions Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 29 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 4 On Site Warning This system requires a gantry bearing gap inspection before electrical calibration is started See Gantry Bearing Gap Inspection on section 4 4 of this Chapter 1 5 Service Actions Open a dispatch and record the bearing inspection results first then close the dispatch and continue with the electrical calibration procedures Page 30 Section 1 0 Installer FE Notices GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 2 0 Install Table Gantry Introduction This chapter describes how to mount position and level the CT Scanner subsystems Note Before you start the installation make sur
74. is OFF This preference allows the Customer to apply custom orientation changes based on Exam Type and reconstructions methods on the DICOM images that will be transferred to PACS and related systems Emergency Patient mode Configures the preference for allowing the Emergency Patient to be turned on in the user interface D 2 D Ka Oo E KZ E in 7 Select the HARDWARE button to display the Hardware Settings Screen Figure 5 15 Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 271 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Das Type PDAS16 Detector Type Watson16 Table Type VT1700Y PDU Type NGPDU Scan Recon Hardware Global Recon Engine Number of IGs 0 Gantry Sub Type seg Figure 5 15 Hardware Settings Screen example only actual screen may vary 8 Configure Hardware Settings Verify correct hardware type is shown If not correct select correct Table Type Select Gantry Sub Type SLIM GANTRY or NORMAL GANTRY to switch between LightSpeed HP60 16 slice and BrightSpeed Elite Optima CT540 LFC is NOT required Note If your system with NIO Console Select the HARDWARE button to display the Hardware Settings Screen as Figure 5 16 Page 272 Section 2 0 Computer Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL D 2 e E L o w
75. is correct proceed to the next section if it is incorrect continue this procedure You must set the date and time on the Host computer with the Application software down 3 Open a Unix Shell window and login as root a Type ctuserfhostname su ENTER at the prompt b Type the password bigguy 4 Setthe date and time a Type root hostname setdate ENTER b Follow the instructions of the individual time entry prompts which will appear in the following sequence Note Type q at any time to quit Press ENTER to continue Note TO BE ACCURATE this tool will prompt you the enter the Second Watch your clock or PC carefully to enter the proper value and hit ENTER at the right second to set the accurate time Enter to proceed Press ENTER to continue he current Year 1980 2030 2007 he current Month 1 12 04 t t Enter the current Day 1 30 14 id t Enter Enter Enter the current Hour Military Time 0 23 18 Enter the current Minute 0 59 13 Enter the current Second 0 59 00 Updating the time on the OC and DARC Please Wait PING darc 172 16 0 2 56 84 bytes of data 2 8 Save System State Note 1 Insert a new Save State DVD into the SCSI Tower DVD RAM drive 2 Click the SERVICE DESKTOP 3 Ifreloading software click UTILITIES If upgrading from earlier version softwa
76. kl Oo o wo Center Artifact or Center Smudge SPECIFICATIONS All eight images of the series must pass 20cm QA 3 Center Artifact and Center Smudge specifications Center Artifact Factor 3 5 e Center Smudge Factor 2 2 RECOMMENDED RECOVERY 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 2 1 amp 6 5 2 2 to verify Image Performance Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 315 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 5 3 6 5 3 1 Ring Band or Streak Artifact Failure Recovery SPECIFICATIONS Ring Artifact Ring Factor lt 4 8 Band Artifact Band Factor 2 8 from Ocm to 8 5cm lt 2 8 gt 8 5cm e Streak Artifact Streak Factor lt 4 0 RECOMMENDED RECOVERY 1 Troubleshoot Ring Band or Streak artifact failures as described in the Service Manual 2 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 2 1 amp 6 5 2 2 to verify Image Performance Image Performance Verification with QA2 Protocol Acquiring the 20cm QA Phantom Image Series 1 Mount the Phantom Holder on the head end of the table 2 Mount the 20cm QA Phantom on the Phantom Holder 3 Align level amp center the 20cm QA Phantom A Align black line on phantom using the internal laser lights Level phantom using bubble level and the Z Axis knob
77. n vod na obluhu a neporozumiete mu Zanedbanie tohto upozornenia m e sp sobi zranenie poskytovate a slu ieb obsluhuj cej osoby alebo pacienta elektrick m pr dom mechanick alebo in ohrozenie Important Precautions Page 9 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 ATENCION ES BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Este manual de servicio s lo existe en ingl s Siel encargado de mantenimiento de un cliente necesita un idioma que no sea el ingl s el cliente deber encargarse de la traducci n del manual Nose deber dar servicio t cnico al equipo sin haber consultado y comprendido este manual de servicio Lano observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que el proveedor de servicios el operador o el paciente sufran lesiones provocadas por causas el ctricas mec nicas o de otra naturaleza VARNING SV Den h r servicehandboken finns bara tillg nglig p engelska Omen kunds servicetekniker har behov av ett annat spr k n engelska ansvarar kunden f r att tillhandah lla vers ttningstj nster e F rs k inte utf ra service p utrustningen om du inte har last och f rst r den har servicehandboken Om du inte tar hansyn till den har varningen kan det resultera i skador p serviceteknikern operat ren eller patienten till f ljd av elektriska st tar mekaniska faror eller andra faror OPOZORILO SL Ta servisni priro nik je na voljo
78. not exposed to temperatures or humidity outside the following specifications Temperature 29 to 140 F 34 to 60 C Humidity 5 to 95 Component Freezing occurs if CT system is exposed to temperatures below 29 F 34 C for a period longer than two days Allow a minimum of 12 hours for the CT system to adjust to ambient room temperature prior to installation Working with the Mover Follow the instructions provided by your installation specialist regarding working with equipment movers Help direct movers on where to place equipment and which items you need first Generally movers should move all equipment into the customer room Door removal and other site changes to move equipment should be done only as directed by the install specialist For component sizes and weights refer to the BrightSpeed Elite Optima CT540 Pre Installation manual Floor Protection It is suggested that the movers use floor protection Most equipment movers can provide floor protection during the equipment delivery Installers should provide floor protection for the room Equipment Delivery Route Prior to equipment delivery review the delivery route with the movers Refer to the installation specialist for any additional delivery instructions Removing Gantry Dollies and Covers Refer to Appendix A for the dolly and cover removal procedures Please read the caution statement on page 147 before removing the gantry covers Damage In Transp
79. of the user interface UI language that is chosen Compliance to the law must be completed prior to releasing the system to the customer Note Do not cover English labels already on the system 3 5 1 On SCIM GSCB 1 Make sure the X Ray warning label appears in the correct location on the SCIM GSCB 2 Record this information on Form 4879 For more information about this form see Section 8 0 of Chapter 4 3 5 2 On Gantry 1 Check that all laser warning labels are present on the gantry near the laser opening 2 There should also be warning labels on the lower right side of the gantry front cover 3 Record this information on Form 4879 located in Section 8 0 of this book 3 5 3 On Laser 1 Make sure all laser warning labels appear in the correct location on the outside of the gantry 2 Obtain and install replacements for any missing labels Figure 5 24 Laser Warnings and Precautions 3 6 Process Product Locator Cards 1 Collect the product locator cards shipped with the system There should be approximately 28 product locator cards with the average system 2 Update the online product locator web site with the required hospital information 3 Confirm that the serial numbers on the cards shipped with the system match those found on the web site for that GON number 4 Update as required Place the cards in a plastic bag then place them in the service cabinet 3 7 Verify Service Cabinet Installation Optional
80. of the right top fan of the gantry and rotate the right top fan Gantry Top Fan Right Figure B 23 Top Fan Rotation e Place the Display in the bracket on the right side of the gantry see Figure B 24 Gantry Display Figure B 24 Gantry Display Service Mounting Location 12 Remove right gantry control assemblies and place it into its service position a Loose five 5 screws that fasten the control panel to the cover See Figure B 25 Keep one hand on the control panel at all times to prevent it from dropping to the floor Page 180 Section 4 0 Gantry Front Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL b Set dip switch s19 4 to ON position Cable Connectors Figure B 25 Dip Switch S19 4 Setting Align the ball studs with their associated receivers and snap into place Gantry Display C 2 o gt O LI Ei Control Panel Figure B 26 Control Panel Service Position Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 181 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL d Connect FCVR BKHD J1 cable to terminator located on the cantrell arm See Figure B 2T Figure B 27 Gantry Service Mode Cable Terminator e Connect the FRT CVR J3 cable to the extension cable 5369987 and connect the other end of the connectors to display and control panel
81. on the Phantom Holder Center phantom using the CENTER PHANTOM procedure in the left head SCANNER UTILITIES selection and the X and Y Axis knobs on the Phantom Holder 4 Setup the system to scan three 20cm QA Phantom image series with a Recon of the 1 series a Onthe Exam Rx desktop select NEW PATIENT b Type the following entries in the listed Patient Information following fields Patient ID Service Name 20cm QA Phantom Image Series C From the Protocol Selection display click on the Service Tab under Anatomical Selector d Onthe Service Protocol Selection window click on MANUFACTURING e Onthe Service Category Protocol List click on the appropriate Image Series selection as follows Protocol First Protocol Second BrightSpeed ImgSer 20QA none Optima CT540 f On the ExamRx protocol parameter display select the 13 Series g Setinternal Landmark 5 Acquire the 1 20cm QA Phantom image series and 200 Recon series MTF and Contrast Visible Lines by performing the 1 series protocol scan the series name as QA1 MTF 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s The 2 Recon series is generated from QA1 MTF 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s automatically Page 316 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 Acquire the 3 20cm QA Phantom image series by performing the 4 series protocol scan the series name as QA2 Ho 2x10 1
82. oonnncinininnnncccnncncnonccnonoononononononenonnnnnnnnnonon 82 9 4 2 Install Optima Desk EEN 82 9 5 Peripherals Placement 82 9 6 Install GPU Card If applicable mmm emnes 82 9 7 TlO Covet Installation eter d Ro E E deu dee SE e SER ee 82 Section 10 0 I II m 84 10 1 Console ueteres estie debite tineis d E RO dus 84 10 2 Power Distribution Unit a ae ee otra acide e des 85 Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables 1 eeeeeeeeeeeeeee nennen nnn nnn nnn 87 Section 1 0 Introduccion DUE TE 87 1 1 System Component Identification sssesssene enne 88 1 2 Cable Color Identifiers si paideia ape a aaa Eaa ar Ee Era Eea E aaia aS Da Taa erada han oiak iai 88 Section 2 0 System Interconnect Diagram sssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn 90 Section 3 0 Contractor Connections ennnen nne 92 3 1 Contractor Connections e d cede did aE AEE 92 Section 4 0 True In One Console Connections cesses eeeeeee nennen nenne 93 4 1 SCIM Keyboard Trackball 8 Mouse Installation sssssssseeee 93 4 2 Connecting the Media TOWE eiieeii cora ea eE EAA enne nennt ntn nennt nennen nnn nnns 97 4 2 1 Media Tower 5270510 3 Connection sess 97 Table of Contents Page 19 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OP
83. penetration the new anchors must be set at least 4 from the nearest penetration Place the table template over the top of the Gantry template Align the scan and table centerlines and secure the templates to the floor Make sure there are no potential clearance Refer to the ruler of the table template to confirm table travel distance and mark the limitation on the floor if table short footprint setting is needed Now check the level of the floor See Figure 1 3 across the templates Figure 1 3 Hole Locations Gantry Anchor Gantry Anchor Location 3 Location 2 KC 4 Level or 1M Bubble level Gantry Anchor Gantry Anchor Location 4 Location 1 Table Base Front Edge Paper Template 5111499 Table Anchor Locations Page 38 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 Scribe a mark e g use a center punch at each of the gantry s mounting hole locations there are four 4 of these 7 Using a center punch mark the four 4 table mounting hole and two 2 leveler locations NOTICE Positioning requires cutting 8 holes in the floor Before you drill or cut any flooring make sure the appropriate hospital personnel have approved the location of the table gantry 8 Cut tiles or other
84. presente avvertenza potrebbe causare lesioni all addetto alla manutenzione all operatore o ai pazienti provocate da scosse elettriche urti meccanici o altri rischi HE SS JA me AM AcIaYMCHSXBAkUA2 0XxA YEAH NIDAD RARO RAE RINA BRA PRISE DARA DPHECITO OO CSE CWRE EET LOS UAIaYV esRhge LEAN REO ER ZITO ROT E w ORE ITED RWG HEZA ANA PVF RH AWE BESA Weber CEU AGH A TRETE A o Important Precautions Page 7 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL au e Au HRS AEH 0 amp ol gielt KO e 1249 AHIA MSA SO 01919 AHS 272 SS eei NU S Mot AE VAS Sage e E AYA 00158 S EXDO SATA FE OA al Hbg Felot AD ALEA DAI s 2 310 ASI RACA GOA SI 2138 938 Es JE Ss Boe AAH ABl AMSA ASA Es SHAUNA SAS YS Q eu BRDINJUMS ST apkopes rokasgr mata ir pieejama tikai anglu valoda LV Ja klienta apkopes sniedz jam nepiecie ama inform cija cit valod klienta pien kums ir nodro in t tulkojumu Neveiciet apr kojuma apkopi bez apkopes rokasgr matas izlas anas un sapra anas br din juma neiev ro anas rezult t var rasties elektrisk s str vas trieciena meh nisku vai citu faktoru izrais tu traumu risks apkopes sniedz jam operatoram vai pacientam ISP JIMAS Sis eksploatavimo vadovas yra tik anglu kalba LT Jei kliento pas
85. properly applied do not adjust the Reference ROls for the Ring Band and Streak artifact tests The Reference ROIs are adjustable after the 4st Accept Modification click f Click on ACCEPT MODIFICATION twice to generate a report g Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS h Repeat steps b through g for each image noted in Step 3e Failure Recommended Actions 1 Image Series 4 Image MTF Average Failure Recovery Specifications The 4 Image MTF Average must pass specifications 4 Image MTF Average 0 58 to 1 00 Recommended Recovery 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 3 1 amp 6 5 3 2 to verify Image Performance 274 Recon series Visible Lines Failure Recovery Specifications The Largest 5 line pair patterns coded F E D C and B must be visible for each of the four images in this series Recommended Recovery The most common failure for this test is that the phantom has air bubbles that are obscuring the line pair patterns 1 Carefully inspect the 20cm QA Phantom for air bubbles If required refill the phantom with water to eliminate all air bubbles 2 Repeat Sections 6 5 3 1 amp 6 5 3 2 to verify Image Performance 3rd Image Series Visible Holes Failure Recovery Specifications The number of visible holes in this image series must pass speci
86. resilient flooring around all holes punched in the template for the gantry and table Use a utility knife with a heat gun a 3 hole saw with 74 masonry bit or other adequate tools to cut the flooring 9 Some sites may require sealing of the floor penetrations after the flooring is removed Note Use RTV or other sealant to seal the floor covering as necessary All documentation in this manual is based on mounting the table gantry on a concrete floor only 4 2 Position the Gantry un E Di S wn O m Val Bo e a l 4 2 1 Gantry Prep For Access Greater Than 28 1 Remove all the transportation packaging except for dollies from the gantry Note Some sites require floor protection Locate and install any required floor protection now 4 2 2 Gantry Prep For Access Less Than 28 1 Remove all the transportation packaging except for dollies from the gantry Note Some sites require floor protection Locate and install any required floor protection now 2 Remove the blue dolly from the left side of the gantry so that the gantry can be positioned closer to the left side wall Note Use Floor Protection for this process a Lower the gantry to the floor so that the gantry is resting on the floor b Remove the three 3 M14 hex bolts that secure the gantry to the dolly c Replace the removed dolly with the shipped black gantry positioning dolly and reinstall the three 3 M14 hex bolts d Ra
87. shown in Figure 7 7 EN PE d bays Figure 7 7 ConnectPro Setup Screen 9 Enter the hospital provided HIS Server IP Address 10 Enter the HIS Server AE Title from the DICOM HIS RIS Interface device DICOM Conformance Statement document 11 Enter the HIS Server AE Port from the DICOM HIS RIS Interface device DICOM Conformance Statement document 12 Record all the ConnectPRO HIS RIS Network parameters The system will automatically load the LightSpeed CT Server AE Title Hostname ofthe system 13 Click on the ACCEPT button 14 Should PPS be enabled is popped up Select Yes 15 The console displays the ConnectPro Setup window as shown in Figure 7 6 uo c Q o i Qo E o Lo 3 S N Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 341 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL EN E Eoo 4500 Figure 7 8 PPS Setup Screen 16 Enter the hospital provided PPS Server IP Address 17 Enter the PPS Server AE Title from the DICOM HIS RIS Interface device DICOM Conformance Statement document 18 Enter the PPS Server AE Port from the DICOM HIS RIS Interface device DICOM Conformance Statement document 19 Enter CT Server AE Title got from Step 12 Click Accept 20 The system will check valid setup entries execute a perl script that makes changes to the configuration files for HIS RIS an
88. system Table elevation on display should read 160 5 3mm Tilt display should read 123 For BrightSpeed Elite system Table elevation on display should read 163 0 3mm Tilt display should read 120 For Optima CT540 system Table elevation on display should read 182 5 3mm Tilt display should read 120 Table elevation on display should read V 3mm This value will be the same as in 3 11 1 2 in above Table elevation on display should read 146 5 x 3mm Tilt display should read S30 Table elevation on display should read 174 5 3mm Tilt display should read S23 Table elevation on display should read 184 0 x 3mm Tilt display should read S20 Table elevation on display should read 146 mm Tilt display should read S30 Table lower limit should be 146 x 3mm Upper table limit should be V 3 mm This value will be the same as in 3 11 1 2 in above For BrightSpeed Elite system Table elevation on display should read 90 mm For Optima CT540 system Table elevation on display should read 62 mm Table 5 6 Position Tilt Move Table to Interference Limit Tests Page 290 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 11 2 2 Note Important TEST 3 11 2 1 For BrightSpeed Elite system Tilt 13 gantry to 130 and verify the table height can be adjusted from 90 to 25 mm This value will be the same as
89. tant que ce manuel d installation et de maintenance n a pas t consult et compris Lenon respect de cet avertissement peut entrainer chez le technicien l op rateur ou le patient des blessures dues des dangers lectriques m caniques ou autres Page 6 Important Precautions GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL WARNUNG DE Diese Serviceanleitung existiert nur in englischer Sprache Falls ein fremder Kundendienst eine andere Sprache ben tigt ist es Aufgabe des Kunden f r eine entsprechende bersetzung zu sorgen Versuchen Sie nicht diese Anlage zu warten ohne diese Serviceanleitung gelesen und verstanden zu haben Wird diese Warnung nicht beachtet so kann es zu Verletzungen des Kundendiensttechnikers des Bedieners oder des Patienten durch Stromschl ge mechanische oder sonstige Gefahren kommen NPOEIAONOIHZH EL To rrap v eyxelpidio o ppig oiar Oegra p vo ora ayyAik E voTexvik c O pBic ev c TreAGTN arraire TO Trap v eyxelpidio OF yAwOOa KT G TWV AYYAIKWV atroTeAg EUBUVN TOU TrEA TN VA Trap yel TIG UTINPECIES per qpaong Mny eTTIxEIpP OETE Thv EKTEAEON EPYAOIWV o ppig oTov EEOTTAIONO av Dev EXETE OUUBOUAEUTEI KAI KATAVONOE TO rrap v eyxelpidio OEPBic Av O v TIPOOEEETE THY TIPOEIOOTIOINON OUT EVOEXETAI va rTrpokAnOs Tpaupariop g OTOV TEXVIKO OEPBIC oro XEIPIOTH oTov ao ev a
90. the 1 image in Table 6 9 a Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS Refer to Figure 6 3 on page 302 b Record the Per Image QA 2 Visible Holes data for the 1 image in Table 6 9 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for the 3rd 5th and 7th images in the 3 d 20cm QA Image Series Image Visible Holes Contrast Factor Comments Viewable at Window 20 1 2 gt 5 E S 3 Specifications See Table 6 9 2 0 to 12 0 N A 2 Table 6 9 20cm QA 2 Phantom Low Contrast Detectability Image Performance n wo Visible Holes Contrast Factor Range Visible Number of Holes Smallest Visible Box 1 Means Box 2 Means Hole Size Lower Limit Upper Limit 2 00 to 3 99 2 5 7 5 mm 4 00 to 7 99 3 5 5 0 mm 8 00 to 12 00 4 5 3 0 mm Required Number of Visible Holes depends on the Contrast Factor Table 6 10 20cm QA 2 Phantom Visible Hole Specifications 4 QA Phantom Image Series QA 3 Small Image Performance Verification 1 Using the Auto 1x Tool on the Image Analysis screen generate a QA 3 Small report for the 4 series of the 20cm QA Phantom acquisition a From the Service Browser window select the 4 series of the 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 3 on page 316 b Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select IMGSER 200A from the pull down Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 519 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Note BRIGHTS
91. to exit without changing the system configuration Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 267 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL While the reconfiguration is going on messages are displayed in a shell window that closes when reconfiguration is complete Should you later want to review the reconfiguration output it is logged to the following file var adm install log YYYYMMDDWWWHHMMSS Where YYYYMMDDWWWHHMMSS is the Date Time that the reconfiguration was started To view the file type more var adm install log YYYYMMDDWWWHHMMSS It is possible to abort the reconfiguration while entering information on the reconfiguration screens Simply press the QUIT button at the top of the screen There is NO safe way to abort the reconfiguration after pressing the ACCEPT button If the entries made in the screens were incorrect DO NOT try to stop the reconfiguration instead wait for it to complete and rerun reconfig entering the correct parameters 2 6 2 Procedure 1 Change directory to scripts Type cd usr g scripts ENTER at the prompt 2 Launch the Install utility Type reconfig ENTER at the prompt The OC displays the Install Utility Window as shown in Figure 5 12 E CT Software Installation OF a ks ee Figure 5 12 Install Utility Window 3 Click on the CONFIG button The OC displays the System Configuration System Se
92. uses a voltage other than 480VAC 3 If PDU is configured for 480VAC go to 1 5 Otherwise proceed to Section 1 4 2 WARNING MAKE SURE YOU TURNED OFF TAGGED AND LOCKED THE MAIN WALL POWER O BEFORE YOU CHANGE TAPS FAILURE TO DISCONNECT POWER AT MAIN INPUT Y MAY RESULT IN ELECTROCUTION TURN OFF WALL POWER TO CONNECT OR MOVE METER LEADS OR TO REMOVE OR INSTALL COVERS Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 255 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL NOTICE TAPS SHOULD BE SHIPPED AS SHOWN FOR 480VAC ONLY FOR ALL OTHERS YOU MUST MOVE THE TAPS THE TAP CHECK SHOULD BE COMPLETED BY THE MECHANICAL INSTALLER 1 4 2 Line Input Conditions 1 Monitor the No Load Line to Line Voltage at L1 L2 L3 during the workday Do not record this data during brown out conditions 2 After you determine the nearest nominal line verify the tap connections match refer to Table 5 1 and Figure 5 3 for tap locations Transformer Taps and Jumpers 61514 3 12 1 61514 31 21 1 6151 14 32 1 H3 H2 H1 High Voltage Transformer Figure 5 3 PDU Tap Positions Rear Note Taps should be shipped as shown for 480 VAC only For all others you must move the taps The tap check should be completed by the mechanical installer 3 Verify th
93. where name cfg is the camera device name from the printer configuration GUI Example more lt filename from above gt ENTER DASM CAMERA 1 SETUP GUI SETTING SELECTIONS VALUE Camera Type Model Type of Camera DASM Type Digital or Analog o Digital o Analog Options Slides or Zoom o Slides o Analog Film Smooth or Sharp o Smooth o Sharp Film Format Available 1x1 2x1 2x2 3x2 etc Film Format Default 1x1 2x1 2x2 3x2 etc Table 7 1 DICOM CAMERA 1 GUI SETTING SELECTIONS VALUES DICOM Camera Type Model Type of Camera Film Format Available 1x1 2x1 2x2 3x2 etc Network Parameters Host Name IP Address AE Title TCP Listen Port Comments Destination o Magazine o Processor Special Set Up Orientation o Portrait o Landscape Medium Type o Blue o Clear Magnification Type o None o Replicate o Bilinear o Cubic Advanced Parameters IQ Smoothing Type o ON o OFF Value Configuration Minimum Density o ON o OFF Value Maximum Density Empty Density Black White o Black o White Border Density Black White o Black o White To view Advanced DICOM Camera Settings you must click on ADVANCED Table 7 2 DICOM Camera 1 Page 550 Section 9 0 DICOM Filming Devices Setup GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL GUI SETTING SELECTIONS TRIM Priority Film Size VALUES o MED o LOW To view Advanced DICOM Camera Settings you must click on A
94. 0 Section 9 0 PDU Cable Connections amp Configuration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Panel Circuit Breaker for PDU 71 Place the circuit breakers in the off down position during installation even with Mains incoming power tagged and locked out After you have completed work on the PDU you may return the circuit breakers to the ON positions Figure 2 48 Circuit Breaker Panel for PDU 71 CB1 CB2 CB3 AR VNR CBS CB7 CBB M IO 9 9lololo olelololololo ololo oo ofOfojo o ojojojojojojojojo Q Q By design when CB3 is in the OFF position circuit breakers 5 7 8 9 and 10 are switched OFF CB3 is essentially in series with these breakers Table 2 17 Panel Circuit Breaker Descriptions for PDU 71 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION BREAKER CB2 Circuit Protection Axial Drive CB3 Fully Winding Protection Master power of CB5 7 8 9 and 10 120 and 208 VAC CB5 CT Gantry CT Gantry op
95. 0 second scans 0 7 second scans 0 5 second scans oo og o SE Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 259 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 6 Emergency Stop Check NO oR WN gt 8 9 Use the gantry push buttons to advance the cradle about 0 5m 2ft from the home position Press one of the E STOP buttons on the gantry Make sure the TABLE POWER shuts off and the green LED flashes Depress one of the table elevation buttons to verify the emergency stop disabled table elevation Depress one of the cradle drive buttons to verify the emergency stop disabled the cradle drive Press one of the RESET buttons to turn on X RAY DRIVES POWER 120 VAC LED stops flashing Press the other E STOP button on the gantry a Make sure the Table Power shuts off b Manually move the cradle to the home position to make sure the cradle clutch released c Make sure the cradle latches securely in the home position Press one of the RESET buttons to turn on X RAY DRIVES POWER Press one of the four table tape switches to make sure the table down motion stops Repeat with the three remaining table tape switches 10 Press the console emergency stop switch make sure the Table Power shuts off 11 Press one of the RESET buttons to turn on X RAY DRIVES POWER See Figure 5 4 Reset Button BrightSpeed
96. 09 384 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Effectivity The information in this manual applies to the following CT Systems BrightSpeed Elite Optima CT540 Page 235 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 236 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 4 Electrical INTO UCI ed 245 Section 1 0 Introduction DEEN 245 Section 2 0 Review Mechanical Hand Off Material eere 245 Section 3 0 A O A 245 Section 4 0 Required FE Common Tools and Supplies 246 4 1 FE Calibration and Service Tool st 246 4 2 Electrical Tools geb ode deed Ca ete d Ed mde 246 4 3 Image Quality Calibration Tools 246 4 4 Detector Service Tools iii eau EE 246 45 Optional Tools sl e tet ecu ind it ec die ute ud ee aimed 246 4 6 Satety Materlals ica esa tie orent T te bb er er dena 247 4 7 Cleanliness a ned Edu an 247 Section 5 0 Requirements Assumptions eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeleeeeeeeeene nennen nnn nnmnnn 248 Section 6 0 FE WorkTlOW inicia rra EES ra DIR OO DDR OIN EN CORR RAE ORER 248 Section 7 0 Checklists for Completed Installation esesus 249 7 1 EU EE EE 249 GO A A A A ree ere P EEN 249 7 1 2 Optional and Regional enne 249 7 2 He RD 249 7 3
97. 0cm QA Phantom images acquired in Section 6 5 2 for Rings Bands and Streaks using the Image Works Desktop a b C d e From the Global Control Palette click on the I MAGE WORKS DESKTOP From the Image Works Browser window select the 5th 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 2 From the Image Works Browser window click on the VIEWER button While paging through the eight images in the series analyze images for any Ring Band or Streak artifacts Adjust Window Level using the center mouse button as required Note any image that appears to have a Ring Band or Streak artifact 4 Verify any images noted above step 3e meet 20cm QA Phantom Ring Band or Streak Image Performance requirements a b C From the Global Control Palette click on the Service Desktop From the Service Browser window select an image of the 5 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 2 that appeared to have a Ring Band or Streak while reviewing the series in Image Works On the Image Analysis Tool window click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select the IMGSER 20QA test from the pull down menu slide cursor to the right to select QA3 SM 2X10 120KV 260MA 1S from the test pull down menu and continue to slide cursor to the right to select RING BAND or STREAK Click on the ACCEPT button If required adjust Window Level using the center mouse button Position and size the Ring Band or Streak ROI
98. 1 Footswitch Assembly Cable Wiring Connect cable connector to J9 GND cable to table frame and power to power connector Ground Bus Lo E Di S Lo O 3 Lo O a e 4 Connect the ground bus connector plate Figure 1 52 Footswitch Ground Bus Bar Footswitch Connectors pia Ground Wires Ground Bus Connector Plate Ground Bar w E 5 Connect the ground wires not all shown in Figure 1 52 to the installed ground bus Table 2 Gantry 1 0 Console 2 PDU 31 0 Power Pan 10 6 Install the footswitch pedal bracket onto the installed ground bus bar Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 75 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 7 Install the footswitch cover using three 3 screws see Figure 1 53 Figure 1 53 Footswitch Cover Installation 8 Install cover caps on each pad Figure 1 54 Footswitch Pad Caps 9 Install the four 4 foot pads onto the footswitch assembly Page 76 Section 6 0 Install Table Footswitch Assembly GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 7 0 Remove Gantry Tilt Bracket CAUTION Figure 1 55 Gantry Tilt Bracket Removal A Tilt Bracket M12 Bolts M16 Bolt Lo E Di dM S Lo O gt a o a EN aS 1 Refer to Figure 1 55 Remove the M12 bolts using a 10 mm Hex wr
99. 1A 8 24 40 56 1B 9 25 41 57 2B 10 26 42 58 3B 11 27 43 59 4B 12 28 44 60 5B 13 29 45 61 6B 14 30 46 62 ES 7B 15 31 47 63 E 8B 16 32 48 64 S Specifications lt 17 lt 50 lt 14 E Table 6 3 48cm Phantom CT Brightness Uniformity Noise amp Center Smudge Row o Performance Data Sheet 6 4 3 Failure Recommended Actions 6 4 3 1 Series Means AvXo AvXc or AvsDo Failure Recovery Specifications Each Row of the series must pass 48cm Series Means for the first series scan parameters specifications AvXo AvXc lt 17 AvSDo 50 0 Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 505 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 4 3 2 6 4 3 3 Recommended Recovery 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 48cm Phantom 2 Repeat Sections 6 4 1 amp 6 4 3 to verify Image Performance Center Smudge Failure Recovery Specifications 80 the Rows must pass Center Smudge specifications when re scanning Center Smudge Smudge Factor lt 14 0 Recommended Recovery 1 If one image of one Row fails Row fails once Re scan the 48cm Phantom acquiring two series of 64 images using the same protocol settings as listed in Table 6 2 Analyze the two 64 re scanned image series using the Image Analysis IMGSER 48CM gt 16X1 25 120KV 400MA AUTO tool Verify that all the 128 re scanned images do n
100. 20kV 260mA 1s 7 Acquire the 4 20cm QA Phantom image series by performing the 5th series protocol scan the series name as QA3 Sm 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s 20cm QA Phantom image series acquired are as following 18 20cm QA 3 d 20cm QA 4th 20cm QA Phantom image Phantom image Phantom image series series series QA1 MTF 2x10 QA2 Ho 2x10 QA3 Sm 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s 120kV 260mA 1s 120kV 260mA 1s 15t series protocol 4 series protocol 5 series protocol scan scan scan Note 274 Recon series is generated from QA1 MTF 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s automatically 6 5 3 2 Note 20cm QA Phantom Image Series Performance Verification 1 QA Phantom Image Series 4 Image MTF Average and Contrast Scale Image Performance Verification 1 Launch the Image Analysis Tool a From the Global Control Palette click on the Service Desktop b From the Service Desktop upper navigational bar click on IMAGE QUALITY TESTS c In the left navigational area directory click on IMAGE ANALYSIS During the Image Analysis process you will need to switch between the Service Browser screen to select the image series to analyze and the Image Analysis screen to run a particular Auto 1x analysis test Use ALT F1 to bring a window to the front Use ALT F3 to send a window to the back 2 Using the Auto 1x Tool on the Image Analysis screen generate a QA 1 MTF and QA 1 Contrast Scale report for the 1 series of the 20cm QA Phantom acquisition a
101. 21 48cm 2144721 2 Phantom Holder 4 4 Detector Service Tools A DAS Detector Service Kit PN 2344539 is included in the Install Support Kit Aero Duster AMAX Contact Cleaner 4 5 Optional Tools Needed for warranty recalibration GE HV Bleeder Scope with 10X probes Beckman CT231 clamp on Amp probe 46 194427P228 Fits up to Z2 size wire Beckman CT232 clamp on Amp probe 46 194427P270 Fits 1 size wire and larger Page 246 Section 4 0 Required FE Common Tools and Supplies GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Scope Probe to bleeder Cable 46 219921G1 Belden 8422 cable 30 ft e Polaroid type 52 film and developer Radial dial indicator mm or inches and mounting bracket Caliper Dial indicators mm or inches e Ground Rod Tester Clamp on Amp Probe 4 6 Safety Materials Note Items with checks o are included in the Install Support Kit y Lockout Tagout kit or equivalent Y Nitrile Rubber Gloves Safety Glasses 4 7 Cleanliness Any dirt on the surface increases leakage current on the filter or converter cards and causes the DAS to fail the drift spec Wear Nitrile gloves part number 2207303 6 large and 2207303 7 extra large when you handle the DAS because fingerprints on the board can cause problems during humid conditions Use only clean new Nitrile gloves Do not use hospital grade gloves NOTICE NEVER USE AN ERA
102. 2203 XX Rev Y Language P N 5442206 XX Rev Y ND d AD d AVOID INJURY AVOID INJURY IN Do not exceed table IN Do not exceed table maximum capacity maximum capacity SS of 295 kg 650 Ib te of 205 kg 450 Ib Table 650 Ib Caution Table 450 Ib Caution Language P N 5442207 XX Rev Y Language PIN 5442208 XX Rev Y Table 5 2 Caution label Classification Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL NOTICE Do not cover English labels already on the system Information labels Pinch Point Caution Label Front Leg Read Documentation Caution Label Cradle Handle Load Limit Caution Label NGPDU Front Cover Emergency OFF label Gantry Enable label Power ON label Table 5 3 System Warning Labels 5 Integ amp Safety 3 4 2 Documentation Verification When finished update GE form e4879 US Only and the installation completion form that all appropriate language labels were installed and present Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 285 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 5 Check Warning Labels Note The labels on the system and the system manuals must comply with the country law as listed in Direction 5221102 1EN found in the keyboard collector kit shipped with the system regardless
103. 3 2 TS3 3 TS5 1 TS5 2 TS5 3 TS5 4 TS5 5 TS5 6 TS5 7 TS5 8 i yv E O a 5 Di E N Red Green Black Black Red Orange Brown Blue Grn Yellow Black Red Orange Blue Grn Yellow Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 127 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 44 PDU Cable Connections for PDU 71 Front NGPDU Covers Removed bn HVDC TS2 1 Red DE G a e Ol TS2 2 Green EE des gt cb Se TS2 3 Black TS dh e Axial TS3 1 Black ep S se Kxg K v ee ss s TS3 2 Red ED fa En ELE ge ll DI TS3 3 Orange L TS3 4 Grn Yellow Te e OC Power TS5 0 Not used ove m
104. 306 50 mm Cradle should go all the way through the gantry bore to the full extended position D e D Ka L w uy Table 5 8 Tilt Limits When Table Below Scan Plane Lower Limit Tests Continued Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 295 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 294 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 6 Image Quality CAUTION Shock Hazard h Voltage Present No service on left side while energized NOTICE To prevent potential data loss please do the following e Record data collected from procedures in this chapter into Form F4879 when directed located in Section 8 0 of this book e Only use the Installation manual that arrives with your system for installation Any other revisions of this manual may not exactly match your system Section 1 0 Introduction Tomographic Plane Indication System Functional Test Save System State ES 5 3 o kl Oo o wo Figure 6 1 System Test Overview Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 295 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 2 0 Calibration Process 2 1 Reference Procedures Do not perform these procedures Scannin
105. 4 42 Stanley Contractor Grade Level nominal 48 Empire Titan Professional Box Beam Level model 900 series 48 Stabila Aluminum Box Beam Level Kit 24816 Preferred levels ELECTRICAL TOOLS DVM Continuity Tester PERSONAL SAFETY EQUIPMENT Safety shoes LOTO kit MUST have Safety glasses Hearing protection Gloves 6 or 8 step ladders These PPE items are absolutely required for every installation job with NO exceptions Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 33 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL SYSTEM CLEANERS Purchase Locally Glass Cleaner or equivalent Scrubbing Bubbles Bathroom Cleaner or equivalent Grease Cutting Cleaner or equivalent GE TOOLS VCT Alignment Kit p n 5148193 or Complete Laser alignment tool for VCT BrightSpeed Select and RT16 p n 5272090 Note A box labeled Installation Support Kit is shipped with each system It contains paint masking tape cleaners towels and other materials needed to install this CT scanner Page 34 Section 2 0 Install Table Gantry Introduction GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 3 0 Delivery 3 1 De 3 1 1 NOTICE 3 1 2 3 1 4 and Inventory Procedure livery Procedure System Transportation Temperature Extremes When transporting the CT system ensure that the system is
106. 41628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 2 Recommended Room Size amp Requirement Layouts Note Your room layout may meet the Typical or Recommended room requirements but look different than the room shown above Contact your sales person to have a detail room layout completed for your site pa 3962 mm 13 ft A 2007 mm 6 ft 7in T 1778 mm 5 ft 10 in 4 2388 mm 7 ft 10 in bc an 6299 mm 20 ft 8 in Guide Kal DI o c o 3 KI O p fe 3 3 o Di ac LI uy 1700 mm 5ft 7in E a Appendix F Regulatory Clearance Quick Reference Guide Page 229 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 230 Section 6 0 How to Measure www gehealthcare com BrightSpeed Elite Optima CT540 Installation Manual Book 2 of 2 OPERATING DOCUMENTATION 5341628 1EN Rev 12 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 234 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Book 2 of 2 Electrical Calibration Integration amp Testing Pages 2
107. 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 9 1 5 440V Connection Connect the internally shielded 440V cable from the gantry to TS3 on the panel See Figure 2 43 for the location of the connector and Figure 2 51 for details Observe the labels on the cable leads for proper identification and orientation Figure 2 51 440VAC Connection 1 2 3 4 GND lug 9 1 6 Gantry amp Console Power Connections 120V Both Gantry and Console power cables come pre terminated Plug the console power cable wires to TS5 1 3 and the gantry power cable wires TS5 4 8 as shown in Figure 2 52 PDU 3 and Figure 2 53 pdu 71 a y gt e D D Di E N Figure 2 52 Gantry amp Console Power Connections for PDU 3 TS5 Console Power Gantry Power PET Gantry Power Connection Connection Connection Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 133 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 53 Gantry amp Console Power Connections for PDU 71 TS5 Console Power Gantry Power PET Gantry Power Connection Connection Connection 9 1 7 Console Power Cable Re termination Power cabl
108. 6 The adjustment is likely to require a very small movement Use a suitable tool to move the table the required distance 17 Rescan to confirm each movement trial This can take a few trials to move the table to a position that is within the specification 18 The plastic accessory edges of the cradle are installed to allow cradle accessories to be used These edges although visible should not be used to determine cradle center Edge to edge difference can be greater than the alignment specification 19 Repeat above steps until both images are visually aligned on the screen FINALIZATION 20 Use a calibrated torque wrench to tighten the anchors to 75 6 N m 55 x 5 ft Ib Confirm that the torqued anchor still meets the anchor installation specifications a Maintain 1 full thread of adjustor showing above the lock ring or table base plate b Have not more than 1 in of anchor showing above the nut Do not cut off any access c Using a permanent marker draw a line on the nut and base Use this line to determine whether the anchor loosened over time 21 Reinstall all table components removed to access the anchors Page 298 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Alignment Procedure GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 4 0 Tube Warm Up and Fast Cal 1 Select D to warm up the tube 2 Select FAST CALIBRATION from the Daily Prep menu Note Use the
109. 62 ImgSer 20cmPP f gt QA 2 Holes o P ERUNT IS E QAI3 Sna11 8x2 5 QAN3 1x1 25 11 20 QA 3 2x0 63 2e Ring Streaks Center Artifact Band Center Smudge Image View 48cm Image Individual Auto Image Status amp User 20cm QA Image Port Analysis Tests Analysis Tests wi Specs Instruction Window Analysis Tests ImgSer 35cm b ImgSer 12 5cm i QM mee b QA 3 Small 8x1 25 gt QA 3 Small 5mn auto gt Figure 6 2 Image Analysis Tool User Interface Auto 1x Test Pull Down Menu Overall Test Pass Fail Report Indicator Window rm gt TestName 48 cr0 Dm 1s Thu Mar 30 15 53 50 Series Means Exam 15 Series Number 1 Total Images 16 Images Per Scan 4i 5 00 mm 4i 340mA 1 0 sec Recon Algo STANDARD DFOV 500 0 mm Row AvXc AvXc AvXo AvXo AvSDo Measure Spec Measure AvXc Measure Measure RS Detailed Test Report w Specs amp Pass Fail Indications when applicable Figure 6 3 Image Analysis Tool User Interface Test Results Report Window Page 502 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 4 48cm Phantom Image Series Performance Verification 6 4 4 Acquiring the 48cm Phantom Image Series 1 Mount the Phantom Holder on the head end of the table 2 Mount the 48cm Phantom on the Phantom Holder 3 Align level
110. 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 327 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 2 0 Install Options Refer to GE Prints and schematics for mechanical physical location of option FDO shipment for identification of items Installation Specialist for installation instructions if they differ from print 2 1 5inch MOD Refer to documentation shipped with 5 MOD 5 MOD Drive Option 5162230 2 2 Camera Filming Device Refer to documentation shipped with camera Chapter 2 of this manual DICOM 2210573 GE Document DICOM Print 2152913 2 3 Advantage Workstation AW Refer to the directions provided Pre install 2111833 Service 2111831 Page 328 Section 2 0 Install Options GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 3 0 DICOM Network Introduction The systems support two basic Networking Protocols Advantage NET IC Signa 4 X CT HLA CT I DICOM CT I CT Synergy Advantage Workstations DICOM NETWORK INTRODUCTION DICOM networks basically operate on the tasks or services that various devices on the network use or provide These services are labeled as Application Entity Titles AE Titles The CT scanner system is a user of six DICOM Network Services and is a provider of two DICOM Services AS A DICOM SERVICE USER Send or Push im
111. 7 2 2 Page e EE 27 2 3 Computer Screen Output Input Character Styles sss 28 24 Buttons Switches and Keyboard Inputs Hard amp Soft Keys 28 Chapter 1 Position SUBSYSIGINS nina ais 29 Section 1 0 Installer FE NOTICES ciii eiii p MERE CL eeu as 29 1 1 General Safety Guidelines eeseseeesessieeeessee seen tene enn nnne nnn nentes 29 1 2 Shipping Warehouse and Transportation Wammimg ns 29 1 3 International Shipments eene nennen nennen nennen nns 29 1 4 On Site Warning EDD 30 1 5 SERVICE ACTIONS una m re E RR a meu Ha ea t daca ete EUER 30 Section 2 0 Install Table Gantry Introduction eee 31 2 1 Floor and Room Preparation ssssssssssssssssessese ener e rennen nnne nnn 31 251 1 Preparatoria t t edd tb tee 31 GN EEN Ge e EE 31 2 2 Sa TH ge SES deen EN 2 3 Pre Installation Template rere eet edente t dpt Deeds 32 24 Required Common Tools and Supplies s nnnnneneneee aeee eeettttnrrtnretnssrrtnttnttnnnrnnsnnseteee tent 32 Section 3 0 Delivery and Inventory Procedure sssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 35 3 1 Delivery Procedure iia ia eR 35 3 1 1 System Transportation Temperature Eviremes rrene 35 3 1 2 Working with the Mover nemen nennen nnns 35 31 3 Floor Protection td A er d mu tte Een eite 35 3 1 4 Equipment Delivery Route 35 3 1 5 Removing Gantry Dollies and Cover 35 3 1 6 Damage In Transportation
112. 703 DP to DVI cable 3 meter Monitor 1 3000 50 118 11 1 97 5432953 2 Power Cable Peripheral Tower PMT media Tower 1 3050 50 120 1 97 E to NIO AC Box 5432953 3 Power Cable Display monitor to Monitor 1 3050 50 120 1 97 N NIO AC Box 5432953 4 Power Cable Scan monitor to Monitor 1 3050 50 120 1 97 NIO AC Box Table 2 7 GE Healthcare Supplied NIO16 Console Cables 1 Route the keyboard cable under the GSCB as shown in Figure 2 21 NOTICE Potential for equipment damage Never connect a mouse or keyboard with the host computer powered ON Doing so can destroy components within the host computer 2 Route the keyboard and mouse cables to NIO16 console If the length of keyboard and mouse cables is not enough add the following USB cable extensions shipped with OC collector PART NUMBER CABLE LENGTH 5366514 3000 mm 5366514 2 3560 mm DESCRIPTION USB Cable Mouse USB Cable Keyboard Table 2 8 USB Cable Extension 3 For BrightSpeed Elite System Select the GSCB overlay with Tilt and w o E Reset P N is 5409747 XXX and install the proper overlay with the appropriate language for the system For Optima CT540 System Select the GSCB overlay with both Tilt and E Reset P N is 5401237 XXX install the proper overlay with the appropriate language for the system Verify that none of the buttons get caught and stuck under the overlay Pay close attention to the pr
113. 9 2 2343530 2 Page 88 Section 1 0 Introduction GE COMPANY DIRECTIO 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Table 2 3 System Interconnect Cables Continued PART NUMBER RUN de DESCRIPTION For GOC or TIO For NIO16 Console o LONG CABLES SHORT CABLES LONG CABLES SHORT CABLES Kir 2281840 4 Kir 2281840 5 Kir 2281840 13 Kir 2281840 14 52 LVAC Power Cable PDU to 2343528 2343528 2 2343528 2343528 2 Gantry 2343528 3 for 2343528 4 for simplified power simplified power pan pan 53 LVAC Power Cable PDU To 2343531 2343531 2 2343531 2343531 2 Operator s Console 54 LVAC Power Cable Gantry to n a n a n a n a Table S 55 Ground PDU to Raceway 2371450 2371450 2 2371450 2371450 2 R 56 Ground Raceway to Console 2371450 3 2371450 4 2371450 3 2371450 4 3 60 LVAC Power Cable PDU to E gt gt Optional UPS A 61 LVAC Power Cable UPS Disconnect Panel to PDU 90 LVAC Power Cable PDU to PET 100 Signal Cable Gantry to PDU 5120646 5120646 2 5120646 5120646 2 101 Signal Cable Gantry to Console 5120645 5120645 2 5419981 5419981 2 102 Signal Cable Ethernet Gantry 2373436 2 2373436 3 2373436 2 2373436 3 to Console 103 Data Cable Fiber Optic Gantry 2117848 2 2117848 7 5432019 5432019 to Console 104 Signal Cable Gantry to Table n a n a n a n a 110 Signal Cable UPS Control to Room Disconnect A1 111 Signal
114. AA C PULSE SE DS1 Figure B 11 STC Power Switches 4 Verify the three 3 power switches have been turned OFF see Figure B 12 e 120 AC AXIAL_DRIVE HVDC 5 ENBL ON 8 12 NBL AXIAL SERVICE CONTINUOUS HIGH MODE SPEED ROTATION Si 5 e A JOG _ Lou TEST ROT TION SPEED SPEED DRIVES RESET z FORWARD AN ESTOP RESET xu A BAC A DIRECTION Figure B 12 Service Switch Panel 5 Assemble the front cover dolly PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 5179183 2 Dolly pivoting small room LH 5179183 Dolly pivoting small room RH a Tighten the two 2 shoulder bolts to the gantry securely This makes cover installation easier see Figure B 13 Page 174 Section 4 0 Gantry Front Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Shoulder Bolts and Wing Nuts din d Figure B 13 Front Side Dolly b Attach side dolly to the shoulder bolts and secure assembly with two 2 wing nuts c Repeat steps a and b to assemble the other side dolly 6 Detach front cover J1 and J3 and LAN cables S gt D IS ea SR Figure B 14 Front Cover Cables 7 Remove the Mylar scan window 8 Remove front cover Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 175 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL a Disenga
115. BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL NOTICE Notice is used when a hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely Equipment no personal injury risk They can include Damage Disk drive will crash ES 4 Internal mechanical damage such as to the x ray tube Coasting the rotor through resonance It s important that the reader not ignore hazard statements in this document 1 2 Graphical Representation Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point N contained within a triangle as seen throughout this chapter In addition to text several different graphical icons symbols may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause harm ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL RADIATION 13 AA A LASER HEAT PINCH X LASER AN LIGHT Some others make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed AVOID STATIC TAG AND LOCK OUT WEAR EYE ELECTRICITY PROTECTION AA EYE PROTECTION Page 26 Preface GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 2 0 Publication Conventions 2 1 General Paragraph and Character Styles Note Example Comment Prefixes are used to highlight important non safety related information Paragraph prefixes such as Purpose Example Comment and Note are used to identify important but non safety related information Text styles are also applied t
116. Below Scan Plane Lower Limit Tests Chapter 6 Section 6 0 Updated section 6 5 20cm QA Phantom Image Series Image Performance Verification 02 17 12 Added Optima CT540 product name for whole manual Added Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Chapter 5 Section 1 0 Added Figure 5 7 Optima CT540 Gantry Emergency Stop Button Positions Updated Figure 5 5 Reset buttons on Gantry and Service Switch bank Updated Figure 5 8 GSCB Emergency Stop Button on NIO16 Console for IEC3 requirements Section 3 0 Updated Figure 5 23 GSCB Volume Controls on NIO16 Console for IEC3 requirements Updated 3 4 1 Check And Install System Warning Labels for IEC3 requirements 12 13 11 Chapter 1 Section 9 3 Added Install Optima Desk Updated Section 9 4 Peripherals Placement Chapter 2 Added Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection Updated Section 6 0 Install Options Updated Table 2 3 BrightSpeed System Interconnect Cables Chapter 5 Section 1 0 Added Figure 5 7 GSCB Emergency Stop Button on NIO16 Console Updated Section 1 0 Electrical Power ON amp Ground Checks Section 2 0 Added Figure 5 18 NIO16 Console Boot up Flow Chart Section 3 0 Added Figure 5 21 GSCB Volume Controls on NIO16 Console Updated Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration Section 3 0 updated 3 4 1 Check And Install System Warning Labels for IEC3 requirement Chapter 7 Section 10 0 Added Figure 7 18 NIO16 Console Rear View Updated Section 10 0 Network Connections
117. BrightSpeed Elite Optima CT540 Installation Manual Book 1 of 2 OPERATING DOCUMENTATION 5341628 1EN Rev 12 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 2 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Book 1 of 2 Mechanical Installation Pages 1 232 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Effectivity The information in this manual applies to the following CT Systems BrightSpeed Elite Optima CT540 Page 3 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 4 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS LANGUAGE NPEAyYNPEXAEHVE BG Toa yMbTBaH e 3a pa6ora e HasmuHo caMo Ha aHrTIM CKM e3nk AKO HOCTaBUMKPT H ycnyratTa Ha kneHra U3ucka npyr eau 3anemkeHue Ha Klaeura e na ocurypu NpeBog He wanonapaure o6opynBaHero npegn na cre ce KOHCynTupann n pa36pann yrrerBaHero 3a pabora Hecna3BaHero Ha TOBa NpeaynpexaeHue Moxe na noBene DO HapaHsiBaHe Ha nocraBuMka Ha ycnyrata onepatopa unu nauueHra B pe3yrirar Ha TOKOB yHap MexaHuuHa nnn npyra onacHoct FE ee ZH CN ner eee PEMD ASE ARCA HE TR 2 BET ZUR Acte E ROSE E UI tb cn Sup SUCUS UA ER MEP B TEC PE AIR BUREAU E o E Kaz ZH HK A
118. CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure A 13 Gantry Display Removal Place the Display in the bracket on the right side of the gantry See Figure A 14 Figure A 14 Gantry Display Service Mounting Location Disconnect the cabling at the right rear gantry cover Only 1 cable will connect to the Gantry Display Connect the cable taken from the rear cover to the display b Remove a gantry control and place it into its service position 1 Loosen the screws that mounts the gantry control Keep one hand on the control panel at all times to prevent it from dropping to the floor Page 156 Section 3 0 Gantry Front Cover GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure A 15 Gantry control panel removal screw X4 2 Align the ball studs with their associated receivers and snap into place Figure A 16 Control panel service position 2 v D S K 3 Connect cable to terminator located on the cantrell arm Reference Figure A 17 There are 3 cables each of which is unique The ribbon cable is not used in the Service configuration The other 2 cables will only fit in the terminator or the control panel not both Note Figure A 17 Gantry Service Mode Cable Terminator Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 157 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATIO
119. Connections Table 2 4 Contractor PDU Connections CONNECTION AWG CONNECTION FROM CONNECTION TO PDU INSTALLED OR WALL BOX AND CHECKED A1 1 Load T1 TS 1L1 1 Load T2 TS 1 L2 1 Load T3 TS 1 L3 1 0 GND TS 1 GND Do NOT connect anything to neutral point WL 14 LV Source 1 TS6 1 Warning light 14 LV Source 2 TS6 2 See Figure 2 55 14 X Ray ON Light 1 TS6 3 onpage 135 444 x Ray ON Light 2 TS6 4 14 Sys ON Light 1 TS6 5 14 Sys ON Light 2 TS6 6 14 Ready Light 1 TS67 14 Ready Light 2 TS6 8 DS Scan Room 14 Door SW 1 TS6 9 Door Switch 14 Door SW 2 TS6 10 Note IMPORTANT Add AWG 2 ground wire from table frame to table gantry raceway ground bar as Add 2 ground shown in Figure 2 2 wire WARNING WORK WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO BE SURE EXTERNAL POWER roe H SOURCE IS TURNED OFF Page 92 Section 3 0 Contractor Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Section 4 0 True In One Console Connections BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 1 SCIM Keyboard Trackball amp Mouse Installation 1 Route the keyboard cable under the SCIM as shown in Figure 2 4 Figure 2 4 SCIM control with keyboard cable routed through SCIM a y gt e D D Di E N NOTICE Potential for equipment damage Never connect a mouse or keyboard with the host Hm computer powered ON Doing so can destroy components within the h
120. D TO BE USED ON FLAT LEVEL FLOORS WITHIN THE SCANNING SUITE ONLY MISUSE CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DAMAGE TO COVERS OR OTHER FACILITY ITEMS ONLY USE DOLLIES ON FLAT SURFACES Rotating arms on the stand are supposed to be stiff If they fall freely tighten the tensioning nuts Loose rotating arms will reduce the stability of the dollies when supporting the front cover Do not lubricate 1 Arrange Dolly sections for assembly The base and post can be assembled only one way Refer to Figure B 9 and Figure B 10 The base uses two 2 palm screws to clamp the four 4 legs in the open or usage mode The base also uses the same palm screws to prevent the legs from falling in storage mode The top post can be inserted in either base and is keyed for proper engagement The top post locking pin prevents the sections from separating during usage Figure B 9 Front Cover Dolly in Storage Mode Page 172 Section 4 0 Gantry Front Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Note WARNING Note Top Plate LI VO Y a Bottom Plate Palm Screws Table Side Figure B 10 Front Cover Dolly Base Assembly 2 Unfold the base legs by loosening both palm screws to the top of their travel 3 Carefully unfold the legs so that the castors touch the floor 4 Tighten the palm screws to clamp the legs between the base top and bottom plates
121. DER P2 OE 64 4 14 Gantry amp Table Alternate Anchor Holes eem 67 4 15 Install the Anchors nn nn reme cnn sensn nnn n nennen nnne 68 416 Alignment ReChOeck itn d Pd tert ete cie ed EH a ede ete erdt PERS 69 4 17 Removing Table Shipping Dollies see mm 69 4 17 1 Requirements crecer a cR EE A a Rue dt ae 69 4 17 1 1 Tools Ee EU ET 69 4 17 1 2 Time and Personne eene 69 4 172 POCO CET 69 Page 18 Table of Contents GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 5 0 Rear Entry Cable BOX suicida 72 Q Section 6 0 o Install Table Footswitch Assembly eene 73 6 1 Fequiremers ano Co tenen di Es 73 E Gd Tools Required coitum o lacras cada ESG 73 e 0 1 2 Time and Persorinel cr re n RR tee eels 73 6 2 Steel Ul DM 73 Section 7 0 Remove Gantry Tilt Bracket cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaananeeees 77 Section 8 0 Position the Power Distribution Unit eese eere 78 Section 9 0 Install Operator Console eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecsseeeeeeeeennn nennen nnn 80 9 1 Unpack Console ieai A e dees a 80 9 2 Remove the HostPC support Bracket 81 9 3 Footer Adjustment coto Lai dade ee deed re dede e ed Eh 81 9 4 Install Operating Table endet taz rte te tcr eid PR D ade 82 9 4 1 Install FWS table and Monitor Arms
122. DVANCED Table 7 2 DICOM Camera 1 Continued DICOM CAMERA 2 GUI SETTING DICOM Camera Type Film Format Available Network Parameters Special Set Up Advanced Parameters IQ To view Advanced DICOM Camera Settings you must click on ADVANCED Table 7 3 DICOM Camera 2 SELECTIONS Model Type of Camera 1x1 2x1 2x2 3X2 etc Host Name IP Address AE Title TCP Listen Port Comments Destination Orientation Medium Type Magnification Type Smoothing Type Configuration Minimum Density Maximum Density Empty Density Black White Border Density Black White TRIM Priority Film Size VALUES o Magazine o Processor o Portrait o Landscape o Blue o Clear o None o Replicate o Bilinear o Cubic o ON o OFF Value o ON o OFF Value Lo o Black o White S o Black oWhite amp oYES oNO R o HI o MED o LOW 2 3 O E Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 351 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 DICOM CAMERA 3 GUI SETTING DICOM Camera Type Film Format Available Network Parameters Special Set Up Advanced Parameters IQ BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL SELECTIONS Model Type of Camera 1x1 2x1 2x2 3x2 etc Host Name IP Address AE Title TCP Listen Port Comments Destination Orientation Medium Type Magnification Type Smoothing Type Configuration Minimum Density Maximum Density Empty
123. Density Black White Border Density Black White TRIM Priority Film Size VALUES o Magazine o Processor o Portrait o Landscape o Blue o Clear o None o Replicate o Bilinear o Cubic o ON o OFF Value o ON o OFF Value o Black o White o Black o White oYES oNO o HI o MED o LOW To view Advanced DICOM Camera Settings you must click on ADVANCED Table 7 4 DICOM Camera 3 Page 352 Section 9 0 DICOM Filming Devices Setup GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 9 3 Troubleshooting Tips The following is a summary of troubleshooting information for DICOM print that was gathered during software testing and validation of the DICOM print feature There is also a significant amount of additional troubleshooting procedures and the theory of the DICOM print feature in the System Service Manual Should you have problems installing a DICOM print camera first read the information in System Service Manual ERROR BRINGING UP THE CAMERA INSTALLATION FILMING APPLICATION Symptom After creating modifying the DICOM print camera the install camera interface does not come up and the filming application indicates it cannot bring up the film composer Cause The configuration field contains invalid information such as a backslash 1 as the final character in the field or brackets Solution The camera dev file in ctuser app defaults device
124. Dolly Return o heec RE e ED EID Ede baia eiie 249 7 4 jeu gb EE 249 7 5 Paperwork Final ACtivitieS Pucon rete eletto ede aee EENEG 250 Section 8 0 GE and Regulatory Forms rene renc aba 251 8 1 All Countries oec eee eee ete secteur oed ie diee fedt EEN 251 8 1 1 GE e 4879 Form aun eei Rd De hii dE dee de Aah 251 8 1 2 Product Locator Cards et its edite detie tem dade laci n 251 8 2 U S Installations Only uei tr het eden en 251 822 15 FDA2579 FO0Em io REL Ete eei e sd pev dodo 251 8 2 2 System Chassis Ground Leakage Test Fom 251 Table of Contents Page 237 is E N x e o DO GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications 253 Section 1 0 Electrical Power On amp Ground Checke eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeeeees 253 1 1 Required Tod Sodi lost idad sd 254 1 2 Initial PDU Configuration reete tree inert ele Eege D 254 41 2 1 Circult ER 254 1 2 2 Relay Board TEE 254 1 2 3 Power Switches iii cede esiti Re aca anuo do e eR EY hone dd d ud 255 1 2 4 Hardware and Connection Check 255 12 5 QOVO S oe ed e iced eer ee aevo ae edu e e Pe dina des 255 1 3 Suite Emergency Off Checks sssssssssssssseee eee eere 255 1 4 Line Transformer Settings eene enemies 255 1 4 1 Ke II ee ete Hee n
125. EVISION 12 RIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 11 2 3 9 31123 10 3 11 2 3 11 311 23 12 3 11 2 3 13 3 11 2 3 TEST Set Gantry tilt to 0 Raise the table to 210 mm Then using the gantry push buttons move the cradle in towards the gantry until it is stopped Set gantry tilt to zero Move cradle and IMS to home position lower the table all the way and set the internal landmark Tilt the gantry top toward the table to a tilt of 30 degrees With the table down all the way move the cradle in until it stops Move the table to the home position raise the table to a height of 386 mm set the internal landmark and then move the cradle in until it stops For BrightSpeed Elite system Raise the table to a height of 90 mm then move the cradle in For Optima CT540 system Raise the table to a height of 62 mm then move the cradle in EXPECTED RESULTS Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 Cradle should go all the way through the gantry bore to the full extended position For BrightSpeed Elite system Cradle position on display should read 0 0 Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 Table height should read 560 0 3 mm For Optima CT540 system Cradle position on display should read 0 0 Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 Table height should read 560 0 V 3 mm Display should read 130 Cradle position should be 340 0 3 mm Cradle position should be
126. EVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 Upper Left gt Rotate cover ta make room for step 2 2 Upper Right Rotate cover to clear the table Roll the cover to foot end of table 3 Lower Left Rotate the cover upside down to provide clear work area Note Remove Gantry Display and Control Panel in position 2 Figure B 19 Front Cover Removal Sequence 10 Rotate the cover horizontally and move it back and over the table to a safe location Once in a safe location you may over rotate the cover full vertically but upside down 11 Remove the gantry display from the front cover and place it into its service position if scan is required during maintenance a The gantry display is held in place with 6 thumb screws Use a flat blade screwdriver to remove the Display see Figure I Gantry Display Figure B 20 Gantry Display Removal Page 178 Section 4 0 Gantry Front Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL b Loosen two lock screws of the rear cover Lock Screws Figure B 21 Lock Screws of the Rear Cover C Side the rear cover backward D EU gt D IS 1 a Rear Cover Figure B 22 Rear Cover Slide Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 179 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL d Loosen the lock screw
127. Elite s Reset buttons on Gantry Optima CT540 s Reset buttons on Gantry Figure 5 5 Reset buttons on Gantry and Service Switch bank Page 260 Section 1 0 Electrical Power On amp Ground Checks GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Emergency Stop Locations Emergency Stop also on back D 2 e E L o w uy Emergency Stop Locations Figure 5 6 BrightSpeed Elite Gantry Emergency Stop Button Positions Emergency Stop Locations Figure 5 7 Optima CT540 Gantry Emergency Stop Button Positions Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 261 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Emergency Stop utton Emergency Stop Button Figure 5 8 GSCB Emergency Stop Button on NIO16 Console Note Emergency Stop buttons are located on the front and rear of the gantry 8 in all They are also located on both sides of the table base 4 in all as noted in Figure 5 6 Additionally an emergency stop button is provided on the Operator Console SCIM GSCB see Figure 5 6 and Figure 5 8 Page 262 Section 1 0 Electrical Power On amp Ground Checks GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 2 0 Computer Integration 2 1 Introduction and Flowchart This Section describes the reconfiguration system st
128. HTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 38 TGPU TGPG Connections J9 Console J11 PDU i y o E Lo E N 3 Install cables to the gantry TGPU TGPG Note If it s difficult to connect the cables to TGPU TGPG follow below steps to take the TGPU TGPG outside the gantry frame not remove the TGPU TGPG so that it is easier to attach the cables to TGPU TGPG a Remove the four 4 screws which secure the TGPU TGPG assembly on the gantry frame See Figure 2 39 Figure 2 39 TGPU TGPG Assembly On The Gantry Frame Remove four x4 Screws b Loose the cable clip See figure below Chapter 2 Power Ground Interconnect Cables Page 123 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 40 Cable Clip c Slightly rotate the TGPU TGPG outside so that the cable receptacles on the TGPU TGPG is easier to access d Connect the cables on TGPU TGPG then install the TGPU TGPG assembly with reversed order through step c to a Page 124 Section 7 0 Gantry Cable Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 4 Route J9 and J11 cables behind all cables at this area See Figure 2 41 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 41 Route Cables i y o E Lo E N Route J9 J11 cables Add a cable tie wrap here tie cables with hydraulic pipe
129. HV Power Pan O Check box when Red TS1 1 complete PDU TS2 2 HVDC Ground Gantry Power Pan Chassis 1 Check box when Green Yellow complete PDU TS2 3 HVDC Gantry HV Power Pan O Check box when Black TS1 2 complete PDU Ground Bus HVDC shield Gantry HVDC cable shield O Check box when complete PDU TS3 1 Axial drive 440vac Gantry HV Power Pan O Check box when Black TS2 1 complete PDU TS3 2 Axial drive 440vac Gantry HV Power Pan O Check box when Red TS2 2 complete PDU TS3 3 Axial drive 440vac Gantry HV Power Pan O Check box when Orange TS2 3 complete PDU TS3 4 Axial drive ground Gantry Power Pan Chassis 1 Check box when Green Yellow complete PDU Ground Bus Axial drive shield Gantry 440 VAC cable L Check box when shield complete PDU TS5 1 120vac Phase A Console Power Plug O Check box when Brown BLU complete PDU TS5 2 120vac Neutral O Check box when Light Blue complete PDU TS5 3 Ground O Check box when Green Yellow complete PDU TS5 4 120vac Phase A Gantry LV Power PanA1J1 O Check box when Black Filter L1 complete PDU TS5 5 120vac Phase B Gantry LV Power PanA1J1 O Check box when Red Filter L2 complete PDU TS5 6 120vac Phase C Gantry LV Power PanA1J1 O Check box when Orange Filter L3 complete PDU TS5 7 120vac Neutral Gantry LV Power PanA1J1 O Check box when Light Blue Filter N complete PDU TS5 8 Ground Gantry Power Pan Chassis O Check box when Green Yellow A1J1 Filter Ground Stud complete
130. ING REQUIREMENTS GANTRY TABLE Minimum Floor Thickness 4 inches 4 inches Recommended Drilling Depth 3 74 inches 3 inches Average Anchor Embedment 3 75 inches 3 75 inches Minimum Anchor Embedment 3 inches 3 inches Available Alternate Anchor Yes Yes Locations Shipped Anchor Size 8 inches 8 inches Alternate Anchoring Methods Yes see notes above Yes see notes above FLoor Levelness Requirement 6 mm 1 4 in over 38m 6 mm 1 4 in over 3 m 10 ft 10 ft Table 1 4 Gantry and Table Mounting Requirements Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 67 E o S wn E 3 Val Bo e a ei GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 15 Install the Anchors Recommended Use Hilti Kwik Bolt II anchors P N 2106573 72 dia by 8 long as shipped with the VCT system for this procedure Figure 1 40 Table Base Anchor Assembly ANCHOR BOLT P N 2106573 ANCHOR WASHER P N 2105873 LEVELING SCREW P N 2105871 ADJUSTER LOCK RING P N 2106207 E I LEVELING PAD Sy d y P N 2105872 2 zl MAX AFTER PROPER TORQUE MIN AFTER PROPER TORQUE 91MM 3 58 102 MM 4 MIN THICK CONCRETE 1 Assemble the anchors before you install them Refer to Figure 1 40 a Remove the nut and washer from the anchor b Add a 4 thick washer PN 2105873 under the regular anchor washer c Reassemble the anchor washer and nut an
131. ISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 3 2 Safety DANGER POTENTIAL FOR ELECTRIC SHOCK GROUND WIRES WILL HAVE GROUND CURRENT PRESENT WITH POWER ON THIS TEST IS PERFORMED WITH POWER ON SYSTEM IN STAND BY DANGER POTENTIAL FOR ELECTRIC SHOCK SERVICING HARDWARE WITH POWER ON EQUIPMENT SERVICE CAN ONLY BE PERFORMED SAFELY WITH THE MAIN POWER DISCONNECT TAGGED AND LOCKED OUT WARNING FOLLOW ALL REQUIRED SAFETY PPE AND ARC FLASH PROCEDURES CUSTOMARY FOR YOUR ORGANIZATION WHEN WORKING ON THIS PRODUCT 2 3 3 Required Documentation Refer to Equipment Service section LOTO PPE for detailed procedure 2 3 4 Required Conditions e Only trained service personnel should service the GE Scanner Servicing hardware with power On Equipment service can only be performed safely with the main power disconnect Tagged and Locked Out GE Healthcare performed validation of this procedure using the Dale 600 601 meter ONLY GE cannot guarantee the accuracy of this procedure if you use another meter e You must remove the Footswitch cover and Gantry front top and side covers 2 4 Procedure NOTICE Follow LOTO and other safety procedures found in this manual before starting this procedure 2 4 1 Cover Removal 1 Remove the Gantry top and side covers Guide rails on each side of the top cover will aid in removal Refer to Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite on page 147
132. LIES ON UNEVEN SURFACES SUCH AS STEPS OR ELEVA TOR THRESHOLDS THE DOLLIES ARE DESIGNED TO BE USED ON FLAT LEVEL FLOORS WITHIN THE SCANNING SUITE ONLY MISUSE CAN RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY OR DAMAGE TO COVERS OR OTHER FACILITY ITEMS Rotating arms on the stand are supposed to be stiff If they fall freely tighten the tensioning nuts Loose rotating arms will reduce the stability of the dollies when supporting the front cover Do not lubricate 1 Arrange Dolly sections for assembly The base and post can be assembled only one way Refer to Figure A 6 and Figure A 7 The base uses two 2 palm screws to clamp the four 4 legs in the open or usage mode The base also uses the same palm screws to prevent the legs from falling in storage mode The top post can be inserted in either base and is keyed for proper engagement The top post locking pin prevents the sections from separating during usage Figure A 6 Front Cover Dolly in Storage Mode Top Post Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 151 2 v gt S LI lt GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Note WARNING Note 2j 3 4 5 6 Figure A 7 Front Cover Dolly Base Assembly Top Plate 7 D L a S ea ak Boom Plate Palm Screws Table Side Unfold the base legs by loosening both palm screws to the top of their travel Carefull
133. LITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 2 0 Gantry Top Covers 2 1 Top Cover Removal CAUTION Potential for Shock Voltage may be present Potential for injury if covers removed and power is left ON Always remove the right side cover first and turn OFF power at the service switches 1 Remove the gantry right side cover see Gantry Side Covers Removal and Re install NOTICE Always turn OFF the HVDC before the 120 VAC Turning OFF 120 VAC power before HVDC power can result in equipment damage 2 Turn OFF the 120 VAC AXIAL DRIVE and HVDC power switches on the gantry service switch panel see Figure A 3 3 Disconnect the power cable that connects the fan on the top cover to the gantry Note The cooling fans are now mounted on the top covers one on each 4 Loosen the 2 Phillips screws which secure the top cover with the front and rear covers Figure A 4 Top Cover Mounting Screws 2 v gt 1S I lt 5 Take the end of the top cover nearest to the side cover and tilt upwards 6 Slide the cover down to disengage the tab from the mounting bracket See Figure A 5 Figure A 5 Top Cover Tabs and Bracket a 7 Lift the cover clear and repeat the above steps for the other cover Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 149 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 2 Top Cover Installation The top co
134. LLWIWSHOS STOSNOD YOLVYIdO O4 OVA Le suu MES ONE N9IS30 auva A8 ddv ava A83GVW YSN IM genug SS300Hd 3SV313Y OINOYLO313 NOlLdINOS3d NOd Awd 9J82UJE9H 39 LOZ Nnr 6 31va arva A8 ddy El Ag 20 og en A9 3QVW NOLLAINOS3O NOd A3H MW GP UOREISOM MY ZSP 1 jeuueu ondo 1eqi4 eea amp uudiis LOL NNY OZP szga euss Anueg 3 peayying Jeay ejosuo ozr szaa 2 F PNL SPP esf ana t punolg aJuajajoy jueneg WooY ueos T peeuying LSA L3d d9L SPP LO dSH SPPY OMEN JejdsoH SE EUG pos punoso te V verra ap ego pisoquo rcu e uw v vy a esr roay awex aia esa nal Sti sm HEEN eene woe am E g 2 rm zs PROON TWIS mue am C gt 3 35 I g 2 ET L Cream sen CSS mio erri e mt om r imeem RHET
135. Lifting the base by the riser post while leaving the castors on the floor will ease palm screw tightening Reference Figure B 10 EQUIPMENT TIP HAZARD COVER DOLLIES MAY TIP OVER IF NOT CONFIGURED PROPERLY ENSURE BOTH PALM SCREWS ARE TIGHTENED SECURELY AND THE LEGS ARE CLAMPED TIGHTLY BETWEEN THE BASE TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN INSTABILITY DURING FRONT COVER HANDLING 5 Insert top post into the base riser post Align the key for complete engagement 6 Insert top post locking pin to secure both top and bottom sections 7 Reverse above steps to disassemble For base storage only one 1 palm screw needs to be tightened This will engage the bottom base plate and the leg ends preventing the legs from unfolding during transport and storage 4 2 Front Cover Removal NOTICE 1 Position the table at its lowest position Always turn OFF the HVDC before the 120 VAC Turning OFF 120 VAC power before HVDC power can result in equipment damage 2 Remove gantry side and top covers if you have not already done so Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 175 2 o gt e O LI Ei GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 Verify the three 3 power switches have been turned OFF see Figure B 11 RST AXDR HVDC 120VAC d ONS 5 4 ON oN DS3 DS5 DS7 DS SI ENBLEB ENBL B ENEL p DS4 DS6
136. MA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 Prepare crossbar and two beams Beam x2 Upper Crossbar 4 Install the upper crossbar by screwing seven screws three screws for tabletop four screws for left and right legs Figure C 26 Crossbar Installation Page 206 Section 2 0 Aurora Table Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 Install two beams to the left and right legs as shown in Figure C 27 Note to keep all screws loose Figure C 27 Beams Installation Left leg Pay attention to beams installation direction the rear plate should be e mounted close to the left leg y A Refer to Figure C 28 6 Mount the rear plate on two beams by screwing 6 screws Figure C 28 Rear Plate Installation wn a 5 Ek eS D S lt Sis DI 43 2 E o t E 7 Tighten all screws 8 Stick EVA A on the teams and EVA B on the right leg as shown in Figure C 29 Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 207 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 29 EVA Attaching 9 Overturn the table then place monitors and route cables to the table Page 208 Section 2 0 Aurora Table Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 30 Route cables to the
137. MANUAL Figure 1 27 Table Covers Right Table Cradle Side Cover Front Base Cover in front of table base E gt E 3 Loi d Left and Right Left and Right Left and Right Vertical Side Covers IMS Covers E Base Covers 4 8 Removing the Accessory Rail Strip 1 Remove the accessory mounting strip attached on each side of the cradle using a small flat blade screw driver The nylon screws are inserted inside the accessory rail on the cradle 2 Place the accessory strips on the floor and reinstall the nylon screws into the accessory rail for safe keeping Figure 1 28 Accessory Rail Screw 4 9 Install the Table Cradle Laser Alignment Plates 1 Locate the aluminum accessory tray mounting plate with the three holes on the rear of the cradle Fit the rear alignment target into the two mounting holes as shown in Figure 1 29 Use the adjustment screw to adjust the fit as needed See Figure 1 29 The fit should be snug without play when you are finished Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 55 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 29 Cradle Rear Laser Alignment Tool Adjustment Adjustment SN Screw Mounting Plate 2 Check that the table base is centered over the table center line and the base is on the 673 6 mm 26 5 in 0 25 in made on the floor Figure 1 30 Rear Laser Alignment Tool Installed 3 Lower the ta
138. N 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL TO POWER SOURCE A 1 2 4 5 PM PDU Only one phone connection NOTES is required for the system 1 Used for remote diagnostics Option 2 Refer to the appropriate Pre installation Installation documents for the Laser Camera TO 3 Category 5 cable Use one of the following patch cords TELEPHONE CAT Num GE Part Num Length EU K9000WB 2215028 10 20m RERUM Ges inl a K9000KP 2215028 5 10m a Rois 2j K9000JR 2215028 4 5m E ose scd K9000WA 2215028 9 3m CS 4 In order to avoid any violation of each National Regulation NEC in USA CCC in China etc use of the complied 10 cable wire is recommended For China market China end user shall purchase the power supply cable that has the CCC mark OPERATORS CONSOLE COMPUTER OC1 TO A ETHERNET Broadband TABLE Network din VEMM 5 CT1 see Note 3 OPTION jc 4 Figure 7 19 System Interconnection Runs Page 360 Section 10 0 Network Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 11 0 Modem Setup in IIP Configuration If a phone Modem needs to be installed follow below description to select correct modem type in iipadmin config GUI Modig InSite Interactive Platform Configuration Itema PreDiazs Health Page Device Connecuon ne Checkewt Connection Device Configuration Last Update Mem Oct 27 09 13 23 CST 2008
139. N MANUAL 3 3 Installation 1 Remove the gantry display and control assembly from their service positions and re attach them to the gantry cover a Disconnect cables from Display and Gantry Control Panels b Install Gantry Display in front cover Secure the 6 thumbscrews With a flat blade screw driver gently tighten past finger tight C Install the gantry control panel making sure the ball studs are secure within the receivers d Re attach cables 2 Rotate gantry back to its vertical position NOTICE Potential for front cover damage When you put rotate the gantry back to its vertical position make sure not to scratch the front cover with the edge of the table cradle 3 Attach the front cover a Align the studs on both sides of the front cover with each associated receiver Receiver is located on the gantry frame Figure A 18 Cover stud and Mounting bracket receiver a Ss Receiver b Insert the stud on one side into its associated receiver and attach the rubber retaining straps Then insert the stud on the other side into its associated receiver and attach its rubber retaining straps You may find it helpful to lift up on the cover to align the stud while attaching the rubber retaining straps 4 Re attach upper and lower cantrell brackets on both sides a Remove upper Cantrell brackets from service position and rotate them into position over their associated retaining pins See Figure A 19 Figure A 19 Servi
140. NARY REQS PROCEDURE FINALIZATION 1 10 mins 15 mins 5 mins Table 3 6 Tools and Test Equipment ITEM QTY EFFECTIVITY PART MANUFACTURER Standard FE Tool Kit 1 7 X O 7 X o 2 3 S lt D IS LI M Table 3 7 Replacement Parts ITEM QTY EFFECTIVITY PART MANUFACTURER Shim Kit 1 NOTICE Understand and Follow All General Table Safety Procedures A Chapter 3 System Continuity Ground Checks Page 143 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 3 Required Conditions Check head holder for a tight fit If the head holder fit is loose follow this procedure Introduction Some Axial Head Holders have a large free play in the horizontal direction which could potentially lead to motion and therefore image artifacts e Installation of the 2327335 rubber shim kit can minimize this motion Notes before Selecting Shim Thickness While selecting the best shim size do not attach the rubber shim yet using the adhesive on the back It is best to use a piece of tape to hold on the shim in order to see if the size is correct Selecting a shim size that is too thick may result in Difficulty latching the head holder properly The head holder must latch so that a patient is not injured Damage to the plastic latch or the plastic screws that secure it 4 Correct Head Holder is latched onto first step of plast
141. OM Page 346 Section 9 0 DICOM Filming Devices Setup GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Comment Selection of a different camera model clears the Image Quality parameters because It s advised to these are camera manufacture dependent iud b Enterthe Network Parameters See Figure 7 15 information with gt Device Name A unique name used to identify the camera the camera gt Host Name DICOM print server host name as defined by the hospital marea gt IP Address DICOM print server IP address as defined by the hospital representative gt AE Title DICOM print server application entity title as defined by the print server You should consult the manufacturers DICOM Conformance Statement Note The Application Entity Title for the Camera may be site specific Make sure that you check with the Camera Manufacturer s Representative and the hospital network administrator to ensure you are using the correct AE Title for the destination DICOM Print Camera gt TCP IP Listen Port DICOM print server TCP IP listen port as defined by the server You should consult the manufacturers DICOM Conformance Statement gt Comments Optional comments used by the DICOM print server printer configuration parameters Lo c Si o i Di E o Lo 3 oO N Figure 7 15 DICOM Camera Configuration C Medium Type specifies the type of film
142. OMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL DICOM PRINT CAMERA ADVANCED CONFIGURATION Smoothing Type Configuration Minimum Density Maximum Density Empty Density Border Density Association Timeout Session Timeout N Set Timeout N Action Timeout N Create Timeout N Delete Timeout N Get Timeout Table H 6 DICOM Print Camera Advanced Configuration CONFIGURATION Note Type the text shown in boldface and press the ENTER key on the keyboard NEXT STEPS Resume installation following instructions in Chapter 5 Restore System State Section 2 3 Page 380 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Appendix I Symbols SYMBOL 417 5032 PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION Alternating Current 335 1 Three phase Alternating Current 335 1 222 Three phase Alternating Current with neutral conductor Direct Current 417 5019 Protective Earth Ground Attention consult ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS 417 5008 OFF Power disconnection from the mains 417 5007 ON Power connection to the mains Warning HIGH VOLTAGE 2 o O E 2 LI I Emergency Stop A O A Table 1 1 Symbols Appendix Symbols Page 381 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL
143. PANEL N G e g CO Ground Z When Mains power is available to the PDU the TS1 power light will be illuminated See Figure 2 43 Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 129 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 9 1 2 Panel Circuit Breakers Panel Circuit Breaker for PDU 3 Place the circuit breakers in the off down position during installation even with Mains incoming power tagged and locked out After you have completed work on the PDU you may return the circuit breakers to the ON positions Figure 2 47 Circuit Breaker Panel for PDU 3 CB1 o o CB2 CB3 O O O CB4CB5 CB6 CB7 CB8 CB9 OlOtOleloloelololo oO QUE E O OOO OO OOO OO OO Q Q By design when CB3 is in the OFF position circuit breakers 4 5 6 and 7 are switched OFF CB3 is essentially in series with these breakers Table 2 16 Panel Circuit Breaker Descriptions for PDU 3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION BREAKER CB3 Fully Winding Protection Master power of CB 4 5 6 and 7 CB4 CT Gantry Service Outlets CB5 CT Gantry rotating loads CB6 Table amp CT Gantry Station Loads CB7 Operator Console CB8 PET Gantry CB9 NGPDU Control Power Supply Page 15
144. PEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL menu slide cursor to the right to select QA3 SM 2X10 120KV 260MA 1S from the test pull down menu and continue to slide cursor to the right to select AUTO Refer to Figure 6 3 on page 302 C Click on the ACCEPT button Review the Image Analysis Report data and record the QA3 Small data for the A 20cm QA Image Series in Table 6 11 a Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS Refer to Figure 6 3 on page 302 b Record the QA3 Small data Row 2A1A and Row 2B1B Series Means AvXc and AvXo AvXc QA3 AvSDc and the Center Smudge Row data in Table 6 11 Box Size 196 mm2 to 256 mm2 Box Positions Box 1 15 mm 1 mm x 15 mm 1 mm 31 2 pixels x 31 2 pixels 0 mm x 0 mm Box2 Ommx 80mm Box3 80mmx0mm Box4 Ommx8s0mm Box5 80mmx0mm Row Images AvXc AvXo AvXo AvXc AvSDo AvSDc Avg Spec Comments Center Smudge Factor 2A1A 1 3 5 7 N A 1B2B 2 4 6 8 N A Specifications 3 0 to 3 0 N A 3 0 to 3 0 N A less than 2 2 to 22 3 5 Table 6 11 20cm QA 3 Phantom CT Brightness Uniformity Center Noise amp Center Smudge Row Performance Data Sheet 3 Review the A 20cm QA Phantom images acquired in Section 6 5 3 for Rings Bands and Streaks using the Image Works Desktop a From the Global Control Palette click on the IMAGE WORKS DESKTOP b From the Image Works Browser win
145. Remote host parameters Figure 7 4 Advantage Net Network Protocol Parameter Settings 2 Enter the hospital provided Host name Page 336 Section 6 0 Declaring Remote Hosts on the CT System GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 Enter the hospital provided Network Address IP Address 4 Select ADVANTAGE NET as the Network Protocol The systems automatically de highlights the remaining parameter fields on the Remote Host parameter selection screen These are dedicated DICOM protocol parameters and do not apply to Advantage NET type devices 5 Select SAVE to store the parameter settings of the remote host 6 3 Declaring DICOM Remote Hosts on the CT Scanner Use DICOM protocol networks to communicate to DICOM devices such as CT i CT Synergy DLX MR Lx and third party hosts Repeat the following procedure for each DICOM remote host device that the customer expects to have this CT system communicating with 1 Select REMOTE HOSTS from the pull down menu The system displays the Remote Host Parameter screen as shown in Figure 7 5 Hemote host parameters Lo c Ks Q o i Di E o Lo 3 oO N Figure 7 5 DICOM Network Setting Protocol Parameter Settings 2 Enter the hospital provided Host name 3 Enter the hospital provided Network Address IP Address Select DICOM as the Network Protocol The system automatically highli
146. S BOE EME Ge PE SCAR e E a eae ARF BAA Ete Pe Li ER dE SS B ZI RAMA MAA BRUH E RAE TE i hi IEA E E MAUI AS DESEE BOLA SE SUR TR BED BA fep o HE HE Ss ZH TW AEREAS PMA E CN Z A EAE A E SC CUP aa eio Me ATEO ENSE Em BRAE fei Cim B MIRRA AE EF e ae FEA RR AE RIA ADAMS E ok H EJE LIZ o dE DU D UPOZORENJE HR Ovaj servisni priru nik dostupan je na engleskom jeziku Ako davatelj usluge klijenta treba neki drugi jezik klijent je du an osigurati prijevod Ne poku avajte servisirati opremu ako niste u potpunosti pro itali i razumjeli ovaj servisni priru nik Zanemarite li ovo upozorenje mo e do i do ozljede davatelja usluge operatera ili pacijenta uslijed strujnog udara mehani kih ili drugih rizika V STRAHA CS Tento provozn n vod existuje pouze v anglick m jazyce V p pad e extern slu ba z kazn k m pot ebuje n vod v jin m jazyce je zaji t n p ekladu do odpov daj c ho jazyka kolem z kazn ka Nesna te se o dr bu tohoto za zen ani byste si p e etli tento provozn n vod a pochopili jeho obsah V p pad nedodr ov n t to v strahy m e doj t k poran n pracovn ka prodejn ho se
147. SCB Cable 5 2 Connecting the Media Tower 1 Media Tower Connection 5270510 10 11 refer to section 4 2 2 Media Tower 5270510 10 11 Connection 2 Media Tower Connection 5270510 20 refer to Figure 2 23 i D gt e D D Di E N Figure 2 23 Media Tower Connection shown 5270510 20 Front View Rear View 1 Power for Media Tower 2 Power for MOD Drive 3 DVD RW Drive 4 External USB 5 HDD External SSA Key Connect the power cable to the rear of the media tower Use the following cables for connection CABLE LENGTH 2000 mm 3050 mm PART NUMBER 5315370 5432953 2 DESCRIPTION USB Cable PMT PMT power cable Table 2 10 Media Tower Cables Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 109 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 3 Connecting the LCD Monitor NOTICE Equipment Damage Possible Wi Do not touch the video signal cable connector pins as this might bend them When connecting the video signal cable check the alignment of the HD15 and DVI connector Do not force the connector in the wrong way otherwise the pins might bend 5 3 1 Connect Scan Monitor and Image Monitor as following Scan Monitor Video cable from Console Host DPO to Monitor DVI Power cable from Console J10 Route through the cable keeper Figure 2 24 Video Cable and Power Cable Image Monitor J Vid
148. SER TO CLEAN ANY PART OF THE DAS DUST COVERS REQUIRED for installations on construction sites Chapter 4 Electrical Introduction Page 247 D us 3 2 i o D uy Ki GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 5 0 Requirements Assumptions e This procedure will be performed by an appropriately trained engineer Allstations in a suite must have the same SUITE ID You need the name of all hosts in the suite and their corresponding Internet Ethernet numbers You need the Internet IP addresses the first time you execute a reconfig on the system When you connect the system to a network contact the system administrator to obtain the IP addresses for all the computers in the suite You also need an IP address for each gateway second ethernet board in any OC or IC You can use the default internet number on stand alone systems stand alone not connected to any network For more detailed information and instructions regarding Network Integration see Chapter 7 on page 327 Section 6 0 FE Workflow Review mechanical hand off material Obtain required FE common tools and supplies Perform electrical power on and ground checks Gather all customer information needed for reconfiguration Perform computer integration Complete Table Gantry integration Complete the calibration process Perform the Table Gantry Alignment proced
149. SERVICE SWITCHES PRIOR TO REMOVING REAR COVERS NOTICE Always turn OFF the HVDC before the 120 VAC Turning OFF 120 VAC power before HVDC power can result in equipment damage 1 Remove Gantry side covers top covers and Mylar window 2 Use a 10mm Hex wrench to unlatch the rear cover D o gt fe IS 1 a Figure B 36 Rear Cover Unlatch Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 187 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 Slide out the rear cover by pulling the cover backward Figure B 37 Rear Cover 6 1 2 Rear Cover Removal CAUTION Pinch Hazard Uncontrolled cover movement Make sure the wing nuts are tightened on the cover dollies prior to releasing cover from gantry mounts 1 Install the rear cover dolly 5150476 a Tighten the two 2 shoulder bolts to the rear cover Use the extending bolt for the upper side b Fitside dolly through the shoulder bolts and secure assembly with two 2 wing nuts c Repeat steps a and b for the other side dolly 2 Remove rear cover by removing 8 screws which attach the rear cover to the brackets Figure B 38 8 Screws of Rear Cover Page 188 Section 6 0 Gantry Rear Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure B 39 Removed Rear Cover 3 Move cover away from gantry as needed 6 2 Rear Cove
150. T540 INSTALLATION MANUAL This page intentionally left blank Page 216 Appendix E Option Cables GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Appendix F Regulatory Clearance Quick Reference Guide Section 1 0 Regulatory Code Description Egress 29 CFR 1910 Subpart E OSHA and NFPA 101 Life Safety Code define the minimum requirements for means of egress The requirement most applicable to equipment installation and room layout is minimum width of exit access Under OSHA 1910 37 f 6 the minimum width of exit access shall in no case be less than 711 mm 28 in from any potentially occupied point in the room Under NFPA 101 2006 edition 7 3 4 1 the minimum width of any means of egress is 914 mm 36 in However NFPA allows this to be reduced to 711 mm 28 in around furniture or equipment provided that a 914 mm 36 in clearance would otherwise be available without moving permanent walls Electrical Clearance 29 CFR 1910 Subpart S OSHA and NFPA 70E Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace define minimum clearance requirements for the workspace around electrical equipment Under both OSHA 1910 303 g 1 and NFPA 70E 2004 edition 400 15 a minimum clear space of 914 mm 36 in depth with minimum 762mm 30 in width and 1981 mm 78 in height must be provided in front of electrical equipment with parts operating at 600 volts or below and likely to require exami
151. T540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 9 Installation Completion ooccccconnncccccnconononnncnnncnnnnnnnoncnnnnnnrennnnnnannnnrrrnnnannnrerennnanans 373 Section 1 0 Notice to the customer occccccncconccnaccnanonaconarancnnncnnaronnnnnnrnnrnnnnnna ran rnanananenaarnnas 373 Appendix G Additional Characterization Procedures ecce 375 Appendix H System Configuration Data Sheets eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 377 Appendix I ipse tfc ID 381 Table of Contents Page 243 is E N x e e DO GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 244 Table of Contents GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 4 Electrical Introduction CAUTION Shock Hazard h Voltage Present No service on left side while energized NOTICE To prevent potential data loss and equipment damage please do the following Record data collected from procedures in this chapter into Form F4879 when directed located in Section 8 0 of this book Only use the Installation manual that arrives with your system for installation Any other revisions of this manual may not exactly match your system D us 3 2 pam o S uy Ki Section 1 0 Introduction Use the continuity and ground checks to verify the system power connections have not shorted to gro
152. TEST Move cradle to home position and set internal landmark Raise table height to maximum height Set the internal landmark move cradle into gantry 1m Tilt the gantry to 130 0 then lower table until motion stops Tilt the gantry to 123 0 then lower table until motion stops Tilt the gantry to 120 0 then lower table until motion stops Raise the table elevation to maximum height Tilt the gantry to S30 0 then lower table until motion stops Tilt the gantry to S23 0 then lower table until motion stops Tilt the gantry to S20 0 then lower table until motion stops Raise the table to 146 mm Tilt gantry to S30 and verify the table height can be adjusted from 146 to 25 mm This value will be the same as in 3 11 1 2 in above For BrightSpeed Elite system Set the table height to 90 mm For Optima CT540 system Set the table height to 62 mm EXPECTED RESULTS Cradle position on display should read 0 0 Table elevation on display should read V 3mm This value will be the same as in 3 11 1 2 in above Cradle position on display should read 1000 0 mm For BrightSpeed Elite system Table elevation on display should read 90 0 3mm Tilt display should read 130 For Optima CT540 system Table elevation on display should read 93 0 3mm Tilt display should read 130 For BrightSpeed Elite system Table elevation on display should read 146 0 3mm Tilt display should read 123 For Optima CT540
153. TIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 2 2 Media Tower 5270510 10 11 Connection oooinnonicnnnniconnnnncnnnancnnnonana nana nnnnnn nos 98 4 2 3 Media Tower 5270510 20 Connechon enn 98 4 3 Option MOD Drive TEE 98 4 4 Connecting the Monttor enn eee crac 99 4 4 1 Connecting the Monitor with FX1700 Graphic Card 99 4 4 2 Connecting the Monitor with FX1800 Graphic Card 99 4 4 3 LCD Video Monitor Setup esses rennen 102 4 5 Power Panel Connections nn cnn nnnnncn A Ea 102 4 6 Modern Optica Dit mut tue n iens 104 4 7 LAN Reuler 104 4 8 TOOG Interconnect o eoo hee en aet here tar ente eee 105 Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection REENEN 107 5 1 GSCB Keyboard Trackball amp Mouse Installanon 0 0c eee ee eee 107 5 2 Connecting the Media Tower cccccccceceeseteeeeeedenetesesesenneeeseesentesaeeeseeteaeeenseneneeeeseeetee 109 5 3 Connecting the LCD Mongtor eene nnne rra 110 5 3 1 Connect Scan Monitor and Image Monitor as following 110 5 3 2 LCD Video Monitor Setup ooococncinnncnonconoconnnnccnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonnnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 111 5 4 NIO Console Interconnect ttn tnnnnteestttnnn tanten nnne eent 112 5 5 Host Computer Conpnechons eee eene 113 5 6 Switch Hub Connechons eene tr sn nennen nennt 115 5 7 AC Box Gonriectionis dee ier A er RE E ces 116 5 8 Cable Arrangementt EE 118 Section 6 0 Install Options id ia 119 6 1 Install Optional Bar Code Header 119
154. Table D 1 Required Tools Continued TOOL NAME PICTURE EXAMPLE PART NUMBER Drill Sears Industrial 9 2 or 1 9 27859 Drill Adapter Sears Industrial 3 X 3 3 9 APSZ24 Drill Bit Set Sears Industrial U S Standard 9 66084 DVM Sears Industrial 9 82028 Sears Industrial 9 FL873 Extension for Ratchet Sears Industrial 3 X 72 9 44133 Wrench queo Gloves Sears Industrial Large 9 40502 Hammer Drill Sears Industrial 72 9 27205 Hex Bit Set Sears Industrial 74 9 SK45508 Hex Key Allen Wrench Set Sears Industrial U S Standard 9 46284 Part Numbers given for reference only GE Healthcare does not endorse any tool brand name Page 212 Appendix D Pictorial Representation of Required Tools GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Table D 1 Required Tools Continued TOOL NAME Level Masonry Bit Open End Wrench Thin or Standard Tappet Pozi Screwdriver Ratchet Wrench Reciprocating Saw with Blades Safety Glasses Safety Shoes Screwdriver Set Socket Set PICTURE EXAMPLE PART NUMBER Sears Industrial 4 9 39856 Snap on 10mm SRSM10 amp 21mm LTAM2124 Sears Industrial 3 8 9 43175 Sears Industrial 9 MU650921 Sears Industrial 9 18650 Sears Industrial Phillips amp Straight 9 41505 Sears Industrial Standard ale 9 34496 Part Numbers
155. U PIM pue Buipeo 10je e 3 seBueuo pue suonneoeJd uonej ejsul 10 49949 pejejsur eyejd Bupunou Joel suonej edxe gor eujeu Jojoegjuoo ee uoneuuojur Buiddius Sjuug SUS Joe Ayunqisuodsay SI 31sijeroeds Ueieut 35 Okt kl A Tt d S UUd oe AD Speeu EU pue 00 eis M M Y SJ0 9 JU0 E9IUeU29 N L QVS SS9 JO SINOY 9 104 SJOpuoA eoiueuooy Z suonejoedx3 Page 57 Chapter 1 Position Subsystems DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 GE COMPANY 3 2 Mechanical Block Diagram GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry 4 1 Establish Room Layout NOTICE Note The floor must meet the minimum floor specification in order to begin this procedure Refer to the Pre Installation Manual for details Use the GE print developed for your site to establish the room layout Make sure all the operating and service clearances shown on the print are observed Using the supplied template locate the anchor holes Make sure they clear structural interferences in the floor Clean the area Free the mounting surface of any material that may interfere with the positioning and leveling of the system 1 2 Lay out the two 2 pieces of the floor template P N 5341997 Start with the Gantry template align per the GE print If the floor has existing anchor
156. USE NIS button Enter the hospital provided Domain Name from the hospital network administrator Review all pages to be sure the information entered is correct before proceeding to the next step 11 Select ACCEPT on the System Configuration Screen Comment The system loads the CT Application Software OS patches kernel changes and configures the system on the OC The loading process takes approximately 15 minutes While the load is going on the results are displayed in a shell window that closes when the loading process is complete All the window output is logged to a file named 12 When the loading process and configuration changes are complete the system displays a prompt to reboot Click on YES See Figure 5 18 D 2 D nH w i in rinstall s CT The system needs to be rebooted for the changes to take effect Do you wish to reboot now Figure 5 18 Reboot Screen 13 The system will automatically login as ctuser after the reboot Select OK on the Autostart Disabled popup message Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 275 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 7 Check Set Date and Time Note Tools Required If date and time need to be corrected 1 Open a Unix Shell window to check the current date Type ctuser hostname date ENTER at the prompt 2 Ifthe date
157. V9 TVNDIS 318VO GAGTSIHS MSZ 310SNOO OL AHINVO 318VO IWNOIS 318V9 GSGTSIHS MSZ Ndd OL AHINVO 318V9 TWNOIS 9 MZ ZH 09 05 OWA DEL Lad OL nad OWAT O ME ZH 09 08 OVA A80Z 0Z1 ndd OL 13NVd OSIA Sdn OVAT 9 ME ZH 09 05 OWA A80Z 0ZL SdN OL nad OVAT SSINYVH AYVNOLLVLS AYINVO JO Lal D MZ ZH 09 05 OWA DEL 318V L OL AHINVO OYAT 9 MZ ZH 09 05 OWA OCL 310SNOO OL nad OWA 9 MY ZH 09 05 OWA A80Z 0Z1 AYINVO OL nad OYAT G BIHS O M ZH 09 05 OVA Ort AHINVO OL NUd OVAH CTSIHS 9 MZ OCA 029 AHLNVO OL NGd DAAH MZ Ndd OL SG MOOTHSLNI HOLIMS YOOU M8 IM OL Nd S LHOIT ONINSWM ANN 9 MZ OAS OL LY 440 AON39S3W3 W31SAS DAME ZH 09 08 OWA 08 08 Ndd OL Lv ui3a334 ans DAME ZH 09 08 OVA O8b 08 LY OL dOW 30334 SNIVIN WE Ort POL EOL coL LOL 00L SNOLLINI330 3 18V2 Q3 IV L3Q 304 dS9 66S0 2 OL 43434 jeuondo TANVd TOULNOOD Sdn OLL Y IL ON ON ONTCHD 0 T ZH 09 0S TaNvd 344 35WHd Gdid IWYS 081 09 NOLLN8IWLSIG A NIVIN SNIV A ALMIOVA 193NNOOSIQ daw HOLIMS Bech 4oOd NOOY Ee sd m 330 AON3OMH3W3 W3lSAS O3s Page 91 Chapter 2 Power Ground Interconnect Cables GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 3 0 Contractor Connections 3 1 Contractor
158. VISIBLE LINE button Note The Image Analysis Tool automatically sets the Window Level for optimal viewing If required adjust Window Level using the center mouse button From the Visible Line pull down menu select the letter A through F that matches the smallest line pair pattern that you can discern in the Image View Port f On the Visible Lines pop up window click on the OK button 2 Review the Image Analysis Report data and record the Per Image QA 1 Visible Lines data for the 1 image in Table 6 5 a Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS Refer to Figure 6 3 on page 302 b Verify the scan parameter values displayed in the report match those in Table 6 5 on page 310 for 2 d Recon series c Record the Per Image QA 1 Visible Lines data for the qe image in Table 6 5 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for each of the remaining three images in 2 d Recon series 2 p aat YS D Image Line Patterns Visible Comments 1 2 3 4 Specifications B C D E F N A Table 6 5 20cm QA 1 Phantom High Contrast Spatial Resolution Image Performance Visible Lines Page 510 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 and 4QA Phantom Image Series Performance Verification 1 Using the Auto 1x Tool on the Image Analysis screen generate a Per Image QA 3 LCD report for the 3 series of t
159. Z S V UO SIASY adw JaMOJ DISU Z eseqejep ON Buueeuibug sionpoid LO U uo Dos si Jersey UNOS OISIA Buisn payer sem jueuinoop stu 1 suiejs s apen 39 0 Aida uogeuuoju 8 D 9 S v 4 L 8 038V3138 N9IS30 aiva A8 ddv aiva A8 JON L30 133H8 uas HOS4ZZZ VtS YSN IM eoxynemiy 6 SS300Hd ISVI13Y OINOULO313 NolLdhios3a Nod Ads OU J033QVNW Lu 94824JP9H 39 OLOZ UMidy p IK alva A8 dy alva A8 3AYW OLIVIA3HOS STOSNOD YOLVYIdO 31111 NOIS30 OVHONYNH OYA A8 SCV NOLLdIWNIS30 NOd A38 MY Gef UOREISHOM MY RS ls punouc souasajoy die SYY Ad xny ZSf 1 Jeuueu ondo 4eqi4 eed Buudis m gt 993 sbry JOHUO N epep juened ui00 ueos LOL Nri Er Szga leuis Anueg 3 PN SPP esr anna t peeuyingeew ejosuo ars se ee ee eget gt peeyying LSA 13d dO Sey 10 ud SH St HOMJON leydsoy lt pns punoso aspru SUBIO ego pieoquo suo Spry SBUEJO ego pjeoquo am mus sora L b y Sdnv Svr I n E eremo HH tir toq hausa E 8 i nueg oL ep mieod oy WOS xnve sira D H zem ams p
160. aceway ground bus to the system ground lug in the PDU See Figure 2 43 on page 127 and Figure 2 54 below Figure 2 54 PDU System Ground Connection 9 1 10 Warning Light amp Door Interlock Connections 9 1 10 1 Warning Light Configuration amp Connection a y gt O a 5 Uu N 1 Warning Light is controlled by signals from the system 2 This step is site specific The PDU by default is configured for no external warning light connection If you have external warning lights see Figure 2 55 for proper connection Figure 2 55 Typical TS6 Warning Light amp Door Interlock Connections TS6 FUSE Line 24V i secondary Neutral X RAY LIGHT SYS ON LIGHT READY LIGHT I Y ooo Switch FACILITY SUPPLIED CONTROL BOARD EXP INTLK Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 155 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL It is recommended that you use the four 4 wire method of adding an X ray warning light to a room as shown in Figure 2 55 When using this method you Minimize EMC interference Increase contact life of the relay used in the PDU 9 1 10 2 Door Interlock Connections Door interlocks are used to prevent X Rays from being generated when the scan roo
161. ages to another network device Send or Push images to a DICOM Printer Review image database on another device and retrieve or Pull selected images from that device Query Retrieve User Send or Push images to a an image storage device and obtain confirmation that the images have been archived Storage Commitment Obtain Patient Worklist Information from the Hospital HIS RIS System Store images on DVD RAM media AS A DICOM SERVICE PROVIDER Receive Pushed images from another network device A Allow another network device to review the image database and to retrieve or Pull selected images Query Retrieve Provider For each DICOM Service that the CT system will be a User except for storing images on MOD media you must declare this device on the CT system using three menu selections For some devices you must declare not only the device but each service AE Title that the device provides For example you may be required to declare a PACS System twice on the CT system once as a destination to push images and second as destination that provides storage commitment capability after images have been pushed For each DICOM Service that the CT system will be a Provider you must declare the CT system on the network device that will be using these services Information required to complete configuring a hospital DICOM network is provided by the hospital network administrator hostnames IP Addresses and the DICOM Conf
162. al errors For example the Fuji camera does not support the Empty Image Density parameter for the film box Solution Using your favorite editor add the following line s to the camera dev file located in ctuser app defaults devices after the DICOM print device has been otherwise configured Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 555 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL To prevent sending the Smoothing Parameter set FB Smooth FALSE To prevent sending the Border Density set FB Border FALSE To prevent sending the Empty Image Density set FB EID FALSE To prevent sending the Minimum Density set FB MinD FALSE To prevent sending the Trim Parameter set FB Trim FALSE ERROR TRYING TO CONNECT TO THE DICOM PRINT CAMERA Symptom DICOM print server can be reached ping but Application error indicates Unable to start filming interface and the help message talks about running the install dasm Association Error Solution The system is unable to complete the association Check the AE Title and the Port number of the DICOM print server and correct them through the Install Camera procedure FILM COMPOSER ERROR NOT USABLE Symptom Film composer error says unrecognized status code 0 Solution Review the log file the attention and status windows These areas have the correct filming status
163. allation The top cover consists of two 2 pieces Install the front and rear gantry covers if not already installed 1 Take one of the top covers and align the tabs on the cover with its associated bracket Lift and slide the cover into place Secure 2 screws on the top cover 2 Take the other top cover and align the tabs on the cover with its associated bracket Lift and slide the cover into place Secure 2 screws on the top cover 3 Connect the cable from the fans to the gantry NOTICE Always turn ON the 120 VAC before the HVDC Turning ON HVDC power before 120 VAC power can result in equipment damage 4 Turn on the three 3 power switches 5 Ensure fans work properly 6 Re install the gantry side covers D EU gt o O LI Ei Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 171 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 4 0 Gantry Front Covers NOTICE Potential for cover damage Front and rear cover removal and installation can be safely accomplished by one 1 person using the dollies provided with the system Failure to use these dollies will significantly increase the likelihood of damage to the covers Do not lean covers against walls 4 1 Front Cover Dolly Setup DANGER CAUTION EQUIPMENT TIP HAZARD DO NOT USE DOLLIES ON UNEVEN SURFACES SUCH AS STEPS OR ELEVA TOR THRESHOLDS THE DOLLIES ARE DESIGNE
164. amp center the 48cm Phantom A Align phantom using the internal laser lights Level phantom using bubble level and the Z Axis knob on the Phantom Holder Center phantom using the CENTER PHANTOM procedure in the left head SCANNER UTILITIES selection and the X and Y Axis knobs on the Phantom Holder 4 Set up the system to scan a single 64 image 48cm Phantom series MANUAL SCAN PROTOCOL SETUP Refer to Table 6 2 to manually set up an Axial scan with the parameters shown Note These parameters may differ from those found using the Auto Scan Protocol Setup below DFOV Recon Exposure cm Series Description 16x1 25 120kV 400mA 2s Table 6 2 48cm Phantom Image Series Scan Parameters AUTO SCAN PROTOCOL SETUP a On the Exam Rx desktop select NEW PATIENT b Type the following entries in the two listed Patient Information fields Patient ID Service Name 48cm Phantom Image Series c From the Protocol Selection display click on the Service Tab under Anatomical Selector d On the Service Protocol Selection window click on MANUFACTURING e On the Service Category Protocol List click on 45 7 IMGSER 48CM MDAS 16 16 f On the ExamRx protocol parameter display skip to the 3rd Series Series Description 48 16x1 25 120kV 400mA 2s Set internal Landmark 5 Acquire a single 64 image 4 scan image series of the 48 cm Phantom 6 4 2 Image Performance Verification 6 4 2 1 Series Means
165. antry base with two 2 hardware item 1 2 and 3 Install rear cover item 8 to base properly aligned to side cover item 6 Attach rear cover to bracket with hardware items 1 2 and 3 tightening all fasteners Lock latch Place cover item 9 on gantry base aligned to covers item 7 and 8 Lock both latches Figure B 40 Gantry Base Covers Page 190 Section 7 0 Gantry Base Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Section 1 0 FWS Assembly and Adjustment 1 4 Instruction Freedom WorkSpace FWS is an optional console table with better ergonomic performance The monitor arm is designed to adjust quickly and easily Before assembly go through this section and checklist with the FWS to have an overview Assemble worksurface Assemble table base and worksurface Assemble drawer Install Seismic Kit if need Install monitors Mount pole onto table surface Install monitor with monitor arms Install monitor arms on the pole Route cables Adjust the monitors for customer use w N 93 mu eS D S w E Soo v 3 as d D NH Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 191 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 2 Procedure 1 2 1 Assemble Worksurface For FWS 5168666 2 3 1 Care
166. arm into the pole and adjust it to the suitable position Middle joint mount two large allen screws of the monitor arms should face toward the customer b Tighten up the pole with 4mm and 3mm allen keys c Putin the plug on top of the pole Figure C 21 Arm Installation t e Ss Face toward blo a 4mm 6 Put extra hole covers onto the holes not used Figure C 21 7 Route cables a Extended Cables Kit 5160577 for FWS is used to connect monitors keyboard mouse SCIM and trackball Connection is same with short cables see Section 4 0 on page 93 Console Connections b Thread monitor cables through cable covers C Usecable tie to wrap the cables together or wrap the cables with pole Page 202 Section 1 0 FWS Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 22 Cable Fixing 8 Route cables for FWS 5168666 2 3 thread cables through worksurface and use cable tie to wrap them together to the back slot of crossbrace Figur Figure C 23 Cable Routing wrap the cables Lo v3 SE DE E o S 9 ou 2 3 SE on through holes of crossbrace Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 203 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 3 Monitor Adjustment 1 Position the arms for ergonomic viewing F
167. as been consulted and is understood Failure to heed this warning may result in injury to the service provider operator or patient from electric shock mechanical or other hazards HOIATUS See teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles ET e Kui klienditeeninduse osutaja n uab juhendit inglise keelest erinevas keeles vastutab klient t lketeenuse osutamise eest rge ritage seadmeid teenindada enne eelnevalt k esoleva teenindusjuhendiga tutvumist ja sellest aru saamist K esoleva hoiatuse eiramine v ib p hjustada teenuseosutaja operaatori v i patsiendi vigastamist elektril gi mehaanilise v i muu ohu tagaj rjel VAROITUS T m huolto ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi Jos asiakkaan huoltohenkil st vaatii muuta kuin englanninkielist FI materiaalia tarvittavan k nn ksen hankkiminen on asiakkaan vastuulla l yrit korjata laitteistoa ennen kuin olet varmasti lukenut ja ymm rt nyt t m n huolto ohjeen e Mik li t t varoitusta ei noudateta seurauksena voi olla huoltohenkil st n laitteiston k ytt j n tai potilaan vahingoittuminen s hk iskun mekaanisen vian tai muun vaaratilanteen vuoksi ATTENTION Ce manuel d installation et de maintenance est disponible uniquement en anglais FR e Si le technicien d un client a besoin de ce manuel dans une langue autre que l anglais il incombe au client de le faire traduire Ne pas tenter d intervenir sur les quipements
168. at the No Load Line to Line Voltage never falls outside the corresponding minimum and maximum values listed in Table 5 1 4 Use a 0 750 AC voltmeter of 3 496 accuracy to measure the line to line voltages at L1 L2 amp L3 Verify the highest line to line voltage does not exceed 1 02 times the lowest voltage Example If the lowest voltage equals 474 the highest voltage should not exceed 474 x 1 02 483 5 volts WARNING THIS PROCEDURE MEASURES POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES USE AND FOLLOW LOCKOUT TAGOUT PROCEDURES Page 256 Section 1 0 Electrical Power On amp Ground Checks GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL NO LOAD TAP CONNECTIONS Line to Line Voltages All 3 phases must have same the configuration Nominal Maximum Range Phase A Phase B Phase C 10 Connection Connection Connection 480V 432 to 528 3 4 3 4 3 4 460V 414 to 506 3 5 3 5 3 5 440V 396 to 484 3 6 3 6 3 6 420V 378 to 462 2 4 2 4 2 4 400V 360 to 440 2 5 2 5 2 5 380V 342 to 418 2 6 2 6 2 6 240V 216 to 264 1 4 1 4 1 4 220V 198 to 242 1 5 1 5 1 5 200V 180 to 220 1 6 1 6 1 6 Factory Default Table 5 1 PDU Line Tap Connections D 2 D nH L E aed i in Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 257 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 5 System Power Up CAUTION
169. ate restore options and monitor adjustment procedures Start Console Power Up Complete Data Sheets Shut Down Application Restore System State Set Date and Time D 2 D nH Oo E w in Install Customer Options Reconfig the OC Monitor Setup Application Start Up End Figure 5 9 Computer Integration Process Overview 2 2 System Configuration Data Sheets For convenient removal and use during installation System Configuration Data Sheets appear in Appendix H Please locate and complete to them at this point during installation 2 3 Restore System State Tools Required None Your system should have a system state DVD located in the software collector box The system state DVD contains e Collimator Characterization Phantom Calibrations Gen Cal Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 263 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 4 Note Other Data The installation process uses all the system state files At this time use the system state DVD to restore all files If you cannot locate an existing system state DVD you must recalibrrate your system 1 If you are not on the Service Desktop click on the SERVICE DESKTOP icon Click on the UTILITIES icon o Select SYSTEM STATE Insert the DVD in the DVD drive Select CHARACT Select CALS Select RESTORE to restore the system characterization
170. ation Type options for cameras The SMOOTH resolution blurs the image while the SHARP resolution makes the image pixels more pronounced The default is smooth To film good images and have them look like images filmed by other GE CT products the following camera settings are suggested Kodak SMOOTH Dupont Sterling 2 MOOTH 3M Imation Laser Camera SHARP 3M Imation Dry View SMOOTH Agfa SMOOTH Select the appropriate File Format Select ON from the drop down list boxes on the menu Valid film formats are determined by the camera manufacture IMATION for example doesn t support 4x4 2x4 or 1x2 and AGFA does not support 2x4 The DICOM print convention designates film formats by column and row e g 12 on 1 film is 3x4 When finished setting parameters click on DONE and proceed to step 8 Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation Verification Page 345 Lo c S a o i Di E o Lo 3 S N GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Laser Camera Configuration Figure 7 13 Laser Camera Configuration 6 To add a new DICOM camera click on ADD and then DICOM in the dialog box that appears a Alistof camera models appears See Figure 7 14 Select the appropriate model from the list and click SELECT Clicking SELECT presets all the parameters to that models except the Network parameters Figure 7 14 Camera Model Dialog DIC
171. being used Currently only BLUE FILM and CLEAR FILM are supported Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation Verification Page 347 GE COMPANY Comment For most Camera Manufacturers the preferred selection is CUBIC Note g DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL d Set Destination to the final location for film output either MAGAZINE or PROCESSOR e Orientation selects film orientation Only PORTRAIT is currently supported f Setthe Magnification Type This parameter selects the algorithm used to interpolate pixels for proper film resolution Set this parameter after consulting the camera manufacture to ensure optimal image quality Choices are describe below gt None No interpolation This option is not supported by all cameras gt Replicate Adjacent pixels are interpolated This can result in pixelized images This algorithm is not normal preferred gt Bilinear A 1st order interpolation of pixels Results in images usually described as blurred This algorithm is not normal preferred gt Cubic A 3rd order interpolation Used with a large number of possible formulations Camera manufactures define parameters called smoothing type to set coefficients used in this algorithm The implementation of these smoothing soefficients is camera dependent Selectthe Standard Film Formats Select the film format by choosing ON in the pull down menu box located b
172. ble to the floor using the dollies making sure to maintain the 673 6 mm 26 5 in 0 25 in distance Figure 1 31 Two Reference Lines eO oo O p seo 4 tcOooooO Reference line for table Z distance Reference line for table perpendicularity Page 56 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 10 Level the Table 4 10 1 Basic Information 4 10 1 1 Tools Required Standard Install Tool Kit Y 1 2 1 4 and 1 5 8 sockets 8mm 10mm and 14mm hex socket bits Laser Alignment Kit Johnson Professional 6 level Johnson Professional 4 level Johnson Professional 2 level 4 10 1 2 Time and Personnel 0 5 hour labor on site e 2 Engineers E o S Lo Es m Val Bo e a l 4 10 1 3 Alignment Conditions Before you start turn on the laser and check that the beam is still on the mark placed on the wall If not reset the laser If mark is not present Using a measuring tape measure and place a 5 piece of masking tape on the cradle at the 1000mm and on the laser line Gantry must be at zero degrees within 0 14 degrees from gantry zero 4 10 1 4 Alignment Specifications Mechanical base alignment must be perpendicular within 0 14 degrees from gantry zero 1 5mm as measured in this procedure Table cradle travel X axis must be perpendicular 0 14 deg
173. book e Only use the Installation manual that arrives with your system for installation Any other revisions of this manual may not exactly match your system Note Use dry cleaning for electro components Section 1 0 System Continuity 8 Ground Checks Mechanical Contractor Use this section to check cable and ground connections 1 1 Tools Required Digital VOM 10m 30 ft of 18 wire 600 VAC meter leads 1 2 Procedure Reference Figure 3 1 Front View of NGPDU with Covers Removed on page 141 and on page 141 WARNING USE AND FOLLOW LOCKOUT TAGOUT PROCEDURES LOCK OUT WALL POWER e Q 1 Remove all System Power at the A1 Mains Disconnect Panel Follow Lockout Tagout procedures Put the UPS in the Service Position Remove the PDU A3 input power panel cover Verify with a voltmeter that mains power is disconnected Verify that less than 1 ohm of resistance exists between the following ground connections ak N Table 3 1 Mains Connections to PDU FROM TO Wall ground connection PDU Cabinet O Check box when complete Chapter 3 System Continuity amp Ground Checks Page 139 7 X O 7 X Oo 2 3 S lt D IS LI M DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 Verify that less than 1 ohm of resistance exists between the following connections Table 3 2 Resistance Verification Points FROM SIGNAL NAME TO COLOR PDU TS2 1 HVDC Gantry
174. ce position of upper and lower cantrell brackets Refgining strap Retaining strap Page 158 Section 3 0 Gantry Front Cover GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure A 20 Cover retaining pins top and bottom Press down firmly on the bracket and snap it into place The locking mechanism on each upper bracket should lock the bracket securely into place Do this on both sides See Figure A 21 Figure A 21 Locking the cover brackets into place 2 v S oO D lt x b Remove lower cantrell brackets from service position see Figure A 19 and rotate them into position over their associated retaining pins Press down firmly on the bracket and snap it into place See Figure A 21 Note Mis adjustment of the cantrell brackets can cause misalignment of the top and side covers The upper and lower cantrell brackets do not require adjustment during normal use 5 Remove dolly disassemble and store safely away for later use 6 Re attach cables to cover Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 159 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 4 0 Gantry Rear Cover 4 1 Removal CAUTION 1 Assemble the rear cover dolly a Tighten the two 2 shoulder bolts to the rear cover Figure A 22 One side of the Rear cover dolly Extending bolt
175. ching of head holder with customer after installation Chapter 3 System Continuity amp Ground Checks Page 145 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 4 0 Mechanical Installation Completion Checklist Complete the Mechanical Installation section of the GE e4879 and turn it over to your site FE The electronic file for the checklist is found on the System Service Information CD ROM 5350500 2EN The electronic checklist is also located in the downloadable forms directory of the CD ROM Page 146 Section 4 0 Mechanical Installation Completion Checklist GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Section 1 0 Gantry Side Covers 1 1 Side Cover Removal 1 Lower table to home lowest position CAUTION Potential for injury if covers removed and power is left ON Always remove the right side cover first and turn OFF power at the Service Switch Panel 2 Use an 8mm Hex wrench turn the latch 74 turn to latch and unlatch the side cover from the front and rear covers cn gt Figure A 1 Side Cover Latches 9 lt 3 Remove the right side cover by lifting it upward to release the two 2 latches located on the top edge of the cover Figure A 2 Side and Top Cover Clasp Side Cover Top Cover
176. ck Alignment Lights 22 1 steed atero d tcr Le i a d d E Ds 280 3 2 1 Room Light Adjustment itene eoar Ena E A TRAA FE 280 3 2 2 Turning the Alignment Lights ON 280 KK EIER e LCE 281 3 2 4 External Axial to Internal Axial Distance oooooonccninicncccoccocnconccononncnncnnanconcnnnno 281 3 2 5 Coronal Lights ciet idad 281 3 2 6 Turn Lights OFF iiid ee cr re Seti ee Haee tre de isos 281 3 3 Autovoice Intercom Checks ssssssssssssssssseeeee eene nnne ererrtn enne 282 3 3 1 REQUIEM Sirio rp n DR ER MUS 282 Page 238 Table of Contents GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 9 2 Patient Speaker ui ae tested ate EES Ee 282 3 3 3 Operator Console Gpezaker en 282 3 3 4 gt A tovoice Vol m a eren di La Saved roe Leere a Pe ee ea 283 E 3 4 CT System X Ray ON Indicators Cautions amp Warning Labels ssssse 284 2 3 4 1 Check And Install System Warning Labele seeeeeeeeeeeneeeeereesseeerreseerrsesernn 284 ER 3 4 2 Documentation Vertfication cc cccccccccseccceceeceseseceeeceaeeseeeeeauensneeeeaesaeneeeeees 285 8 3 5 Check Warning Labele sde de cede pede pee et ee etd le aired 286 3 51 OmSCIM GSGB edente o oa 286 3 5 25 On Gantry eiue retta e Up E Er ee latte 286 R G EE e RETTEN 286 3 6 Process Product Locator Cards ccccccccsssscccceeaneeeeeceeceeaeeceeeceaaeceeeeeeaeaeseeeeeeea
177. d 130 3 11 2 3 Set Gantry tilt to 0 Then using the Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 Cradle 3 gantry push buttons move the cradle should stop at 3 0 mm 6 mm from the home in towards the gantry until it is stopped position 3 11 2 3 Set gantry tilt to zero Move cradle to Cradle position on display should read 0 0 4 home position Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 3 11 2 3 Raise the table to a height of 386 mm Table height should read 386 mm Gantry tilt 5 and verify the following tilt limits 81 5 on display should read S1 5 0 5 Gantry tilt and 130 0 on display should read 130 0 0 59 3 11 2 3 Set Gantry tilt to O Set the internal Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 Cradle 6 landmark Then using the gantry should stop at 19 0 mm 6 mm from the home push buttons move the cradle and position IMS in towards the gantry until it is stopped 3 11 2 3 Set gantry tilt to zero Move cradle to Cradle position on display should read 0 0 7 home position Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 3 11 2 3 Raise the table to a height of 242 mm Table height should read 242 mm Gantry tilt 8 and verify the following tilt limits S11 5 on display should read S11 5 0 5 Gantry tilt and 130 0 on display should read 130 0 0 59 Table 5 8 Tilt Limits When Table Below Scan Plane Lower Limit Tests Page 292 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN R
178. d Os If the IP Address is 192 100 9 17 the Broadcast Address should be 192 100 9 255 if the network is configured to use 1 s to specify the broadcast address If the network contains genesis based scanners or other SunOS 3 5 or 4 1 computers the Broadcast Address should be 192 100 9 0 Enter the hospital provided Default Gateway IP Address in the Default Gateway field if applicable If the site network does not use a default gateway leave the field blank Select NIS Yellow Pages database Advanced Option only if requested by the hospital network administrator as follows Page 334 Section 5 0 Declaring the System on the Hospital Network GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 9 a Select ADVANCED OPTIONS button on the Network Settings screen b Select Use NIS button c Enter the hospital provided Domain Name Record all the Network parameters in the Software Installation Procedures Document or on the worksheet 5 3 Initiate System Reconfiguration 1 4 Select ACCEPT on the System Configuration Screen The system loads the application software OS patches and kernal changes and configures the system on both the OC and the SBC This loading process takes approximately 15 minutes While the load is going on the results are displayed in a Shell window which closes when the loading process is complete All the window output is logged t
179. d Procedures manual For details on troubleshooting the camera refer to the System Service manual Page 266 Section 2 0 Computer Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 Click on the SERVICE DESKTOP icon Select CONFIGURATION icon Si Select INSTALL CAMERA Select ADD Select DASM or DICOM Follow procedures on the screen Return to Home Page M OO OD fF WD 2 5 Shut Down Application Tools Required None Standard Level 2 E If Applications is currently running you must shutdown system applications Ki E E o l Lo 1 Click on the SERVICE DESKTOP icon 2 On the desktop toolbar select UTILITIES icon eo 3 Select APPLICATIONS SHUTDOWN to bring down applications only Super User Level 1 Open a UNIX Shell window 2 Type su ENTER at the prompt 3 Type the root super user password bigguy 2 6 Reconfig the OC Tools Required None Note The document collector box that arrived with your system contains the Software Installation Procedures manual which documents the reconfiguration procedure in more detail 2 6 1 Overview On the following screens you should make the changes necessary pressing the corresponding button at the top of the screen to move from screen to screen When you are done you can either press the ACCEPT button to start the reconfiguration process or press the QUIT button
180. d position nut so top is flush with threads of anchor 2 Use the anchor seating tool to hammer anchors into the holes 3 Adjust all eight 8 anchor bolts until tight Figure 1 41 Table Base Anchor Assembly Page 68 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 42 Center tapped holes under mounting holes in table base 1 2 Tapped Bolt Hole in Steel Plate Table Base Bolt centering is important to provide 3mm of adjustment for electrical alignment Always use the drilling centering tool when drilling all bolt holes Table Mounting 3mm Hole 4 16 Alignment Recheck un E RT S O m Val v e a ei Note Alignment is critical Recheck carefully 1 Turn on the alignment tool and recheck alignments The table alignment must be the same as in Cradle Table Parallel Check on page 60 If re leveling is required repeat this procedure Using the bubble levels make adjustments as required to maintain required alignment 2 Once alignment has been verified torque all mounting bolts Tighten the location 1 through 7 anchors and torque to 75 6 N m 55 x 5 ft Ib 3 Remove the laser tools 4 Reinstall all the removed table panels and hardware 5 Reinstall the gantry rear cover Note If you cannot replace the lower table cover because the floor interferes adjust all of the tabl
181. d return to the Software Option window shown in Figure 7 6 21 Click on the QUIT button and the subsequent OK button in the message window 22 Remove the DVD from the DVD drive and write protect the side containing the ConnectPRO option 8 3 PPS Setup If PPS is not enabled during ConnectPro Option installation PPS can also be setup when needed later From the tool chest located in upper right corner of either monitor select Unix Shell Type hostname The output is the CT scanner AE title that will be sent to the worklist server Type installhisris Then the ConnectPro Setup window as shown in Figure 7 7 Follow the Step 9 to Step 19 in Section 8 2 on page 340 Page 342 Section 8 0 DICOM HIS RIS Setup GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 9 0 DICOM Filming Devices Setup 9 1 Prerequisites Before configuring DICOM filming devices cameras printers on the CT System ensure the following are complete Filming Device Service Representative to assist in camera printer setup for best image quality film presentation Hospital DICOM network is operational Filming device is connected to the DICOM network with the correct filmer DICOM interface Filming device is DICOM protocol compatible Filming device DICOM Conformance Statement document is available Note Filmer DICOM Application Entity Titles may be site specific Make sur
182. database when the operator is using remote browser screen to query the remote host The search parameters that the CT system allows the customer to use are last name contains patient ID exam number accession number and exam date Select ON if the device supports custom searches as part of the devices Query Retrieve DICOM Provider service Select OFF if the device does not support custom searches 10 Record all the remote host network parameters for each remote host in the Software Installation Procedures Document 11 Select SAVE to store the parameter settings of the remote host Page 338 Section 6 0 Declaring Remote Hosts on the CT System GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 7 0 Declaring the CT System on Remote Hosts 7 1 Declaring the Scanner on Advantage NET Protocol Devices Systems Refer to the appropriate service manual provided with the Advantage NET Protocol device or system to find instructions how to declare the CT System as an Advantage NET remote host 7 2 Declaring the Scanner on DICOM Protocol Devices Systems Refer to the appropriate Service Manual provided with the DICOM protocol device or system to find instructions how to declare the CT System as a DICOM remote host The CT System provides two DICOM Services as a provider to remote hosts A remote host can push images to the CT image database A remot
183. de LI HOLIMS 985 or Jadepy op er I wool sr JL a pI ee ma A I gw dr jedepy isos Abus tod cow orf oa een Lod 8SN J MOLEIP N Sr Fund gen Joyuoy sr QuvHH 680 MAN vr I waso Ln apny uus e OWA OZL sown sr do ona Ni apny uus c Ndd uo13 ar Epod gen yod BSN Woy 35 vu I zwo4 asn xoa ved 7 USA wu31nqwo5 1SOH Agno Y po Kay somes pedi gt C ena ma ana y e ug Wvs dAa ue isiaauivH TwNeaLxa Jr res Y YAMOL VIGAW HOLIMS YIMOd wW EECH y rares d 8 els na Hara TV43Hdldad 3 3 OG Ve NOILdO 3a09uv8 Omg well YOLINOW HOLINOW YIMOL GOW ES Av1dSIG NYS E SILVW3HOS 3 10SNO 3I01VH3dO OIL 8 D 9 S e L JUSLINIOP au JO smeis AU eujuuejep oj uejsKs dOYSIOM N 2H39 eu ees s88001d 093 403 eui 0 ioefqns eje segueyo JoqUOD eBueuo euuoj jepun pue peseojei si jueumooq ISVI138 one Section 4 0 True In One Console Connections Page 106 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection 5 1 GSCB Keyboard Trackball amp Mouse Installation PART DESCRIPTION CONNECT TO QUANTITY LENGTH MM INCHES 5366514 2 PS_2 EXTENSION CABLE Keyboard 1 3560 30 140 16 1 18 5366514 USB EXTENSION CABLE Mouse 1 3000 30 118 11 1 18 5332107 2 CABLE DVI to D SUB VIDEO Monitor 1 3000 20 118 11 0 79 CABLE 5315370 CABLE USB TYPE A B PMT media Tower DVD 2 2000 78 74 RW USB external HDD E 5408
184. dow select the At 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 3 c From the Image Works Browser window click on the VIEWER button d While paging through the eight images in the series analyze images for any Ring Band or Streak artifacts Adjust Window Level using the center mouse button as required e Note any image that appears to have a Ring Band or Streak artifact Verify any images noted above step 3e meet 20cm QA Phantom Ring Band or Streak Image Performance requirements a From the Global Control Palette click on the Service Desktop b From the Service Browser window select an image of the 4 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 3 that appeared to have a Ring Band or Streak while reviewing the series in Image Works c Onthe Image Analysis Tool window click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select the IMGSER 20QA test from the pull down menu slide cursor to the right to select QA3 SM 2X10 120KV 260MA 1S from the test pull down menu and continue to slide cursor to the right to select RING BAND or STREAK d Click on the ACCEPT button If required adjust Window Level using the center mouse button Page 320 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Note 6 5 3 3 Note e Position and size the Ring Band or Streak ROI using the left cursor button To ensure specifications are
185. ds with cover in place If the console is placed under a counter the front edge of the console must be even with the vertical edge of the console workspace Note This component is typically serviced from the front with access to the rear Service access width Front of console 762 mm 30 in This is the width of the workspace in front of the equipment 762 mm 30 in minimum or the width of the equipment whichever is greater Head clearance 1981 mm 78 in The height of the workspace measured from the floor at the front edge of the equipment to the ceiling or overhead obstruction s 1981 mm 78 in or height of equipment which ever is greater Note Distances are measured to the finished covers Table F 1 Console Subsystem WORKSPACE REQUIREMENT Direction of service access Front of PDU MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE 914 mm 36 in ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS No exposed live part hazards with cover in place This component is typically serviced from the front with access to the rear 1219 mm 48 in if exposed live parts of 151 600V are present on both sides of workspace with the operator between 1067 mm 42 in if opposite wall is grounded and exposed live parts of 151 600V are present Lo kl o c o i 5 2 O gt S 2 3 gt kl ae LI w Table F 2 PDU Subsystem Appendix F Regulatory Clearance Quick Reference Guide Page 219 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN
186. e 162 Section 5 0 Gantry Cover Alignment Adjustment Guide GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 3 2 Scan Window Position the scan window in the opening to verify that it seats all the way around with no gaps The scan window should seat easily if the front and rear covers have been adjusted properly If not go back and readjust such that the scan window seats properly There is no easy solution other than adjusting and looking for fit 5 3 3 Top Cover Adjustment The top covers rest in a top bracket that is mounted to the stationary gantry frame and subsequently just rest on top of the front rear covers There are also two alignment fingers on the outer edge of the top covers that need to sit in brackets on the front rear covers Figure A 25 Top Cover Bracket Screws on both sides allow adjustment up down only 1 Setthe top covers back on the gantry and look for proper fit The top covers should rest on the front rear covers all along the edges If they do then skip the rest of this section 2 Ifthe top covers do not rest on the gantry at the top then lift them back off and use a 5mm hex wrench to loosen the bolts that hold the top cover bracket for adjusting vertical alignment to allow the top covers to rest on the front and rear covers 3 The brackets on the front rear covers for the fingers on the outer edge of the top covers are adjustable using a 3mm h
187. e Series Failure Recovery see 315 gt Series Me uid Dee et pm ie a nee 315 GELEET EN 315 gt Center Artifact or Center Smudge sse 315 gt Ring Band or Streak Artifact Failure Recovery 316 6 5 3 Image Performance Verification with QA2 Protocol 316 6 5 3 1 Acquiring the 20cm QA Phantom Image Series 316 6 5 3 2 20cm QA Phantom Image Series Performance Verification 317 6 5 3 3 Failure Recommended Actions eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerreseerrreseerrsssrrrnnnse 321 s Image Series 4 Image MTF Average Failure Recovery 321 SA A A a eee etie tei tage EAE Einer 321 gt Recommended Recovery sssssssssse ees 321 gt 2nd Recon series Visible Lines Failure Recovery 321 gt Specifications nece nte nula diri a 321 gt Recommended Recovery sssssssss eme 321 gt 3 d Image Series Visible Holes Failure Recovery 321 gt Opeclficatioris ota Ede A ers 321 gt Recommended Recovery sssssssssseee ems 322 Page 240 Table of Contents GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL gt 4th Image Series Failure HRecovenm 322 SeriesMeans oet cett oii diria 322 REN BEE 322 gt Center Artifact or Center Smudge cooooocccccccococincnonncncnccnnnnnncncnnann nos 322 gt Ring Band or S
188. e Suite Name is a means of identifying this particular CT system as a part of a group of CT Systems in a suite configuration This Suite Name will appear on all image headers The Suite Name must start with a letter followed by three alphanumeric characters total MUST be four characters long The name of the OC interface will be lt Suite Name oc and the SBC interface will be lt Suite Name gt _sbc Lo c Ks Q o i Di E o n 3 S N Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 333 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Example 3 4 5 6 7 8 CT Software usr g config INFO Figure 7 3 Networks Settings Screen Enter the hospital provided Host Name The Host Name identifies the network hostname and AE Title of the CT system The Host Name MUST NOT be lt Suite Name gt _oc or lt SUITE NAME gt _OC MUST NOT exceed 16 Characters MUST only contain the following characters A through Z a through z 0 through 9 and Enter the hospital provided IP Address Enter the hospital provided Net Mask if the CT system is on a subnet Enter the Broadcast Address The Broadcast Address should be the same as the IP Address except for the bits of the host id portion last digit group set to 1s or Os depending on the configuration of the network The standard default is 1s but older SunOS machines use
189. e and gantry levelers by half turn increments to raise the table gantry until the lower table covers clear the floor Then return to the alignment sections to level the gantry level the table and tighten the locking rings respectively 4 17 Removing Table Shipping Dollies 4 17 4 Requirements 4 17 1 1 Tools Required Standard Install Tool Kit 10mm Hex Socket Bit 4 17 1 2 Time and Personnel 5 hour labor on site 1 Engineer 4 17 2 Procedure 1 Remove the white table dolly support bars on the top of the dolly from each side Refer to Figure 1 43 Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 69 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 43 Dolly Bolts a k Side Support Bar 2 Determine which direction is easiest for removing the dolly from the room We will remove the dolly shipping rail so that the dolly can be rolled out of the room 3 There are two table shipping bolts on each end of the black shipping rails that hold the dolly together Choose the rail on the opposite side of the direction that you plan to use to move the dolly out of the room 4 Using a 10mm hex socket remove the two bolts on each end of the dolly frame Refer to Figure 1 44 Figure 1 44 Dolly Bolts appe Wide View Remove these 2 bolts 5 On the long black side rail there are two 14mm bolts holding the table to the dolly on each side one near
190. e dq dani RR ERE 188 6 2 Rear Cover Installation sss ennemis nennen nnne 189 Section 7 0 o AAN AAA A soa danari narruak isani neiaie 190 D Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment 191 Section 1 0 FWS Assembly and Adjustment eee 191 1 1 Instruction PE EE 191 1 2 Procedure cu ce et nb nt nt E teet EA 192 1 2 1 Assemble Worksurface For FWS 5168666 2 3 sene 192 1 2 2 Install Seismic Kit For FWS bIGopGpop 21231 196 1 2 3 Install Monitors inier AA rte dee 200 1 3 Monitor Adjustment eui eet da E rii d bt E Ere erui Een 204 Section 2 0 Aurora Table Assembly and Adjustment eeeeeeee 204 Appendix D Pictorial Representation of Required Tools eeeeeesssss 211 Appendix E Option Cables EE 215 Appendix F Regulatory Clearance Quick Reference Guide 217 Section 1 0 Regulatory Code DescriptiON oooooncccccccnnnocncccnnnnnnnnnnnnn nn nnnnnn nn n cnn 217 Section 2 0 Terms and DNA A ca 218 Section 3 0 Regulatory and Service Clearances eee 219 3 1 Regulated Minimum Working Clearance by Major Subsystem ssssss 219 Section 4 0 Minimum Room Size Limited Access eene 223 4 1 Regulatory Caution 2
191. e host can review the CT image database query and pull selected images retrieve Use the following parameter information to configure the DICOM device system to either push images to the CT scanner and or perform a Query Retrieve operation Hostname Provided by the Hospital Network Administrator Exactly the same scanner assigned hostname entered in Network Configuration Screen Application Entity Title Exactly the same entry as the Hostname Network Address Provided by the Hospital Network Administrator Exactly the same scanner assigned IP Address entered in Network Configuration Screen Network Protocol DICOM 3 0 Port Number For all DICOM service that the CT System provides use 4006 Provider Type This field concerns the LightSpeed DICOM Query Retrieve provider capability All CT systems are wtudy root systems which allow queries at the exam series and image level Support Worklist This field concerns whether a DICOM Query Retrieve provider capable device or system supports a filter search of the image database All CT systems support a filtered search of the image database as part of the LightSpeed DICOM Query Retrieve provider capability n c Ks Q el i Qo s o 3 S i N Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 339 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 8 0 DICOM HIS RIS Setu
192. e phantom corresponds to the side of the image labeled L on the display screen 8 On the HHS Data Sheet record the scan location shown on the image annotation of the image with the darkest scan plane indicator darkest long bar 9 If your system meets all the installation and alignment specifications the image at scan location zero S0 0 should contain the scan plane indicator If scan location S1 0 or scan location 11 0 has the darkest bar the system still meets the specification The scan plane deviation should equal S0 0 1 0mm If necessary adjust the internal alignment light position to meet the S0 0 1 0mm requirement 10 Repeat the Tomographic Plane Indication test with the external alignment lights a Use the external alignment light and press the external landmark b Verify the external light lines up along the black line on BOTH the left and right sides of the QA phantom C The scan plane indication must fall within the S0 0 1 0mm specification 11 Initial below Page 300 Section 5 0 Tomographic Plane Indication GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 6 0 Image Series IMPORTANT Run ALL Image Series Tests in Auto Mode Manual procedures are provided in this section as REFERENCE ONLY 6 1 Scan Protocol Note The person who acquires the image series has the responsibility to review the images and verify they mee
193. e re termination should be used as a last resort Short and long cables are available 1 Carefully remove the power plug and record the color of the wires in Table 2 18 The terminals are labelled X W and G on the plug Table 2 18 Console Power Cable Termination TERMINAL Description Neutral Ground Color 2 Cutthe cable to desired length and dress ends 3 Re install the power plug according to the orientations recorded in Table 2 19 4 Verify that less than 1 ohm of resistance exists between the following connections Table 2 19 Resistance Verification Points FROM PDU PLUG TO CONSOLE PLUG END CB1 11 Black Phase X Brown O Check box when complete J5 Phase X Brown A3 Neutral Buss Bar Blue Phase W Blue O Check box when complete J5 13 Phase W Neutral A3 Ground Buss Bar Ground Green O Check box when complete J5 22 Ground Green Ground Green screw 9 1 8 PDU Control Cable The PDU control cable comes pre terminated and should not be re terminated in the field Excess cable length must be stored Simply plug the cable into J2 on the A4 panel Secure it by using the fasteners intergrated into cable s connector shell Page 154 Section 9 0 PDU Cable Connections amp Configuration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 9 1 9 System Ground Connection Connect the ground wire green with a yellow strip from the Table Gantry r
194. e room warning light and the door interlock at this time 7 Complete the CT System Chassis Leakage Test Completion Form if required by your state and forward the completed form to your Project Manager of Installation Note Your product service information CD ROM contains a copy of the CT System Chassis Leakage Test Completion form For more information see GE and Regulatory Forms on page 251 2 5 Finalization No finalization required Io kl Qo 92 D X D kl l Ke Chapter 8 System Level Safety Tests Page 371 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 372 Section 2 0 CT System Chassis Leakage Test GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 9 Installation Completion Section 1 0 Notice to the customer Note If equipment is connected to CT system via signal cable for example Ethernet hub is powered by different source other than CT system for example wall outlet and if there is a difference in electrical potential between those grounds additional separate device for the equipment is required Otherwise use un shielded cables to have isolation The following shall be explained before delivery up the system to customer Do not change the power line connection of the following devices to the wall plug It will cause of the increase of leakage current and
195. e that you check with the Filming Device Service Representative and the hospital network administrator to ensure you are using the correct AE Title for the destination filming device 9 2 Declaring DICOM Filming Devices on the CT System NOTICE Empty all filming queues before modifying camera parameters Potential For Data Loss This section contains procedures for recording important Camera setup information Use the table s at the end of this section to record information from the setup screens y 2 1 Click on the SERVICE DESKTOP button 2 Onthe Desktop Toolbar select CONFIGRUATION INSTALL CAMERA The Install Camera window appears along with a warning message pop up box to remind you that all filming queues must be empty before you begin to update or delete a camera 3 The Graphical User Interface displayed shows a list of cameras installed See Figure 7 10 First you must click OK in the warning message box See Figure 7 9 Warning Make sure the Filming Queue Auto Film and Manual Film composers are empty before updating or deleting a camera Entries in the filming queue will not be printed and any image captures on the film composers will be cleared upon update or removal of a camera Lo c S Q el i Qo E o 3 S i N Figure 7 9 Warning Screen 4 Now you are asked a series of questions a To add a new camera click the ADD button See Figure 7 10 Chapter 7 Custo
196. e the site preparation complies with conditions and instructions found in the pre installation manual Failure to comply will result in excessive installation delay and potential increased unrecoverable installation costs This product is designed to meet specific mechanical installation standards that should be reviewed prior to installing this system 2 1 Floor and Room Preparation 2 1 4 Preparation Consult your local GE Sales and Service representative about your specific needs It is the purchaser s buyer responsibility to provide an approved support structure and an approved method of mounting General Electric is not responsible for any failure of the support structure or method of anchoring The system has a total floor load of approximately 6500 Ibs 2950 kg About 5175 Ibs 2350 kg including patient 450 Ibs 204 kg is concentrated in the table gantry assembly Refer to the Pre installation Manual for more information un E Qo S un mS m Val u O a E 2 1 2 Flooring Do not place the scanner on any resilient flooring Resilient tile or carpeting may slowly yield over a period of time and disturb the alignment of the table to the gantry Refer to the floor template to determine locations where resilient flooring material should be removed Limitations include No part of the floor surface within the table gantry or the two interface areas between table and gantry should be higher than the support ar
197. e3sul JO JUOLW uJooJ u Jojoefu jeuiqe 39 118 Sul au Z H31dVHO 81664 eue sejqeo auos uonne2 ajqeg joauuoy pue j e3su sua Buissiu ai S ADON YOM S JOJ98 JUO9 op UOG uoneoo sadold Jo yoaUuD epuo ayy UO uondo 104 Y29949 suondo Says Z ijues 9 q81 soyouy pue jaaa U iy Seljop unjes wajs s ueo 2 pueoqpJeo JOuoUy aj9 09y sejoy nua si Ayueb o 91 eg uonoejoJd Aemioog a ned uonoejoJd JojeA9 3 ions UlJOO J SAQUIY 2n0U19yY uonoejoJd JOO H sajoy J MEN aye dwia e e d SJ8AOW 0 SUONONA SU UuseJr sexu E ubnoJu ALEM s Je olA ejdoed Z sauju g e juaue d Ajjues M N Se qeo amoy 0je esnouu ejsu doyysap 1e sul JO UOW e SU ejosuoo ajquassy sa op aaouay jueuieoe d y u jueuie2e d ajosuoy siepaay e1su mou sde yo98UuD SUJEW amoy OLO1 augu L jueuire2e d Ndd siajana fuejrxne ysnipy 9 qei a quasseay sajoy uq 8 42 9497 sJeq uje jjeysu sjeued eAoules Sel op anouay jueuje2e d au ejdoed Z jueuioa2e d a1qel S9XOq UO Jeqel 499y9 ISl JOAUp au 1811 OG4 39940 STIS Meine aw GZ iojuanAu ajejdwa no Ke jnoAe7 juauidinby Malay ApeaJ as ay S y u L u3ldVHO jno e juauidinby easy eBeJojs juauidinba fuejodue suonejoedxe gor pepeeu uonoejoJd Joo syujpim eMooq
198. eas for the table and gantry The floor structure must withstand the occupied weight of table and gantry as well as the individual contact area loading of these components The method and placement of anchors or through bolts must not reduce the structural strength of the floor If you have to remove the gantry covers in order to move the gantry into the room refer to Appendix A for the cover removal procedure Please read the caution statement on page 147 before removing the gantry covers 2 2 Overview Procedures in this chapter provide detailed instructions to position level and anchor the gantry and table securely for operation The system uses adjustable leveling pads to support the gantry and table The gantry has four 4 primary leveling pads located on the gantry base The table has five 5 pads used for leveling it The process you will be following is 1 Use the room layout template to determine the general position of the gantry and table 2 Move the gantry into position 3 Level gantry 4 Use the laser tool to position the table relative to the gantry Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 51 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 Level the table to the gantry and anchor the system Note Use the template to position the system however use the gantry and table to locate and drill the anchor holes Drill the anchor holes with the system
199. eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesaaeeseeessesesseenenees 363 1 1 Personnel Requirements esses eere 363 1 2 o p ES 363 1 3 Preliminary Requirements e enne ennemis 363 1 3 1 Tools and Test Equipment eene emen 363 TIA IV 363 1 3 8 Required Conditions nn nncnnncnnnnnnn 364 1 3 4 OA 364 1 4 Seele 365 T1441 Cover Removal 5 uidere il aa TS MAREA 365 1 4 2 Patient Touch Leakage Current Test Procedure 365 1 5 Elte 4e eR emu mune metti esca Li c er Ead 367 Section 2 0 CT System Chassis Leakage Test eee 368 2 1 Personnel Reouirements nem em ener nnne nennen rennes 368 2 2 eI 368 2 231 TII cb nh etes mms e Fed n esM E 368 2 3 Preliminary Reouirements eene eene nnne 368 2 3 1 Tools and Test Equipment ssnssnnnnneeneeesseeseertrtrnrtnnttestterttntntnnnnnnnnenstnnnnnn nenn 368 KEE 369 2 3 3 Required Documentation ooocccccicinnnnnonoonooncnnncnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnns 369 2 3 4 Required Conditions non nnnncnnnnnnnanannannnnnes 369 24 Proced re e A a usa s ettet da 369 2 4 1 Cover E ue VE 369 2 4 2 Electrical Connection Removal nnn 369 2 4 3 System Ground Wire Testing oooomonncicnnnnnnccicnnnnconcccnnnanccnn cana emen 370 244 System Power DOWN aia D adapt 371 2 4 5 System Power Up and Test 371 2 5 irure Tm 371 Page 242 Table of Contents GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA C
200. ed as the representation e Border Density This sets the density for the border used around the film viewports Typically BLACK is used but WHITE is an available option The minimum and maximum density values are used as the representation f Film Size Allows the system to specify a particular film size if selected 9 Trim YES produces a white clear box surrounding each image h Priority This sets the print priority i If you have completed entry of advanced parameters click DONE CAMERA DATA TABLES TO LOCATE INSTALL CAMERA INFORMATION CLICK ON THE SERVICE DESKTOP BUTTON ON THE DESKTOP TOOLBAR SELECT UTILITIES gt INSTALL gt INSTALL CAMERA THE INSTALL CAMERA WINDOW APPEARS SELECT EACH OF THE CAMERAS THAT ARE INSTALLED FROM THE LIST OF INSTALLED CAMERAS AND CLICK ON UPDATE TO VIEW THE CAMERA S SETTINGS RECORD THE VALUES USED TO SET UP EACH CAMERA IN THE TABLES THAT FOLLOW EXTRA TABLES ARE PROVIDED FOR MULTIPLE CAMERAS c S Q el i Qo s o 3 S i N Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 349 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Note You can determine this information by looking at the contents of the following files For a DASM Camera usr g ctuser app defaults devices camera dev e For a DICOM Print Camera usr g ctuser app defaults devices name cfg
201. ee Load from Cold manual if you require more information regarding time zone setting amp selection d Next Patient Exam 4 configures the next Exam number the scan user interface will use At initial system installation type 1 e Next Diagnostic Exam Customer Selected f Mobile System Select to tell the software if this CT is in a mobile environment or not 9 Regenerate Database h Energy Saving Indicates to the software if this CT is in Energy Saving mode or not 5 Select the PREFERENCES button to display the Preference Settings Screen as shown in Figure 5 14 Figure 5 14 Preferences Setup Screen Page 270 Section 2 0 Computer Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Note Comment Note 6 Configure Preferences Settings a b Doctors Title Enter the title for the Doctor eg radiologist Units for Patient Weight Tells the software whether pounds or kilograms are being used Use Direction 5221102 1EN found in the keyboard collector kit shipped with the system to complete the language selection C I Language configures the language to be displayed on the Application screens 1 Review the language matrix in direction 5221102 1EN and identify the appropriate language for your country 2 Ask the radiology manager or equivalent to agree to the user interface Ul language and keyboard requirement
202. elow each selection See Figure 7 15 Valid film formats are set by the camera manufacture IMATION for example doesn t support 4x4 2x4 or 1x2 and AGFA does not support 2x4 The DICOM print convention designates film formats by column and row e g 12 on 1 film is 3x4 After the camera has been configured click the ADVANCED button This creates the camera device file for you automatically and pops up the Advanced Parameters screen See Figure 7 16 Camera Attribute Dialog Figure 7 16 Advanced Parameters Camera Attribute Dialog 7 Advanced camera parameters control the image quality of films For more information on the proper settings for these parameters please see the Camera s DICOM Print Device Conformance Statement or the Camera Manufacturer Representative Page 348 Section 9 0 DICOM Filming Devices Setup GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL You may need to refer to a copy of the Conformance Statement as you are working with the Camera Manufacturer s Representative to correctly set up the DICOM Print Camera l Q and Time out Settings a Configuration This parameter is camera manufacturer dependent as is typically used to specify the image contrast The Configuration field may be up to 1024 characters long The field will scroll automatically as text is entered To review your entry simply click and hold the middle mouse button while the curso
203. em ground wires ONE AT A TIME Table 8 2 lists each system ground wire Note The measured leakage current must not exceed 5 MA in any ground wire Components Results Date Tester PDU Leakage 1 0 Gantry Leakage 1 0 Console Leakage 2 Table Leakage 10 Option Grounds if present Table 8 2 System Ground Measurements Page 370 Section 2 0 CT System Chassis Leakage Test GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 4 4 System Power Down 1 After completing all tests follow the Lockout Tagout procedure to power down the system 2 Direct the electrician to re install all electrical connections conduits cables and wires removed in Section 2 4 2 and to secure all connections per NEC code 3 Check to confirm that all connections are securely tightened 4 Reinstall all removed system covers except for the gantry right side cover located by the service switch panel 2 4 5 System Power Up and Test Note Complete this section of the installation manual on site 1 Follow the Lockout Tagout procedure for re energizing power Turn on the gantry service switches and power up the console 3 Check that no cables remain in the gantry rotating path 4 Return cover dollies to storage areas 5 Check that the table controls and footswitch function properly 6 Re test the system by completing a system functional scan If installed be sure to test th
204. em to the hospital s network The Host Name MUST NOT exceed 16 Characters MUST only contain the following characters A through Z a through z 0 through 9 and _ The Host Name is typically stmary or ct01 Enter the hospital provided IP Address forthe system Enter the hospital provided Net Mask if the CT system is on a subnet Enter the Broadcast Address The Broadcast Address should be the same as the IP Address except for the bits of the host id portion last digit group set to 1 s or 0 s depending on the configuration of the network The standard default is 1 s but older Sun OS machines used 0 s For example Page 274 Section 2 0 Computer Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL If the IP Address is 192 100 9 17 the Broadcast Address should be 192 100 9 255 if the network is configured to use 1 s to specify the Broadcast Address If the network contains genesis based scanners or other Sun OS 3 5 or 4 1 computers the Broadcast Address should be 192 100 9 0 f Enter the hospital provided Default Gateway IP Address in the Default Gateway field if applicable If the site network does not use a default gateway leave the field blank g Select NIS a k a Yellow Pages database Advanced Opt ion only if requested by the hospital network administrator as follows Select ADVANCED OPTIONS button on the Network Settings Screen Select
205. ench 2 Loosen the M16 bolt 1 2 turns and check the Gantry tilt bracket it should be loose to the touch If loose continue with step 4 Potential for personal injury If tilt bracket is not loose stop and put the M12 bolts back in and tighten tilt bracket back in place If there is a load on the tilt bracket removal may cause the gantry to suddenly tilt all the way back due to a possible lack of hydraulic pressure 3 Check the hydraulic connections for leaks or lack of fluid You will have to wait until the system can be energized to use the tilt controls to relieve the load on the tilt bracket prior to removal Do not use force to remove the bracket If the bracket feels loose remove the M16 bolt using a 16 mm Hex wrench Remove the bracket Close the gantry covers and reinstall the scan window Store brackets in the gantry base NOs Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 77 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 8 0 Position the Power Distribution Unit WARNING Fa Note LOCKOUT TAGOUT IS REQUIRED BEFORE PERFORMING THIS TASK USE THE SUPPLIED LOTO KIT 1 Roll the PDU into position on its permanently mounted casters Leave at least 15 5 cm 6 between the PDU and back wall to allow cooling air to circulate Connecting the primary incoming power steps 2 through 5 below is performed by the customer s electrical contractor Table 1 5 Con
206. eo cable from Console Host DVI I to Monitor D SUB Power cable from Console J9 Route through the cable keeper Figure 2 25 Video Cable and Power cable Ce amp ir O ne e DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER CABLE LENGTH QTY Scan Monitor Power Cable 5432953 4 3050 mm 1 Scan Monitor Video Cable 5408703 3000 mm 1 Image Monitor Power Cable 5432953 3 3050 mm 1 Image Monitor Video Cable 5332107 2 3000 mm 1 Table 2 11 Monitor Cables Page 110 Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 26 Cable Routing and Keeper SA 5 3 2 LCD Video Monitor Setup Detail LCD Video Monitor Setup please refer to Service Methods Align Setup Cals Console LCD Video Monitor Setup i EU E e a 5 Di E N Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 111 GE COMPANY BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 5 4 NIO Console Interconnect Figure 2 27 NIO OC Interconnect LOOZ SZ S v UOISIASY oyeldeimpyep Ou Buueeui amp u3 sjonpolg 19 Y UO pajojs si Jajseyy enos CISIA Buisn PIANO PRA Y Ad
207. ersonnel e 5 hour labor on site 2Engineers 4 13 3 Drilling Procedure Note The gantry rear cover should still be removed and the table should still be on the dolly 1 Make sure that all table and gantry levelers four each are firmly on the concrete floor NOTICE To prevent damage due to the dust created during drilling you must cover all electronic Potential for assemblies in the table base prior to drilling Equipment Damage from Dust 2 Locate the hammer drill and 72 X 12 drill bit The 72 bit will be used to drill all eight 8 table and gantry anchor holes You must use the drilling bushing to drill all table and gantry holes All primary holes can be drilled with the gantry covers installed 3 Use a piece of tape to mark the drill bit depth of 190 mm 7 72 from the tip of the Y masonry drill bit 4 Use the 7 bit to drill all eight 8 anchor holes to a depth of 190 mm 7 77 as measured from the top of the drill bushing Review Figure 1 38 and Figure 1 39 prior to drilling Figure 1 38 Drilling Position Drill Ke t P Y M S N Use 2 people for the drilling process N One person drills 90 The other verifies the drill remains perpendicular to the floor Floor Plane 2106205 DRILL BUSHING Part of Install Kit 5 Place appropriate protection to prevent damage and dust contamination to electronic assemblies 6 Place the drill bushing inside each adjuste
208. es eae Lda seater 255 1 4 2 Line Input Conditions ooooninnnnnccnnccnnnnncncccnonnnnnonnoncnnncnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nro emer 256 1 5 System Power Up taret Ha detinent iei 258 1 6 Emergency Stop Check eni tp E e ha dio ste REPE IEEE 260 Section 2 0 Computer IntegrallOl iecit perpe iii 263 2 1 Introduction and Flowchart ener 263 2 2 System Configuration Data Sheets A 263 2 3 Restore System otale n better RR rain DEERA Fa 263 24 Install Customer Options iro etm iad de i Noe edd sterben decanted 264 24D UN ducet Du MEL M X 264 242 Camerae iR deep opted e ee EE te eee siete Eech 266 2 5 Shut Down Application sico adas TERR Mode t 267 gt Standard Level die dede it idest le Nee 267 gt Super User Level 267 2 6 Reconfig thie OC eges tee ecce pde qudd n deed qe d bee v t Ae 267 2 0 T OVervVIGW ait Rer EH eet b rp rente po pepe eto pd 267 2 0 2 Procedure re ret Hn e e ee a xe seed UR To co ER nee 268 2 7 Check Set Date and Time 276 2 8 Save System State ocsidiad iara dd La dae dnd 276 2 9 Applications Start Up ett RR sae eod titre do a tide n i ens 277 2 10 Console Boot up Flow Chart 277 2 41 AdU MONIO entier eate ctt tige pilote la ec Dx uad ad iia 278 2 12 Screen Saver Setup Utility sea a ATE aE EATER EEEE ATARE 279 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration ssssssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnna 280 3 1 Introdlcti n zie eere uiae e EE E 280 3 2 Che
209. escribed tilt button on systems with the tilt feature Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 107 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 The keyboard should attach to the GSCB using the supplied Velcro strip and fit snugly against the GSCB when finished as shown in Figure 2 21 Figure 2 21 GSCB connected to the keyboard with the US English tilt overlay installed Note X ray ON sound can be turned off on using the switch on GSCB bottom if customer does not like it and if local regulation does not require X ray ON sound Detail information refer to Service Methods gt Troubleshooting gt NIO16 Console gt GSCB Troubleshooting 5 Route the GSCB cable and connect connectors according to Figure 2 22 and Table 2 9 Note The USB cable of GSCB is reserved please tie it with tie wrap Figure 2 22 GSCB and Cable USB not used in NIO16 only connect DB9 F to Host Serial port Page 108 Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER FROM TO GSCB Cable 5404262 GSCB DB25 M Black OC Control Cable RL 5432021 2 DB9 M Black AC Box J56 USB Reserved Voice Blue Host Computer Audio In Voice Green Host Computer Audio Out DB9 F Gray Host Computer RS232 DB9 F Black Host Computer DIP Table 2 9 G
210. eviations check the image data sheets to determine whether to average the means and standard deviations or record them slice by slice Make sure you record all the required image data on the HHS data sheets 6 3 Term Definitions and Screens Xc Mean CT number for the specified center coordinates of the phantom image AvXc Average Mean CT number for the center of the phantom image Average the mean CT value for all specified center coordinates of all slices in an exam Xo Mean CT number for the outside of the phantom image Average the mean CT value for all specified outside coordinates of one slice AvXo Average outside mean CT number for the number of slices in an exam AvSDc Average image noise about the center image coordinate measured as the standard deviation of all slices in an exam AvSDo Average image noise standard deviation for the outside of a phantom Average of all outside coordinates of all the slices in an exam Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 501 gt E 3 o ki Oo o i wo GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Auto 1x Tests Auto 1x Tool Manual Tool Tool Launch Arranged by Phantom Selection Button Selection Button Button fmageAnaiysis2 7 LO EEN EE LI GrDrHot 20cmQA E GrDrCld 12 5cm P r4 GrDrCld 20cmQA amp QaAg1 Slope b Recon 2 QAS1 DIS B W P QAM1 Line O 5s ImgSer 48cm b QA 1 Line 0
211. ex wrench and sliding the bracket till it lines up with the top cover finger See Figure A 26 Figure A 26 Top Cover Fingers 4 Verify the top cover tapered edges fit over the lip along the top edge of the front rear covers If not go back to Section 5 3 1 and readjust the cantrells as necessary 5 When done adjusting the top covers reconnect the fan power molex connections 5 3 4 Side Covers The side covers just hang from the top covers by two fingers that are not adjustable When set into the top covers the side covers should hang straight down with the tapered edges fitting over top of the lip of the front rear covers 5 3 5 Finish 1 Re Enable gantry rotation via the Axial Enable switch on the service switch panel 2 Replace the side covers and latch using a 8mm hex wrench on the side cover bottom latches 3 Run an axial scan to ensure proper system operation prior to turning system back over to the customer Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 165 2 ky gt e Oo LI lt GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 6 0 Gantry Scan Window 6 1 Remove Scan Window 1 Grip the window by the metal band at the top and pull firmly but carefully downward 2 Continue to pull until the top of the scan window makes contact with the bottom portion of the scan window 3 Hold the top and bottom porti
212. f Bore Cover 5 Pull up safety pin small knob on the bore cover top bracket and rotate 1 4 turn to keep the safety pin disengaged Safety Pin 5 gt D IS 1 ea Figure B 33 Safety Pin 6 With two persons pull out the bore cover from the gantry stationary brackets and place it on the floor Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 185 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL NOTICE Disable UIF communication after gantry bore cover removal So if need UIF continuation please insert the terminal to the Mic T SW I F connector Terminal Location of Terminal Figure B 34 Location of Terminal 5 2 Installation 1 With two persons lift the bore cover and attach it to the gantry stationary brackets Insert the top of the cover bracket to the gantry stationary bracket first Figure B 35 Bore Cover Attachment 2 Tighten 3 screws located at top and two bottom brackets of the cover 3 Connect the Breath Navigator I F cable and MIC REAR T SW I F cable to the connectors Page 186 Section 5 0 Gantry Bore Cover GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 6 0 Gantry Rear Covers 6 1 Removal 6 1 4 Slide Out Rear Cover DANGER ELECTROCUTION HAZARD HIGH VOLTAGE PRESENT POTENTIAL FOR INJURY IF COVERS REMOVED A AND POWER IS LEFT ON DISABLE ALL
213. f the short footprint set distance Potential for injury to a person Small space present The IN limit position of Cradle short foot print mode should be set in order not to pinch patient between the cradle edge and scanning room wall It is recommended that safety clearance from cradle IN limit to wall should be no less than 100 mm 1 Attach the cradle extender on the cradle 2 Launch the MECHANICAL CHARACTERIZATION tool from the Service Desktop select CALIBRATION tab 3 Select SHORT FOOT PRINT 4 Follow the on screen instructions 5 After the setting verify that you can not move the cradle inward further from the set position with the following conditions a The table is at the highest position b The table is at a lowest position where scanning is possible 3 11 Interference Test PREREQUISITES Be sure that the System State was restored from DVD per Section 2 0 Reset the hardware to download the new characterization values before performing the table gantry interference tests in this section CONFIGURATION Table flashed with latest software Table must have elevation and cradle and IMS characterized Table must be mechanically aligned to gantry Table must have had the table gantry characterization completed Verify the table extender is installed oR 0 M Page 288 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED
214. fications as follows e Contrast Factor 2 0 to 3 99 Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 321 ES E 3 o kl Oo o wo GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Minimum of 2 holes must be visible 10mm 8 7 5mm Contrast Factor 4 0 to 7 99 Minimum of 3 holes must be visible 10mm 7 5mm amp 5mm Contrast Factor 8 0 to 12 0 Minimum of 4 holes must be visible 10mm 7 5mm 5mm amp 3mm Recommended Recovery 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 3 1 amp 6 5 3 2 to verify Image Performance A Image Series Failure Recovery Series Means SPECIFICATIONS Both Rows 2A1A 1B2B of the series must pass QA 3 Series Means specifications AvXc 3 0 AvXo AvXc 3 0 RECOMMENDED RECOVERY 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 3 1 amp 6 5 3 2 to verify Image Performance QA 3 AvSDc SPECIFICATIONS Both Rows 2A1A 1B2B of the series must pass QA 3 AvSDc specifications A AvSDc lt 5K Scans less than 3 50 AvSDc gt 5K Scans less than 3 60 RECOMMENDED RECOVERY 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 3 1 amp 6 5 3 2 to verify Image Performance
215. foot CT ONLY MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE 914 mm 36 nl 914 mm 36 in 711 mm 28 in ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS No exposed live part hazards with cover in place This component is typically serviced from all 4 sides This is the width of the workspace on each side of the equipment 762 mm 30 in min or the width of the equipment whichever is greater This distance can be reduced to 711 mm 28 in provided a written and signed approval is obtained by the local team from the local AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction The signed document must be on file with GE 457 mm 18 in minimum for Front Gantry Cover removal only if unobstructed egress space of 711 mm 28 in is maintained around the equipment for room exit This also means no trip hazards exist along the path of egress Note Distances are measured from the enclosure not the finish covers Table F 4 Table Subsystem Page 220 Section 3 0 Regulatory and Service Clearances DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL WORKSPACE REQUIREMENT Service access width Left Right of workspace MINIMUM CLEAR SPACE 762 mm 30 in ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS This is the width of the workspace in front of the equipment 762 mm 30 in minimum or the width of the equipment whichever is greater Note Distances are measured from the enclosure not the finish covers Table F 4 Table Subsystem Continued
216. foot adjusters 2 Install two anti seismic brackets 5451608 to each down leg with the foot adjusters hole A and B on bracket shall be used and hole C and D are used for mounting the bracket to the floor as shown in Figure C 12 Figure C 12 Install the anti seismic brackets anti seismic bracket Note Pay attention to the up down direction of the anti seismic brackets during installation the side of bracket that used to mount to the floor shall be flush with the foot adjuster and the holes reserved for mounting the brackets to floor shall be on the outside of each down leg as shown in Figure C 13 Page 198 Section 1 0 FWS Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 13 Installation direction of anti seismic brackets 3 Turn the Freedom WorkSpace FWS to the upright position use anchors provided by customer to mount the brackets to the floor as shown in Figure C 14 Figure C 14 Mount brackets to floor Lo a 3 SS gek ne EE lt Sis oS as E o t E Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 199 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 23 Install Monitors Note For more information refer to the materials shipped with the FWS Figure C 15 FWS 5168666 2 3 Pole Mounting Hole Select One A 1 Moun
217. for example 12 on 1 3x4 Page 554 Section 9 0 DICOM Filming Devices Setup GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 10 0 Network Connections BROAD BAND Broad band is considered the standard network connection for system A dial up modem is optional Broad band connections should use one of the following Category 5 patch cables CAT Num GE Part Num Length K9000WB 2215028 10 20m K9000KP 2215028 5 10m K9000JR 2215028 4 5m K9000WA 2215028 9 3m The CT system is connected to the network through the Console A patch cable not to exceed 10 feet should be provided by the customer and it is used to connect the console to a wall box See Notes on Figure 7 17 Some customer site units may require cable duct work or conduit to route connecting network cables to the workstation camera and console The run from the hospital switch to the CT wall outlet must not exceed 290 ft 88m Bandwidth performance is degraded when the length reaches 300 ft 91m or greater For the optional modem Two phone lines should be provided by the facility One line is for use with a modem and must be an analog line The second line is a voice only line AW High Speed Connector will use the bulkhead connector named AW Hospital network connector uses network connector of XW8600 Refer to Chapter 2 Section 4 7 Figure 2 5 of this document AUX PTR a To Ad
218. for example film jam and supply empty DEBUGGING CONNECTION ISSUES DIFFICULT Symptom The timeouts for the DICOM print are very long which means one needs to wait a long time before you know the application is not working Solution The timeouts for the DICOM print were setup to ensure that the system would work regardless of whether the DICOM print camera was on a LAN or a WAN halfway around the world The DICOM print timeouts for the association and DIMSE classes for example N GET N DELETE can be modified within the DICOM print camera installation They can be reduced down to 90 seconds DICOM PRINT ERROR ON N GET TIMEOUT CONFUSING Symptom When the N GET timeout goes off the error message in the prslog file will be Could not get printer status invalid command sequence for N GET Solution When the user sees the above error they may want to consider that the issue may be an inactivity timer on the N GET DIMSE service DICOM PRINT CAMERA SLIDE SUPPORT Symptom Current implementation of DICOM print does not allow selection of slide format Solution Feature not currently supported Possibly in future releases CONFUSION ON FILM FORMAT NOTATION Symptom GE Healthcare Laser Camera and DICOM Print film format notations are opposite Solution GE Healthcare Laser Camera film format notation has always been row x col for example 12 on 1 4x3 DICOM Print Standard film format notation is col x row
219. for more details Note Fans located on the top cover will make that cover heavier 2 Power down the console and follow the GEH Lockout Tagout procedures 3 Remove the Gantry front cover following the procedure in Appendix A on page 147 4 Remove the Table foot switch top cover to gain access to the ground cables and ground bar Note Do NOT disconnect ANY grounds at this time 2 4 2 Electrical Connection Removal 1 Confirm that all system grounds are securely attached to the system ground buss and NOT the Table base 2 Direct the electrician to remove all external electrical connections made during installation including Chapter 8 System Level Safety Tests Page 369 Io kl Qo D D X D kl l Ke GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL a Main system ground at PDU b Power feeder flex connection at PDU c Room door interlocks and room warning light connections d Any and all other external ground connections to the system 3 Confirm the removal of all external gantry table console and PDU connections and have the electrician do the same Note Some wires such as the room warning light may have external power and wire nuts which should be installed to protect from arching 4 Replace all covers removed in Section 2 4 1 except for the Table footswitch cover 5 Follow the Lockout Tagout procedure for re energizing power and boot t
220. fully remove the base assembly from the packaging material 2 Attach the crossbrace with the two inner leg cover and secure the crossbrace to the down leg with six M6 x 10 screws Figure C 2 Figure C 1 Worksurface Assembly T A worksurface upper leg v inner leg cover crossbrace M6 x 20 down leg cap screw Y outer leg cover PS adjuster down leg eg Ess Page 192 Section 1 0 FWS Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 2 Inner Leg Cover 3 Press the inner leg cover to secure with the adhesive pad Figure C 3 Figure C 3 Inner Leg Cover and Adhesive Pad RR 4 Install upper legs to down legs Lo v3 SE DE E o S 9 ou 2 3 ke on E a Install down leg cap to the down legs Figure C 4 b Insert upper legs into down legs adjust to desired height by attaching the upper legs screws to appropriate down legs holes Figure C 5 shows an example of attaching upper legs at the fifth and seventh holes from the bottom upward In this case the height of worksurface would be 785mm C Secure the upper legs with four M6 x 20 screws each leg Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 195 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 4 Down Leg Cap
221. g label Check the box when each step is completed 1 Connect the three USB cables to the rear of the media tower Each USB Cable is labeled plug the labeled cable end into the correct connector 2 O Connect the power cable to the rear of the media tower 3 O Attach the warning label beside the DVD R connector Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 97 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 2 2 Media Tower 5270510 10 11 Connection Figure 2 10 Media Tower Front View 1 DVD R CD R Drive 2 Power into the Media Tower 4 2 3 Media Tower 5270510 20 Connection Media Tower 5270510 20 Connection refer to section 5 2 Connecting the Media Tower 4 3 Option MOD Drive The power and SCSI cables that are supplied with the option Mount MOD drive on top of the media tower Connect the short power cable from the media tower to the MOD drive Remove the rear cover to gain access to the HP Connect the SCSI cable to channel 1 and route the cable so that is comes out of the top of the console 6 Reinstall the console rear cover and connect the SCSI to the rear of the mod drive OO P Ga M Page 98 Section 4 0 True In One Console Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 4 Connecting the Monitor 4 4 1 Connecting the Monitor with FX1700 Graphic Ca
222. g of the cradle to the gantry 3 The table on the dollies should be resting on the floor and the laser beam visible on the cradle The laser light should now shine down the cradle onto the rear vertical target Moving the table on the dollies by raising and lowering makes it easier to center the table right to left Note When using the table dolly to move the table be sure that the shipping bolts are still attached to the adjuster leveler feet This prevents the adjuster levelers from gripping on the floor adhesive making it difficult to move 4 Move the table so that the base is roughly centered over the scan center line the front edge of the table base is on the 673 6 mm 26 5 in 0 25 in line and the table is resting on the floor Check that the leveling feet are centered in the cutout circles 5 Carefully move the table so that the cradle front center line and the back target are aligned You may need to raise the table to move the table When aligned lower the table to the floor 6 If not already done Measure 1000mm from the front of the cradle and place a piece of tape under the laser center line Carefully mark a line along the laser line 7 The laser beam should now connect the cradle front centerlines the 1000 mm cradle center line onto the rear alignment tool vertical center and finally onto the alignment centering mark placed on the wall The centering alignment line on the wall is used to be sure the laser is st
223. g with Service Protocols or Center Phantom until instructed to do so in other sections of this chapter 2 1 1 Scanning with Service Protocols Locate the Manufacturing and Installation protocols under Infant area 20 Note Manufacturing and Service share this Protocol list Different product option offerings also use this list Carefully follow the scan section instructions and verify you acquired the images with the correct technique before filling out the data sheet Otherwise you may troubleshoot an image problem that only exists because you used the wrong technique 1 2 3 4 Select the NEW PATIENT icon on the left monitor Enter a Patient ID e g getest Click on the box labeled PEDIATRIC Select a service protocol from the list to display the corresponding view edit screen Optional Method Enter the protocol number into the Protocol Number Field on the Exam Rx Screen 2 1 2 Center Phantom o Om P Ga MM Select SCANNER UTILITIES icon on the left monitor Select CENTER PHANTOM Follow the on screen procedures The phantom center spec is 5mm Select QUIT when the phantom is within specification Level the phantom both front to back and side to side use a 6 level 2 2 Prepare the QA Phantom Note The QA phantom is shipped water filled 1 2 Locate the multi language sticker packet in the QA phantom shipping box Attach the sticker with the customer s language to the face of
224. ge 83 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 10 0 Seismic Mounting Seismic kits brackets for console Power Distribution Unit and Freedom WorkSpace FWS are available shipped with the subsystem or in Shipping Collector Note See Appendix C for FWS seismic kit installation 10 1 Console If site specifications require seismic mounting use 72 bolts to mount the brackets to the floor Refer to Figure 1 64 for hole placement The console seismic brackets are shipped with the console They are used on the console shipping skid Figure 1 64 Seismic True In One Console Mounting Hole Locations 2262896 2 5332954 2201 M8 02 2299432 Page 84 Section 10 0 Seismic Mounting GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 65 Seismic NIO16 Console Mounting Hole Locations Unit mm in 513 20 2 21 5 491 5 19 4 0 8 Si Nhe rie o e SE o El be FEB H E X E e E E E t gt bh e E 2 Zeg KE H a Qa 1503 sen 212 W 5 9 6 7 83 BOTTOM VIEW CENTER OF GRAVITY TOP VIEW 10 2 Power Distribution Unit If site specifications require seismic mounting use the PDU seismic brackets that were shipped with the seismic kit Refer to Figure 1 66 for hole placement Note Seismic floo
225. ge upper cantrell bracket on right side of the cover Mechanism Locking Figure B 15 Releasing Cover Brackets A Disengage the locking mechanism on the upper cantrell brackets by using your thumb to slide the trigger red lever back This will release the locking mechanism and allow the cantrell to be rotated upwards with steady and firm pressure B Disengage the rubber retaining straps on right side See Figure B 16 You may find it helpful to lift up on the cover to align the stud while attaching the rubber retaining straps Front Cover Figure B 16 Rubber Retaining Straps and Cover Locking Mechanism b Disengage the left side of the front cover A Remove the small cover from the front cover Page 176 Section 4 0 Gantry Front Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL B Loosen M12 screw D Small Cover Figure B 17 Disengage the Left Side of the Front Cover 9 Rotate front cover away from gantry Move front cover away from gantry leaving space about 5 feet between cover and gantry b Pull the locking pin and rotate front cover away from gantry Place locking pin in one of the side dolly perforations see Figure B 18 a D EU gt O LI en Figure B 18 Releasing Front Cover Dolly Hinge Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 177 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN R
226. ghts the remaining parameter fields on the Remote Host parameter selection screen These are dedicated DICOM Protocol parameters 5 Enter the TCP IP Listening Port Number from the DICOM Conformance Statement provided with the device Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 337 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 Enter the AE Title from the DICOM Conformance Statement provided with the device Application Entity Titles also known as ACR Nema or Dicom Name refer to the DICOM Network Services that a device provides to the CT System For most devices the AE Title is the same as the hostname CT systems are equipped with this feature However some devices such as PACS systems may have separate AE Titles and port numbers for each of the services that the PACS system provides In these cases you must enter a separate remote host same hostname and IP Address for each of the independent AE Title Services that the host provides one host as an image push to destination another host as a query retrieve provider and another host as a storage commitment provider Be sure to review the DICOM Conformance Statement for each device that will provide a remote host network service for the CT system image push to or store destination Query Retrieve and Storage Commitment to ensure that each service is correctly configured Select the correc
227. given for reference only GE Healthcare does not endorse any tool brand name Appendix D Pictorial Representation of Required Tools Page 213 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Table D 1 Required Tools Continued TOOL NAME Sockets Step Ladder Tongue amp Groove Pliers Torpedo Level Torque Wrench Universal Joint Vacuum Cleaner PICTURE BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL EXAMPLE PART NUMBER Sears Industrial 1 1 8 X 1 5 9 47516 Sears Industrial 6 9 WN6006 Sears Industrial Large 9 CL440 Sears Industrial 9 9 39829 Sears Industrial SC 9 WR3470 Sears Industrial 3 4 9 4435 Sears Industrial 8 Gal 9 17780 Part Numbers given for reference only GE Healthcare does not endorse any tool brand name Page 214 Appendix D Pictorial Representation of Required Tools GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Appendix E Option Cables Run all option cables that connect to the Table Gantry or Console For example the remote monitor through the splitter and SmartScore For more information refer to LightSpeed Linux CRT 8 LCD Monitor Option Figure E 1 Remote Monitor Splitter Figure E 2 SmartScore Kal 9 S O S Ss Q o LI e Appendix E Option Cables Page 215 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA C
228. gure 1 16 Note Do not use force when putting the wrench in the gap Either it slips in or it doesn t Figure 1 16 Gap Too Large b m n E o S n E 3 o u e a 4 Figure 1 17 Gap Is Good 5 Replace the top and rear gantry covers following the procedures in Appendix A Section 2 0 on page 149 and Section 4 0 on page 160 6 Replace the scan window following the procedures in Appendix A Section 6 0 on page 164 4 4 5 Finalization Mechanical Installers If the Bearing Gap Inspection passes complete the signoff on the GE Form e4879 Installation Data verification form that this inspection was completed If the Bearing Gap Inspection fails contact your site FE 4 4 6 FE Service Action Required If the Bearing Gap Inspection fails the mechanical installer notifies the site FE that the inspection failed The site FE should 1 Open a bearing inspection dispatch 2 Follow the inspection procedure described in this section 3 Record the bearing inspection results If no damage is found close this dispatch and continue with the electrical calibration procedures If the system is damaged go to the Equipment Delivery Quality web site and follow their instructions To enter a damaged in shipping claim go to this web site Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 47 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL http egems med ge com edq
229. he 20cm QA Phantom acquisition a From the Service Browser window select the ES image of the 3 series of the 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 2 1 b Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select IMGSER 20QA from the pull down menu and slide cursor to the right to select QA3 LCD 2X10 120KV 140MA 1S c Click on the ACCEPT button the report pops up Figure 6 6 QA3 LCD 140mA 1s 2 Using the Auto 1x Tool on the Image Analysis screen generate a Per Image QA 3 LCD report for the A series of the 20cm QA Phantom acquisition 2 5 ER o Oo o D E to a From the Service Browser window select the 15t image of the Alt series of the 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 2 1 b Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select IMGSER 20QA from the pull down menu and slide cursor to the right to select QA3 LCD 2X10 120KV 195MA 2S Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 311 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL C Click on the ACCEPT button the report pops up Figure 6 7 QA3 LCD 195mA 2s 5th QA Phantom Image Series QA 3 Small Image Performance Verification 1 Using the Auto 1x Tool on the Image Analysis screen generate a QA 3 Small report for the 5th series of the 20cm QA Phantom acquisition a From the Service Browser window select the 5 series of the 20cm QA Phantom series acquired in section 6 5 2 on page 308
230. he carrier A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period To file a report Call 1 800 548 3366 and use option 8 Fill out a report on http egems med ge com edq home jsp Contact your local service coordinator for more information on this process Rev June 13 2006 CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors In addition electrical feeds into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Medical personnel The products involved and the accompanying electrical installations are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required In performing all electrical work on these products GE will use its own specially trained field engineers All of GE s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel i e GE s field engineers personnel of third party service companies with equivalent training or licensed electricians to perform electrical servicing on the equipment IMPORTANT X RAY PROTECTION X ray
231. he jack identifier of the component Table 2 1 System Component Identifiers DESIGNATOR SYSTEM COMPONENT CT2 Gantry CT1 Patient Table PM Power Distribution Unit OC Operator Console Console Computer WL X Ray ON Warning Light 1 2 Cable Color Identifiers The ends of the cables may be marked with a piece of blue yellow red or orange colored tape to help with the cable installation Table 2 2 on page 88 lists the subcomponent and corresponding color Table 2 2 Cable Color Identifiers For NIO16 Console SUBCOMPONENT COLOR Gantry Blue Table Yellow PDU Red Console Computer Orange Table 2 3 System Interconnect Cables PART NUMBER de DESCRIPTION For GOC or TIO LoNG CABLES SHORT CABLES LONG CABLES Kir 2281840 4 Kir 2281840 5 Kir 2281840 13 1 Facility MDP to Room Disconnect cust supplied cust supplied cust supplied A1 2 Room Disconnect A1 to PDU cust supplied cust supplied cust supplied 3 Room Disconnect A1 to System cust supplied cust supplied cust supplied E Off 4 PDU to Room Warning Light s cust supplied cust supplied cust supplied 5 PDU to Scan Room Door Switch cust supplied cust supplied cust supplied 50 HVDC Power Cable PDU to 2343529 2343529 2 2343529 Gantry 51 HVAC Power Cable PDU to 2343530 2343530 2 2343530 Gantry SHORT CABLES Kir 2281840 14 cust supplied cust supplied cust supplied cust supplied cust supplied 234352
232. his minimum room layout 357 mm 686 mm 14 in to 27 in the customer should consider workflow customer access for patient care and critical care operations space requirements Additionally there may be limited equipment access on the gantry left side when loading patients or when positioning patient equipment in the room between the gantry and the wall Detailed customer installation tasks are detailed in the product PIM Chapters 1 4 4 3 Recommended Room Size This room configuration offers the most flexibility for future upgrades It has sufficient workspace and space to add millwork while meeting all regulatory requirements This room would be compatible with most two step future installations 4 4 Typical Room Size un Qo o 5 ud Is S O gt S 3 3 En D a LI w This room configuration allows for some future upgrades It has sufficient workspace but limited space to add millwork and meet all regulatory requirements This room may be compatible with some two step future installations 4 5 Minimum Room Size Appendix F Regulatory Clearance Quick Reference Guide Page 223 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL This room configuration allows for no future upgrades It has limited workspace and no in room millwork but meets all regulatory requirements This room is not compatible with two step future installations Page 224 Section 4 0 M
233. home jsp 4 4 7 FE Inspection Completion 1 After the Gantry Bearing Inspection passes complete the opened service dispatch with the following information Gantry Serial Number Gantry Type System ID Site Name Installation date Was the Gantry transported to the site in the shipping crate Yes No Was the Gantry lifted or hoisted were riggers used or was the Gantry delivered via flatbed wrecker Yes No Number of locations that fail the gap inspection if any 2 Close the service dispatch Should any follow up be required after this inspection the site engineer will be contacted directly by CT Engineering 4 5 Install Gantry Alignment Laser and Bracket 4 5 1 Tools and Test Equipment Standard tool kit Laser Alignment Kit P N 5148193 or 5272090 Tape measure Masking tape 4 5 2 Procedure NOTICE Use caution while removing the gantry scan window 1 Rotate the gantry by hand until the collimator face plate is at the 5 o clock position Note With power OFF the gantry movement is tight DO NOT pin the gantry during this alignment process 2 With the top and back gantry covers removed locate the two M10 bolt holes as shown in Figure 1 18 These bolt holes will be used to attach the laser tool to the gantry The bolts can be installed using an 8mm Allen wrench Be careful not to bump the alignment light the mounting space is tight near the alignment light Tighten bolts until both are snug
234. hown in Figure 1 33 The bubble is leveled in the Y direction The laser is still centered on the wall center line The table is still on the 673 mm 26 5 line and the levelers are not resting on the flooring The laser is the same as in Step 7 Note The leveling process may take several iterations of Step 1 through Step 9 Patience and accuracy is required to properly complete this process 10 When completed turn off the laser tool Note Do not remove the table dollies Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 59 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 11 Cradle Table Parallel Check 1 With the cradle in the home position rotate the collimator to the 9 o clock position Confirm with a level placed on the collimator face plate Figure 1 34 First Cradle Table Parallel Check Center Line Marks 1000mm at 9 o clock T l l l A l l l 2 Measure the distance from the front top corner of the collimator face plate to the mark at the center front of the cradle See Figure 1 34 Figure 1 35 and Figure 1 36 Note all measurements in Table 1 3 Figure 1 35 Collimator Face Plate to Front of Table Overview Page 60 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 36 Collimator Face Plate to Front of Table Detail Lo E Di S Lo
235. ic latch mechanism The head holder does not need to be latched onto the second step Wrong Head Holder is NOT latched after installing shims Page 144 Section 3 0 Axial Head Holder Shim Installation GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 4 Procedure 1 First place the two 4 0mm shims thickest size onto both edges of the head holder as shown use a piece of tape to temporarily secure them The shim must be placed with the tab facing out The thickness is printed on the shim Insert the head holder into the cradle Check if the head holder is latched onto the cradle at the first step of the plastic latch mechanism The head holder does not need to be latched onto the second step Check if the head holder has a small free play in the horizontal direction If the rubber is too thick repeat steps 1 4 using a thinner shim 3 5 3 0 0 5mm until the head holder is latched without excessive force and fits securely in the cradle If the thinnest shim 0 5mm is too tight the tab can be cut off to reduce the thickness un x o kl X o 2 53 S E e S H M Clean off the surfaces where the shims will mount using alcohol Peel off the paper from the back of the selected shims and attach with the tabs facing out Hold each shim with your fingers for a few seconds to attach it to the head holder 3 5 Finalization Review lat
236. ide Turn both adjusters on a side equally until that side is level The side should now also be level Figure 1 10 Gantry Base Adjuster Locations Top View Anchor Location 2 Anchor Location 3 4 E o S 4 mS m Val D O a Alternate Anchor Alternate Anchor Location Cable Entrance Location Width 507 mm Back Left Right Alternate Anchor Alternate Anchor Location Location Anchor Location 1 Anchor Location 4 3 When the bubble levels are centered Figure 1 11 each of the four 4 leveling pads should be carrying a portion of the gantry weight Distribution of the gantry weight prevents the base frame from rocking during normal operation DO NOT leave any adjuster un loaded or floating Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 43 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 11 Bubble Level Centering Correct level is 100 of bubble within small circle Incorrect level is less than 100 of bubble within small circle Bubble OO Correct 100 Incorrect lt 100 4 Adjust the distance between floor and gantry base at Anchor location 1 becomes approximately 17 0 mm by turning four 4 adjusters equally Be careful no more than 1 turn at a time 5 Draw a reference line of 673 6 mm 26 5 0 25 position from Gantry Base on the floor as shown in the Figure 1 12 This line should be parallel to the ga
237. ide compatible system informaiton System ID IP Address Gateway Address Additional System and IP Address Spaces Available on Page 2 If you have questions or need assessment support contact your Zone Champ or Joe Gracz HQ Support 1 262 524 5261 Joseph Gracz a med ge com Once you have completed both pages of this form please send it to a Judy Heyer judy heyer med ge com b Judy Heyer Fax 414 918 4707 Use the send button on page 2 Page 358 Section 10 0 Network Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL GE Medical Systems System ID List amp Compatibility Matrix MR Software Version CT Software Version Include all Signa LX Ovation OpenSpeed and HiSpeed CT e Minimum 6 0 CVII MR s System Ids and IP Addresses in assessment HiSpeed CT e dual Minimum 2 06 HiSpeedNX I Minimum 5 5 Prior to completing an InSite checkout LightSpeed QX I Minimum 1 3 systems must be upraded to Version 9 0 or 9 1 unless shown in the compatible list below LightSpeed Plus Minimum 2 1 Signa TwinSpeed Release 9 0 LightSpeed Ultra Minimum 3 Signa Release 9 1 HiSpeed X I Signa Release 10 x CT I Minimum 6 2 Signa CV I CNVA Lxi Dxi Fxi Zxi Minimum 6 01 Signa 3T Signa Profile Minimum 7 66 Minimum 7 66 Minimum 2 3 software Signa Contour Magnet Monitor Network Products Software Version Nuclear Pet Software Version AW 4 0 Version 4 0 or Above Adva
238. ide down anchor to check the hole depth 8 Recheck the depth of all holes by inserting an anchor backward into the hole A 13 mm 72 or less should be showing Re drill if needed 9 When finished drilling and clearing the anchor holes vacuum the debris from the inside of each of the holes and from the surrounding floor area wn E o S wn E m Val v e a ei Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 65 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 39 Anchor Locations Primary Anchor Location 2 Recommended Primary Anchor Location 3 Cable Entrance Alternate Anchor Location Primary Anchor Location 1 Primary Anchor Location 4 located on the base Primary Anchor Location Se O 40998 Primary Anchor Location Alternate Anchor Location Alternate Anchor Location Alt te Anchor Locati Alternate Anchor Location pereo oM Primary Anchor Location Primary Anchor Location Note If alternate location s are used to anchor the table or gantry you must move the respective leveler s and pad s to the new alternate location s and re drill Page 66 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 14 Gantry 8 Table Alternate Anchor Ho
239. ill centered If the alignment line on the wall is NOT on the original mark readjust the laser and repeat the above steps See Figure 1 32 Figure 1 32 Alignment Laser Marks Table amp Wall Wall 1000mm y Cradle WWW a Front Note Step 8 through Step 9 are for front to back and side to side leveling of the cradle Page 58 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 8 The table should be completely on the floor and resting on all 4 levelers Carefully remove one side of the table dolly taking care not to bump or move the table Ether side and or end of the table dolly assembly can be removed CAUTION Potential for Injury In the ship position the table tips easily DO NOT lean on the table The shipping bracket should still be in place Figure 1 33 Level Location on the Table Base n E o S n E 3 Lo u e a 4 Z direction Level Location 1 To Gantry Y L direction evel Location Z direction Level Location 2 9 Raise or lower the table as needed using the front and rear levelers and level the table base in the Z direction 2 positions and the Y direction 1 position Refer to Figure 1 33 This process is complete when The cradle is still centered on the front mid and rear marks The cradle is leveled in the Z direction at 2 positions s
240. in 3 11 1 2 in above For Optima CT540 system Tilt gantry to 130 and verify the table height can be adjusted from 62 to 25 mm This value will be the same as in 3 11 1 2 in above EXPECTED RESULTS For BrightSpeed Elite system Tilt display should read 130 Table lower limit should be 90 3mm Upper table limit should be V 3 mm This value will be the same as in 3 11 1 2 in above For Optima CT540 system Tilt display should read 130 Table lower limit should be 62 3mm Upper table limit should be V 3 mm This value will be the same as in 3 11 1 2 in above Table 5 6 Position Tilt Move Table to Interference Limit Tests Continued Position Table Move Tilt to Interference Limit The following tests verify the tilt interference limits at different table heights l means top of gantry tilts toward the table base S means top of gantry tilts away from the table base V means distance from table height to ISO For all tests make sure there is 2 5 cm of clearance between the gantry and table TEST EXPECTED RESULTS 3 11 2 2 Move cradle to home position and set Cradle position on display should read 0 0 1 internal landmark Set gantry tilt to zero Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 3 11 2 2 Raise table height to maximum height Table elevation on display should read V 2 set the internal landmark move cradle 3nm This value will be the same as into gantry 1m 3 11 1 2 in above
241. in place 2 3 Pre Installation Template Always use the room layout template in two pieces during installation see Table 1 1 for part number The gantry and table will not be properly aligned if existing holes are used The template shows the location of the gantry and table anchor holes This template is shipped with the system It may also be ordered as FRU Table 1 1 Room Layout Templates System Part Number BrightSpeed Elite Optima CT540 2 4 Required Common Tools and Supplies The following tools and supplies are required for installation of the scanner Please refer to Appendix D on page 211 for pictorial descriptions of the tools and supplies WRENCHES e Standard and metric combination wrench sets Standard and metric hex key Allen wrench sets and 3 8 drive torque wrench 0 100 N m 0 100 ft Ib Must be calibrated yearly SOCKETS AND EXTENSIONS 3 8 and 77 drive ratchet wrenches 1 1 1 8 1 4 amp 1 72 sockets for 72 drive 72 drive 3 amp two 6 long extensions 3 8 drive universal joint 3 8 drive 12 long extension Metric hex bit set 74 or 3 8 drive including Standard amp Metric 3 8 drive socket sets 14mm hex bit 3 8 or Y drive deep well socket 3 8 14mm ball hex helpful 10mm hex bit 3 8 drive SCREW DRIVERS Phillips screwdriver set small medium and large Straight blade screwdriver set small medium and large DRILL BITS
242. ine Using the gantry keypad set an internal landmark and then advance the cradle 1000 mm Tape second 100 mm section of 1 mm wire on the cradle that aligns with the alignment light SCANNING SETUP 10 From the application screen Select NEW PATIENT a Fill out patient ID GE Test b Name Alignment 11 From the Protocol screen Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 297 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL a Select SERVICE b Select IMAGE QUALITY c Select PERPENDICULAR ALIGNMENT 12 The red boxes should disappear from the screen If not reset an internal landmark 13 Select CONFIRM then press the START SCAN button when lighted IMAGE REVIEW 14 On the Service screen select IMAGE WORKS a Locate the scanned examination in the Examinations column b Highlight the Alignment scans c Select VIEWER d Select FORMAT and select the two in one format horizontal display view 15 Click on image 1 and select the grid With the grid and image displayed visually compare image 1 to image 2 For close inspection you may need to use the zoom function to see a difference Visually compare image 1 and image 2 to verify the centering wire appears in the center of the grid As shown on the screen the wire is 1 mm Use the measure tool to determine the alignment difference Move the table until both are within 2 mm of center MOVING THE TABLE 1
243. inimum Room Size Limited Access GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 5 0 System Specifications 5 1 Recommended Room Size 3962 x 6299 mm 13 x 20 8 Same Regulatory requirements apply 5 2 Typical Room Size 3912 x 5868 mm 12 10 x 19 3 Same Regulatory requirements apply 5 3 Minimum Room Size 3353 x 6096 mm 11 x 20 Same Regulatory requirements apply with the addition of no energized left side service 5 4 Rooms w Less Than 28 in Egress Clearance around Table Foot End Egress requires a clear unobstructed route out of the room either around the back of the gantry or around the back of the table If your egress route is not around the back of the table maintain 18 in of clearance between the back of the table with a continuous width of 126 in on each side to any obstruction so that the front cover can be removed Refer to the Pre Installation manual for more details on service clearances Exceptions Rooms smaller than 11 x 20 or 20 8 will require construction to meet the minimum un Qo o 5 us Is EU O E S 3 3 En D a LI w Appendix F Regulatory Clearance Quick Reference Guide Page 225 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 6 0 How to Measure How to measure From the farthest outward component Measured from gantry covers Fr
244. ion packaging and boxes except dollies from the table See Figure 1 23 Leave a layer of packing material on the cradle to protect the cradle from damage It can be removed during laser alignment of the table Figure 1 23 Remove Table Packing Page 52 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 Unpack the items and locate all of the items needed to install the table Note The GT table on dollies is approximately 118 long and may require additional room to maneuver 3 Using the table centering and distance locator marks made earlier wheel the table to its approximate position relative to the gantry 4 Locate the table leveling pads inside the table in the back and on the side in the front Preset leveling pad heights to 15 5 mm 5 8 See Figure 1 22 Figure 1 24 Table Base Leveling Pads Starting Positions Shipping Bolt Adjuster Locking Ring i Table Base 5 8 inch 15 5 mm Lo E Di S Lo O 3 Lo O a Leveling Pad 5 Use a 1 5 8 socket and 77 ratchet to loosen the shipping bolt Loosen the locking rings if present 6 A 1 1 8 socket is used with the adjuster tool if needed to lower the adjuster 7 Use the dollies to evenly lower the table until it rests on the leveling pads using a 72 ratchet on each end Figure 1
245. irst Protocol Second BrightSpeed ImgSer 20QA none Optima CT540 Page 508 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4st f On the ExamRx protocol parameter display select the 1 Series g Set internal Landmark 5 Acquire the 1 20cm QA Phantom image series and 274 Recon series MTF and Contrast Visible Lines by performing the 1 series protocol scan the series name as QA1 MTF 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s The 2 7 Recon series is generated from QA1 MTF 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s automatically 6 Acquire the 3 20cm QA Phantom image series by performing the 4 series protocol scan the series name as QA3 LCD 2x10 120kV 140mA 1s Acquire the A 20cm QA Phantom image series by performing the 5th series protocol scan the series name as QA3 LCD 2x10 120kV 195mA 2s 7 Acquire the 5th 20cm QA Phantom image series by performing the 6 series protocol scan the series name as QA3 Sm 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s 20cm QA Phantom image series acquired are as following 1 20cm QA 2 d Recon 3 20cm QA 4 20cm QA 5th 20cm QA Phantom image series Phantom image Phantom image Phantom image series series series series QA1 MTF 2x10 QA3 LCD 2x10 QA3 LCD 2x10 QA3 Sm 2x10 120kV 260mA 1s 120kV 140mA 1s 120kV 195mA 2s 120kV 260mA 1s 1 series 4 series 5 series 6 series protocol scan protocol scan protocol scan protocol scan
246. ise the gantry so that it is once again off of the floor 4 2 3 Gantry Positioning All Sites 1 Position the gantry over the floor cutouts appropriately a Locate the four 4 leveling pads and position each of them beneath its associated adjuster b Use the dollies to evenly lower the gantry until it is just off of the floor approximately 3 8 or 17 0 mm Use a ratchet to raise and lower the dollies c Carefully rotate the gantry into the correct position over the template Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 39 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 4 Gantry Base Installation Hardware 2106573 ANCHOR 1 2 X 8 NUT AND WASHER INCLUDED 2105873 WASHER 46 208561P147 SHIPPING BOLT 1 14 X 2 75 LG 2107863 ADJUSTER TOOL 06205 DRILL BUSHING Note Adjusters are used at each anchor location Anchor hole ID is 1 2 5 cm Void between adjuster and anchor must be filled according to local building codes for seismic application 2 Remove the paper templates from the floor and discard properly 3 Loosen the locking rings and shipping bolts so you can fine tune the leveling pads to compensate for slight variations in the floor surface 4 Position the gantry so that the adjusters are centered over their respective holes scribed earlier into the floor IMPORTANT Make certain to route the gantry power cord under the tw
247. it the Service Desktop f 5 Click the IMAGEWORKS icon se 6 Display the SMPTE pattern Use the browser to select Exam 1000 which contains the SMPTE pattern and enlarge the image to full screen display 7 Select Viewer Page 278 Section 2 0 Computer Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 8 Select 1 1 format 9 Increase the monitor s contrast to maximum Note Adjust monitor contrast until the operator sees the anatomical structure window raster 10 Increase the Brightness to maximum 11 Decrease the Brightness until the raster just fades into and matches the monitor screen background At this point the 5 and 95 patches should be just visible If additional tweaking is required to attempt to match the monitor image to the filmed image use only the brightness control If the LCD image exhibits any tearing or smearing of the alphanumeric characters then reduce the contrast setting slightly until the tearing smearing is just eliminated The optimum setting for contrast is the highest setting that does not cause tearing smearing of the alphanumeric characters You should always finish up by displaying and filming images of anatomy typical heads and bodies and asking the technologist to compare the LCD image to the film image 2 12 Screen Saver Setup Utility 1 Open a Terminal Window Type ctuser hostname xscreen
248. kage current exceeds the following limits Critical care areas invasive 10ua General care areas 20pa Use this test criterion Not intended for patient area 50ua Complete the appropriate section of GE form e4879 to confirm the successful completion of this test For additional information about this form see Chapter 4 Section 8 0 GE and Regulatory Forms Gnd Bus to Install X200A Any tab e ground points within the 6 range Any gantry ground points within the 6 range Injector assembly metal surface Boom in Room metal surface Monitors or metal surface Sink or metal surface Installed table accessories other other other Table 8 1 Page 366 Section 1 0 Patient Touch Leakage Test GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 7 Re install the Footswitch cover and the Gantry left side cover Refer to Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite for additional information PROCEDURE HINTS Items with abnormally high or low measurements could indicate improper wiring or loose or poor connections due to corrosion painted surfaces etc High leakage could indicate a wiring error such as a neutral connected to the ground Fluctuating ground currents could indicate a short poor connection or facilities ground problem causing leakage currents from other areas of the facility to flow through o
249. lation w Wood Block DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Section 8 0 GE COMPANY VOrSILO L MEE D Je 2 4 l M ri fa l 8 EM 1 TK 3svg EL EL AHINVO o hos T 1 ONLNnOW T 4i i EA E las i 100 U09 pIJOS e E eJnsu O papaan Sy 9uUDYI spg ADUDE l S AlOC uaamjeg LL FEL I ZG 3ovaduns ONIT3A31 l uaignrav Amoa e rn rm 1NNADOT 120 9 pooM UM UOIYN ISU uonpj p3su Aog rund JO IxN y MUDO 19 Section 8 0 Gantry Auxiliary Mini Dolly Installation w Wood Block Page 166 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 NOTICE Follow ALL required safety and PPE procedures customary for your organization when working on this product Tool and Test Equipment Front and rear cover dollies e Hex wrench set Section 1 0 Gantry Scan Window CAUTION Note Potential for Equipment Damage The cones of the front and rear gantry covers must be aligned within specification to ensure proper scan window fit If the scan window is not fit properly fluids can get into the collimator and detector causing image artifacts or permanent damage This procedure assumes the front and rear covers are installed 1 Grab the window at the top and pull firmly downward 2 Pull the scan window down from the top center and then grasp both sides of the scan wi
250. laugu tiek jas reikalauja vadovo kita kalba ne anglu suteikti vertimo paslaugas privalo klientas Nem ginkite atlikti jrangos technin s prie i ros jei neperskait te ar nesupratote io eksploatavimo vadovo e Jei nepaisysite io sp jimo galimi paslaug tiek jo operatoriaus ar paciento su alojimai d l elektros oko mechanini ar kit pavoj ADVARSEL Denne serviceh ndboken finnes bare p engelsk NO Hvis kundens serviceleverand r har bruk for et annet spr k er det kundens ansvar s rge for oversettelse Ikke fors k reparere utstyret uten at denne serviceh ndboken er lest og forst tt Manglende hensyn til denne advarselen kan f re til at serviceleverand ren operat ren eller pasienten skades p grunn av elektrisk st t mekaniske eller andre farer OSTRZE ENIE PL Niniejszy podr cznik serwisowy dost pny jest jedynie w j zyku angielskim Je li serwisant klienta wymaga j zyka innego ni angielski zapewnienie us ugi ttumaczenia jest obowi zkiem klienta Nie pr bowa serwisowa urz dzenia bez zapoznania si z niniejszym podr cznikiem serwisowym i zrozumienia go Niezastosowanie si do tego ostrze enia mo e doprowadzi do obra e serwisanta operatora lub pacjenta w wyniku pora enia pr dem elektrycznym zagro enia mechanicznego b d innego ATEN O PT BR Este manual de assist ncia t cnica encontra se dispon vel unicamente em ingl s Se o
251. les Note WARNING Note If you cannot use one of the adjuster anchor holes due to structural interference such as reinforcement bars in the concrete you must use one of the alternate anchor locations as shown in Figure 1 39 You must also move the respective leveler s and pad s to the new alternate location s and re drill Do not remove the adjuster to move to the alternate anchor hole The gantry requires a minimum of four 4 anchors one 1 in each corner The table requires a minimum of four 4 anchors one 1 at location If you must use an alternate anchor hole in the gantry you must remove the gantry covers to drill the holes See Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite on page 147 for gantry cover removal POTENTIAL FOR PATIENT INJURY IMPROPERLY SECURED TABLE MAY TIP DISLODGING PATIENT PROPER ANCHORING IS KEY TO MAINTAINING PATIENT SAFETY DURING SYSTEM OPERATION It is the purchaser s responsibility to provide an approved support structure and mounting method for all floor types other than those listed General Electric is not responsible for any failure of the support structure or method of anchoring including seismic requirements and or through bolting GE is not responsible for anchoring methods other than those listed in the pre installation manual Provided floor anchors are designed for use ONLY on concrete floors that meet the 4 inch concrete floor requirements MOUNT
252. lysis screen generate a Per Image QA 1 Lines report for 274 Recon series acquisition a From the Service Browser window select the qt image of 2 d Recon series acquired in section 6 5 3 on page 316 b Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select the IMGSER 200A test from the pull down menu and slide cursor to the right to select RECON 2 C Click on the ACCEPT button The tool displays a Visible Lines pop up window d Onthe Visible Lines pop up window click on the VISIBLE LINE button Note The Image Analysis Tool automatically sets the Window Level for optimal viewing If required adjust Window Level using the center mouse button e From the Visible Line pull down menu select the letter A through F that matches the smallest line pair pattern that you can discern in the Image View Port f Onthe Visible Lines pop up window click on the OK button 2 Review the Image Analysis Report data and record the Per Image QA 1 Visible Lines data for the 1 image in Table 6 8 a Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS Refer to Figure 6 3 on page 302 b Verify the scan parameter values displayed in the report match those in Table 6 9 on page 319 for 2 d Recon series c Record the Per Image QA 1 Visible Lines data for the qe image in Table 6 8 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for each of the remaining three images in 2 d Recon series Image Line Patterns Visible Comments
253. m completed see Section 8 2 Required ONLY for U S installations Any PQRs or PSRs that you encountered have been reported All FMls for system completed if necessary All dispatching activities 03 04 10 codes completed Customer acceptance checks completed System transfer completed and appropriate GE Healthcare personnel notified oaaao All outstanding customer installation issues have been addressed Page 250 Section 7 0 Checklists for Completed Installation GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 8 0 GE and Regulatory Forms Field Engineers must complete and submit the documents listed in Section 8 1 for ALL installations regardless of the country In addition for installations performed within the United States Field Engineers must ALSO complete and submit the documents listed in Section 8 2 8 1 All Countries 8 1 1 GE e 4879 Form 8 1 2 Note The Field Engineer should 1 Locate the GE e 4879 form on the Service CD 2 Complete the form 3 E mail the completed form to the following gt HHS Administrator D us 3 2 i o D uy Ki Product Locator Cards The Field Engineer should 1 Enter the Product Locator Card information on the Product Locator Web site Go to the following address to access the site http gib gehealthcare com gib gib_entry jsp 2 Leave ONE 1 Product Locator Card or a copy
254. m door is open The Door Interlock circuitry in the PDU is shipped from the factory engaged This means the system cannot generate X ray until disengaged A short must exist between pins 9 amp 10 for X ray to be generated Using a small piece of wire short pins 1 and 2 together See Figure 2 56 Figure 2 56 Without a Door Interlock 12 34 5 6 7 8 9 10 If not using a door switch add a jumper If jumper is not in place exposures will not be made Check this jumper if you get scan interlock errors To use the system with a a door interlock wire a normally open switch between pins 1 amp 2 that is attached to the interlock Figure 2 57 With a Door Interlock 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Door Switch Page 156 Section 9 0 PDU Cable Connections amp Configuration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 10 0 System Ground Connections As seen in Figure 2 58 the Table Gantry raceway ground bus is used to centralize all system grounding The system ground is tied to vault ground at the PDU through its chassis Figure 2 58 CT System Ground Connections Power PDU Pan Gantry Base Table Gantry 9 39 Raceway Ground Bus IPDU Ground Bus Note Ground screws are 6mm hex i EU gt e a 5 Di E N GT Table
255. mer Options Installation Verification Page 343 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 7 10 Printer Configuration GUI b A dialog window for the camera type DASM DICOM appears If no DASM is detected during the OC boot the DASM button will be disabled Figure 7 11 If a DASM is present and has not been detected reboot the OC and run the camera configuration tool again Type of Laser Camera Type of Laser Camera Figure 7 11 Dialog Box for camera Type 5 To add a new laser camera click DASM in the camera type dialog box This brings up a list of available camera models Select the appropriate model form the list and click SELECT See Figure 7 12 Now you must configure it Page 344 Section 9 0 DICOM Filming Devices Setup GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Comment Camera Configuration Dialog Other 3M 952 Protocol Camera Kodak mation 3M Sterling Dupont Fuji Figure 7 12 Camera Model Dialog with DASM DASM Interface is automatically detected as either Analogue or Digital Two Laser Options are available for laser cameras SLIDES and ZOOM Set this option only if the camera being installed supports slides and zoom Setting the option allows it to be enabled or disabled at the application level Camera manufactures provide two 2 Magnific
256. mputer Connections NOTICE Potential for equipment damage Never connect a mouse or keyboard with the host computer powered ON Doing so can destroy components within the host computer 1 Open the right side of the console rear panel Figure 2 28 NIO Rear View with 5412524 AC BOX AC Box 5412524 y y 2 QOO CX XO GC XXX ee d gt oS d 905 NN ee SS CC lt x lt gt pa EU E e a 5 Di E N 1 120VAC ETL Label ___ EMC Label N N Rating Plate WEEE Label Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 113 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 29 NIO Rear View with 5412524 2 AC BOX AC Box 5412524 2 120VAC GND ETL Label Rating Plate WEEE Label EMC Label 2 Connect the power cable and ground cable to the console rear panel See Figure 2 28 2343531 2 2343531 120VAC Power Cable from PDU to OC 2371450 4 2371450 3 Ground Raceway to OC Table 2 12 Console Cable Connections 3 Connectthe all cables see Table 2 7 to
257. n 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 13 Drill the Table Anchor Holes WARNING POTENTIAL FOR PATIENT INJURY IMPROPERLY SECURED TABLE MAY TIP DISLODGING PATIENT PROPER ANCHORING IS KEY TO MAINTAINING PATIENT SAFETY DURING SYSTEM OPERATION 4 13 1 Notes to Mechanical Installers 4 13 1 1 Note 1 Basic Anchoring Information GE provided floor anchors are designed for use ONLY on concrete floors that meet the 4 inch concrete floor requirement Supplied floor anchors must be installed by a trained contractor and shall be set to a minimum depth of 3 inches at each anchor point ANY anchors having more than 1 inch of thread showing above the nut when torque is set to 55 Ib ft shall have a second anchor installed in the closest adjacent hole This is because the minimum anchor engagement length in the concrete was not met The second anchor shall be installed to the standard depth and torque specification Do not cut anchor bolts that extend longer than the 1 inch limit wn E RT S wn Pe m Val Bo e a ei 4 13 1 2 Note 2 Alternate Anchoring If at least four anchors cannot be set for the gantry and at least four anchors for the table using the alternate anchor holes then the installer must inform the PMI that the minimum anchoring cannot be met Additionally the customer s structural engineering contractor must be
258. n 5 0 Rear Entry Cable Box GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 6 0 Install Table Footswitch Assembly 6 1 Requirements 6 1 1 Tools Required Standard Install Tool Kit 6 1 2 Time and Personnel e 1 hour labor on site 1 Engineer Lo E Di dM S Lo O gt a o a EN 6 2 Procedure After Table positioning is completed and anchors installed install the footswitch assembly as shown in Figure 1 48 following the steps below Figure 1 48 Install Table Foot switch Assembly Footswitch Support Screws d 4 N We x Footswitch amp Ha Support K Screws Footswitch Level Adjusters 1 Using two 2 M6 bolts attach the footswitch assembly to the Table base Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 73 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 49 Attach Footswitch 2 Level the footswitch assembly using the three 3 level adjusters Two are on the gantry side and one is in the middle Use a 9 level to check the level in all directions Figure 1 50 Level Footswitch Footswitch Support Screw 3 Route the power cables from the gantry as shown in Figure 1 51 Page 74 Section 6 0 Install Table Footswitch Assembly GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 5
259. nation adjustment servicing or maintenance while energized This safety clearance requirement applies to all GEHC equipment Although 914 mm 36 in is the minimum clearance for most installations the standards require an increased minimum clearance distance where parts operate above 150 volts but still below 600 volts under the following circumstances If the wall or surface directly facing the electrical equipment is grounded e g brick concrete or tile or includes grounded protrusions such as medical gas ports metal door or window frames water sources and metallic sink structures metallic cabinetry electrical disconnects or emergency off panels air conditioners or vents then a 1067mm 42 in clearance depth is required If the possibility exists of exposed and unguarded live parts on both sides of the workspace for example if a power distribution unit were positioned on the wall directly facing the GEHC equipment then a 1219 mm 48 in clearance depth is required Guide un Qo o 5 ud Is 9 O E S 3 3 En D a LI w Appendix F Regulatory Clearance Quick Reference Guide Page 217 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 2 0 Terms and Definitions Egress The path of exit from within any room U S regulations require a minimum of 711 mm 28 in of continuous and unobstructed space including trip hazards along the path of exi
260. nce Minimum 5 1 AW 4 0P eNTEGRA Minimum 2 03 X Ray Software Version Cardiac INNOVA All Mammography Seno2000D All Digital Radiology Revolution XQ I Version 10 12 5 or above Revolution XR d Version 18 0 Multi Vendor MR PSI CT PSI Philips ACS 1 5T MZP 400 Picker MX TWIN CZM 400 Philips NT 2000 MZP 401 Picker MX 8000 CZM 401 Philips NT 3000 MZP 402 Picker PQ CZM 500 Philips NT ACS MZP 403 Picker PQ 2000 CZM 501 Picker Outlook 0 23T MZM 301 Picker PQ 5000 CZM 502 Picker Edge 1 5T MZM 800 Picker PQ 6000 CZM 503 Picker Vista 1 0T MZM 801 Picker PQS CZM 504 Picker Eclipse 1 5T MZM 900 Siemens AR STAR CZS 100 Picker Polaris 1 0T MZM 901 Siemens AR C CZS 101 Siemens Harmony 1 0T MZS 100 Siemens AR HP CZS 102 Siemens Impact 1 0T MZS 200 Siemens AR SP CZS 103 Siemens Impact Expert 1 0T MZS 201 Siemens AR T CZS 104 Siemens SP 1 0T MZS 400 Siemens PLUS 4 EXP CZS 400 Siemens SP 1 5T MZS 401 Siemens PLUS 4 POW CZS 401 Siemens SP4000 1 5T MZS 403 Siemens PLUS 4 VOL CZS 402 Siemens Symhony 1 5T MZS 500 Siemens Vision 1 5T MZS 600 Field Engineer needs to provide compatible system informaiton System ID IP Address Gateway Address Once you have completed this form please send it to email Fax Judy Heyer Judy Heyer judy heyer med ge com 414 918 4707 Lo c S Q el i Qo E o 3 S i N Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 359 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISIO
261. nd lesser than operators For example variable ouput This paragraph denotes fixed input It s typed input that will not vary from application to application Fixed text the user is required to supply as input This paragraph denotes computer input that can vary from application to application Variable text the user is required to supply as input Variable input sometimes is placed between greater than and lesser than operators For example variable input In these cases the lt gt operators are dropped prior to input Exceptions are noted in the text 2 4 Buttons Switches and Keyboard Inputs Hard amp Soft Keys Example Hard Keys Example Soft Keys Different character styles are used to indicate actions requiring the reader to press either a hard or Soft button switch or key Physical hardware such as buttons and switches are called hard keys because they are hard wired or mechanical in nature A keyboard or on off switch would be a hard key Software or computer generated buttons are called soft keys because they are software generated Software driven menu buttons are an example of such keys Soft and hard keys are represented differently in this publication A power switch ON OFF or a keyboard key like ENTER is indicated by applying a character style that uses both over and under lined bold text that is bold This is a hard key Whereas the computer MENU button that you would click with your mouse or t
262. ndow move them together and lightly pull upward until you can free the window from between the front and rear covers See Figure B 1 You may need to use the tip of a flat blade screwdriver to pull down the top edge of the scan window away from the cover in order to grab it with your fingers Be careful not to push the screwdriver in too far as the gasket can be damaged Opening in Gantry Covers Scan Window SCAN WINDOW IN POSITION REMOVE SCAN WINDOW Figure B 1 Scan Window Removal Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 167 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure B 2 Installing the mylar window Section 2 0 Gantry Side Covers 2 1 Side Cover Removal 1 If removing side cover in preparation for front cover removal move the table to its lowest position before powering off gantry Potential for injury if covers removed and power is left ON Always remove the right side cover first and turn OFF power at the Service Switch Panel CAUTION Shock Hazard Voltage Present No service on left side while energized 2 Use an 8mm Hex wrench to unlatch the side cover from the front cover See Figure B 3 Turn the latch We E m a side view oflatches Ya turn The ex cover latches i and unlatches from the front cover Figure B 3 Side Cover Latches 3 Remove the right side cover by lifting it upward to
263. net Protocol IP Address Network Protocol DICOM for CT Systems From the Remote Host Device DICOM Conformance Statement Document DICOM Application Entity Title or AE Title DICOM service that remote host provides or uses DICOM Listening Port Number 4 4 Scanner to DICOM HIS RIS Interface Network Information To declare DICOM Hospital HIS RIS Interface devices Mitra and others on the CT System ensure the following information is available From the Hospital Network Administrator Internet Protocol IP Address From the HIS RIS Interface Device DICOM Conformance Statement Document DICOM Application Entity Title or AE Title DICOM Service that the HIS RIS interface provides DICOM Listening Port Number Page 330 Section 4 0 Before You Start GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 45 Scanner to DICOM Printers Network Information To declare DICOM on the CT System ensure the following information is available for each printer From the Hospital Network Administrator Hostname Internet Protocol IP Address From the Printer DICOM Conformance Statement Document DICOM Application Entity Title or AE Title DICOM service that remote host provides or uses DICOM Listening Port Number c S Q el i Qo s o 3 S i N Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 331 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN
264. nseeeeaees 286 3 7 Verify Service Cabinet Installation Optional 286 3 8 Check XcRay Llglits 5 oie RU EE NEE Dn dod 287 3 9 Mechanical Characterization misionin a a aaa aia aiaei 287 3 9 1 Alignment Light Charactertzatton nen 287 3 9 2 Table Height Characterization ooooconnnnncccnnnnoccccccnnconccccnnnnnncccnn nano ncncnn nan nccncnnns 287 3 10 Short Footprint Setti aore a aA ATAA 288 3 11 Interference Testimi ON 288 3 11 1 Verify Table Elevation e r ouise a eer aR T E AA 289 3 11 23 KEE 289 3 11 2 1 Position Tilt Move Table to Interference Limit 289 3 11 2 2 Position Table Move Tilt to Interference Limit 291 3 11 2 3 Tilt Limits When Table Below Scan Plane Lower Limit 292 Chapter 6 Image e EU c 295 Section 1 0 IntroducHoli zoo echas eue esse A te uds diee Deere 295 Section 2 0 Calibration Process 111 eeeeeeeeeeeieeee nenne nnn nnn EEN nnns a nasa E ENEE EEN 296 2 1 Reference Procedures eiaa a a e a aad aA 296 2 1 1 Scanning with Service Protocols ssssesem em 296 2 1 2 Center PNAN O a iate oido 296 2 2 Prepare the QA Phantom ite Hee oi Noo eti te dede Ea aenea iet tan cath 296 2 3 Calibration Process Introduction cc ccccccecccsseseceecescessceceeeeeaseeeeeeeaueeseeeeeaneaeeseeeeas 296 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Alignment Procedure
265. nti seismic bracket Part No 5380721 Part No 5451608 If site specifications require seismic mounting follow below steps e For anti seismic bracket 5380721 1 Turn over the Freedom WorkSpace FWS loosen the four foot adjusters as Figure C 8 shown Figure C 8 Loosen four foot adjusters 2 Insert the anti seismic brackets 5380721 between the adjusters and foots then tighten the adjusters again as Figure C 9 shown Note Pay attention to the up down direction of the anti seismic brackets during installation the side of bracket that used to mount to the floor shall be flush with the foot adjuster Page 196 Section 1 0 FWS Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 9 Insert brackets between adjuster and foot 3 Turn the Freedom WorkSpace FWS to the upright position use anchors to mount the brackets to the floor as shown in Figure C 10 Figure C 10 Mount brackets to floor 5380721 or 5380721 2 Lo 25 GE SR 6 lt go eS as PB Q Lo E Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 197 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL e For anti seismic bracket 5451608 1 Turn over the Freedom WorkSpace FWS loosen and remove the four foot adjusters as Figure C 11 shown Figure C 11 Loosen and remove four
266. ntom with water to eliminate all air bubbles 2 Repeat Sections 6 5 2 1 amp 6 5 2 2 to verify Image Performance 3 d and 4 Image Series Failure Recovery Specifications Protocol Name Hole Diameter Specification QA3 LCD 2x10 120kV 140mA 1s 5mm 3 QA3 LCD 2x10 120kV 195mA 2s 3mm 3 Recommended Recovery 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom Page 314 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 2 1 8 6 5 2 2 to verify Image Performance 5th Image Series Failure Recovery Series Means SPECIFICATIONS Both Rows 2A1A 1B2B of the series must pass QA 3 Series Means specifications e AvXc lt 3 0 e AvXo AvXc lt 3 0 RECOMMENDED RECOVERY 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 2 1 amp 6 5 2 2 to verify Image Performance QA 3 AvSDc SPECIFICATIONS Both Rows 2A1A 1B2B of the series must pass QA 3 AvSDc specifications AvSDc lt 5K Scans less than 3 50 AvSDc gt 5K Scans less than 3 60 RECOMMENDED RECOVERY 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 2 1 amp 6 5 2 2 to verify Image Performance ES E 3 o
267. ntry In a later section you will move the table against the 673 mm 26 5 mark Figure 1 12 Draw Reference Line 673 6 mm 26 5 0 25 Gantry Base Draw this line on the floor Page 44 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 4 Gantry Bearing Gap Inspection All CT systems require a Gantry Bearing Gap inspection before starting electrical calibration All international gantries are shipped in a wooden shipping crate that should not be removed until it arrives at the installation site This shipping container is designed to reduce the risk of shipping damage 4 4 1 Personnel Requirements PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE FINALIZATION REQUIRED PERSONS 2 mechanical suppliers or installation team 4 4 2 Tools and Test Equipment Standard tool kit Inspection document 2 5 mm Allen wrench Rear cover dollies 2 Flashlight n E y S n E 3 Lo u e a 4 4 4 3 Damage Indicators On the inside edge of the black colored bearing assembly a mark similar to that shown in Figure 1 13 will be seen if this is a Rotek bearing Figure 1 13 Gantry Bearing Rotek Label E SUN 2 Rotek insignia Gap The mark has a serial number in the same format as ROTEK 2TF4 44E1B MA91960 8F 2372 REV 13 The gap to be inspected is shown in Figure 1 14 next to the serial number Chap
268. o a file named var adm install log YYYYMMDDWWWHHMMSS Where YYYYMMDDWWWHHMMSS is the Date Time that the loading process was started When the loading process and configuration changes are complete the system displays a prompt to reboot Click on YES The system will automatically login as ctuser after the reboot Select OK on the Autostart Disabled popup message To startup Applications in the console Shell window type startup ENTER Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 335 c S Q el i Qo s o 3 S i N GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 6 0 Declaring Remote Hosts on the CT System 6 1 Enter Remote Host Configuration Screen 1 On the OC select the IMAGE WORKS icon eene 2 Select NETWORK 6 2 Declaring Advantage NET Remote Hosts on the Scanner Use Advantage NET Protocol networks to communicate with older CT or MR Systems MR Signa 4 x CT HLA CT I Systems and Workstations that support the Advantage NET protocol Advantage NET Protocol does not offer full compatibility with LightSpeed DICOM formats Repeat the following procedure for each Advantage NET Remote Host device that the customer expects to have this CT system communicating with 1 Select REMOTE HOSTS from the pull down menu The system displays the Remote Host Parameter Screen as shown in Figure 7 4
269. o application level If not already done remove the footswitch assembly top cover while the system boots 2 4 3 System Ground Wire Testing 1 Plug the Dale 600 601 Leakage Current Meter into one of the outlets on the gantry Note Some meters include a black lead and a red test lead while other meters include two black leads If your meter includes two black leads the longer black lead is the test lead 2 Connect the meter leads to the meter as follows a Connect one end of the shorter black lead to the chassis plug and the other to the table ground bus b Connect the red or longer black test lead to the external plug on top of the Dale 600 601 meter 3 Setthe function switch on the Dale 600 601 meter to EXTERNAL Using the red or longer black external lead touch the meter s test terminal to confirm that the meter is operational Note For more information refer to the Dale 600 601 Operator s Manual or see Figure 8 1 4 With the system at application level and all components functional test the system ground wires as follows a Set up the meter Connect the shorter black lead to the system ground bus Remove a system ground wire Connect the red or longer black lead to the ground wire Read the value on the meter Replace the system ground wire Record the results of your tests in Table 8 2 for later use when filling out the CT System Chassis Leakage Test Completion form h Repeat testing all syst
270. o rear gantry rails before removing the gantry shipping dollies 5 Using a Y ratchet gently lower the gantry until it rests on the floor over the marked areas Figure 1 5 Gantry and Table Base Leveling Pads Starting Positions Shipping Bolt Adjuster e Locking Ring Gantry Base v 5 8 inch 17 mn m Leveling Pad Page 40 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL NOTICE Gantry dollies weigh approximately 250 Ibs each Exercise caution when removing dollies so as to not damage the floor covering 6 Using a 14mm hex socket remove the dollies from the gantry by removing the three dolly bolts found at both ends of the gantry Figure 1 6 Figure 1 6 Gantry Dolly Bolts Lo E Di dM S Lo O gt a o a EN 7 Remove the dolly plates on both sides of the gantry Retain the dolly plates in the service cabinet at the hospital Figure 1 7 Dolly Plate Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 41 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 8 Remove the four 4 gantry shipping bolts using a 172 socket Figure 1 8 Gantry Shipping Bolts 46 208561P147 SHIPPING BOLT 1 14 X 2 75 LG Note Bolt requires a 1 1 socket Note Leave this locking ring off so tha
271. o text within each paragraph modified by the specific prefix EXAMPLES OF PREFIXES USED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION Purpose Introduces and provides meaning as to the information contained within the chapter section or subsection such as used at the beginning this chapter for example Conveys information that should be considered important to the reader Used to make the reader aware that the paragraph s that follow are examples of information possibly stated previously Represents additional information 2 2 Page Layout Publication Part Number amp Revsion Number that may or may not be relevant Publication Title ES NN aee Serene Seren Mon bt DEE 98 Steng Carte 322 620570605 letwocen Ciecuit rengt 4 Mov ttt lomo ener MN poe erou DANGER USE TAG AND LOCK OUT PROCEDURE 323 4620748001 Fior Microphone 2 Serge posto POLA DEET m Ss C The current section and its title are always shown in the footer of the left even page An exclamation point in a triangle is used to indicate important information to the user Paragraphs preceded by Alphanumeric e g numbers characters is information that must be followed in a specic order anman S ver eet E Se 6 PIMP PI gerne reg ZEUS REMOTE INTERCOM X 46 2008766 G1 C a The current chapter and its title are always shown in the footer of the right odd page
272. ol Pool P N 46 328406G 1 Dale extended length leads Part of P N 46 328406G1 GE Healthcare performed validation of this procedure using the Dale 600 601 meter ONLY Due to the unique nature of this meter GE cannot guarantee the accuracy of this procedure if you use another meter 1 3 2 Safety WARNING POTENTIAL FOR SHOCK h GROUND WIRES WILL HAVE GROUND CURRENT PRESENT WITH POWER ON FOLLOW APPROPRIATE SAFETY PROCEDURES FOR WORKING WITH AN ENERGIZED SYSTEM Hd Qo Qo 92 D X D kl l Ke NOTICE Follow ALL required safety and PPE procedures customary for your organization when working on this product Chapter 8 System Level Safety Tests Page 363 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 3 3 Required Conditions Only trained service personnel should service the GE CT Scanner GE Healthcare performed validation of this procedure using the Dale 600 601 meter ONLY GE cannot guarantee the accuracy of this procedure if you use another meter e You must remove the Footswitch cover 1 3 4 Test Conditions e Test with the Table at maximum elevation and again with the Table at minimum elevation Test to cover ALL points in an envelope described by Table travel from minimum to maximum extension including the table extender e Test from both the head and foot of the Table e g test assuming that a patient may lie either HEAD FIRST
273. ol panel to all OFF position Appendix C Added Section 2 0 for Aurora Table Installation procedure Chapter 5 Updated System Setting Screen Preference Setup Screen on Section 2 6 2 9 11 19 12 Chapter 2 Updated Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection Added Section 3 2 Scan Room Warning Light amp Door Interlock Appendix C Updated Appendix C FWS Assembly and Adjustment Revision History Page 13 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Rev 8 Date 03 29 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Reason for change Chapter 2 Section 5 0 Added Table 2 6 Healthcare Supplied NIO16 Console Cables Section 9 0 Updated title of Figure 2 33 PDU Cable Connections for PDU 3 Front Added Figure 2 34 PDU Cable Connections for PDU 71 Front Updated Figure 2 35 PDU Cable Connections rear Updated title of Figure 2 37 Circuit Breaker Panel for PDU 3 Added Panel Circuit Breaker for PDU 71 for section 9 1 2 Panel Circuit Breakers Updated section 9 1 6 Gantry amp Console Power Connections 120V Appendix B Section 1 0 Added front cover dolly part number in section 1 3 4 Gantry Front Cover and added rear cover dolly part number in section 1 4 Gantry Rear Cover Chapter 5 Section 2 0 Updated title of section 2 10 Section 3 0 Updated Table 5 6 Position Tilt Move Table to Interference Limit Tests Updated Table 5 7 Position Table Move Tilt to Interference Limit Tests Updated Table 5 8 Tilt Limits When Table
274. on 3 Review the Image Analysis Report data and record the Per Image MTF 4 Image MTF Average and Per Image Contrast Scale data for each row in Table 6 4 Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 309 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL a Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS See Figure 6 3 on page 302 Verify the scan parameter values displayed in the report match those in Table 6 4 c Record Per Image MTF and Per Image Contrast Scale data for each image in Table 6 4 o Image MTF MTF 4 slice average Contrast Scale Comments 1 N A 2 N A 3 N A 4 N A Specifications NA 0 581010 1100101300 NA Table 6 4 20cm QA 1 Phantom High Contrast Spatial Resolution Image Performance MTF and Contrast Scale 2 d Recon series 4 Bone Retro Image Visible Lines Image Perf Verification 1 Using the Auto 1x Tool on the Image Analysis screen generate a Per Image QA 1 Lines report for 274 Recon series acquisition a From the Service Browser window select the 15 image of 2 d Recon series acquired in section 6 5 2 on page 308 b Click on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select the IMGSER 20QA test from the pull down menu and slide cursor to the right to select RECON 2 Click on the ACCEPT button The tool displays a Visible Lines pop up window On the Visible Lines pop up window click on the
275. on the AUTO 1X rectangular button select the IMGSER 48CM test from the pull down menu slide cursor to the right and select 16X1 25 120KV 400MA 2S from the test pull down menu and continue to slide cursor to the right to select BAND or STREAK d Click on the ACCEPT button Note If required adjust Window Level using the center mouse button e Position and size the Band or Streak ROI using the left cursor button Note To ensure specifications are properly applied do not adjust the Reference ROI s for the Band and Streak artifact tests The Reference ROI s are adjustable after the 1st Accept Modification click f Click on ACCEPT MODIFICATION twice to generate a report 9 Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS h Repeat steps b through g for each image noted in Step 1e Page 304 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Box Size 1600 mm2 to 2500 mm2 45 mm 5 mm x 45 mm 5 mm 45 4 pixels x 45 4 pixels Box Positions Box 1 0 mm x 0 mm Box2 Ommx 190 mm Box3 190 mm x0 mm Box4 Ommx 190 mm Box5 190mmx0mm Row Images Brightness Uniformity Noise Center Smudge Row Comments AvXo AvXc AvSDo Values 8A 1 17 33 49 7A 2 18 34 50 6A 3 19 35 51 5A 4 20 36 52 4A 5 21 37 53 3A 6 22 38 54 2A 7 23 39 55
276. ong the laser light shining on the floor Figure 1 22 Draw Reference Line for Table Center 673 6 mm 26 5 0 25 Gantry Base Reference line for Table 673 mm 26 5 Z distance un E S S un mS 3 Val u O a Ei Reference line for Table center 11 Recheck the table to gantry reference line for 673 6 mm 26 5 0 25 Z distance Refer to Figure 1 22 12 Turn off the laser but do not remove Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 51 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 6 Table Prep and Set up CAUTION gt CAUTION gt CAUTION gt CAUTION gt Tools Required Standard Install Tool Kit 1 2 1 2 Ya sockets 1 5 8 40 41mm socket 10mm and 14mm hex socket bits Time and Personnel e 1 5 hour labor on site 2 Engineers SAFETY Potential for Electric Shock Equipment is Energized Follow appropriate safety procedures when working with an energized system Potential for Injury Table will tip if not anchored on the dolly Make certain that Table is adequately secured to the dolly Potential for Injury Table on dolly length is 118 9 10 Exercise caution when moving the table on the dolly PROCEDURE Potential for Injury Table will tip if not anchored on the dolly Make certain that Table is adequately secured to the dolly 1 Remove all the transportat
277. ons of the scan window together grasp both sides of the scan window move them together and lightly pull upward until you can free the window from between the front and rear covers Figure A 27 Scan Window Removal Opening in Gantry Covers Scan Window SCAN WINDOW IN POSITION REMOVE SCAN WINDOW 6 2 Install Scan Window 1 Install the front and rear covers 2 Deform the scan window as shown in Figure A 28 and nest the scan window at the bottom of the opening between the front and rear covers Figure A 29 with the rivets in the 6 o clock position installation position Remember the rivets must be in the 12 o clock position when the mylar window is fully installed 3 After you complete the initial seating of scan window let the window slowly unfold and work both sides of the window into position starting at the bottom and finishing at the top 4 Make sure you position the window with the rivets at the 12 o clock position and the mylar window slit at either the 3 or 9 o clock position Figure A 28 Install Scan Window Scan Window Prior To Installation Fold scan window with rivets at 6 o clock position so rivets rise to 12 o clock when unfolded Figure A 29 Scan Window Nested Between Front and Rear Cover Front Cover Rear Cover Page 164 Section 6 0 Gantry Scan Window GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 7 0 Gantry Base Covers
278. ont or back vertical covers outward Not from the base covers Table Table cradle covers outward p Back of cradle outward Page 226 Section 6 0 How to Measure GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 1 Minimum Room Size amp Requirement Layouts Room A Less than 711 mm 28 in but greater than 256 mm 14 in measured from the covers to the left sidewall In this configuration service egress and workspace are compromised around the gantry 3310 mm 10 ft 10 in to 3665 12 ft Small Room Size Kit 711 mm 28 in but 356 mm 14 in Note To maintain 711 mm 28 in OSHA Egress requirement to the back of the gantry surface floor duct is not an option with this kit Guide Lo kl o c 5 pus 5 2 O D S D 3 gt w ae LI w Appendix F Regulatory Clearance Quick Reference Guide Page 227 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Room B Less than 36 in but greater than 28 in measured from the covers to the left sidewall In this configuration service egress and workspace are acceptable around the gantry 3665 mm 12 ft to 3868 12 ft 8 in Small Room Size Kit 914 mm 36 in but 711 mm 28 in V H Lon b 4 FWS2 narrow dimension CONTROL ROOM Page 228 Section 6 0 How to Measure GE COMPANY DIRECTION 53
279. oo eun Aen VERD STOREY rosa e euius ren 095 tee Javod woy tem D SCH 24 IN 310d ace 1 feidsia w 8 AH898 z wos ie v AH898 HOLIMS 985 Jadepy oepiA 1505 mn J deny 1808 aper arog asn Luut asn oul ren sr e em ven gr vsr auvinreaa tein ged OVA 021 onon er doi eng Ni apnvuws e Add wos ewa gen yodasnwo ERA bsp PH zwa asn y 1 Md 284 u3inawoo LSOHI EC es Y3AIJO DON sora Key uues Zoe pe NOLLdO aL YIMOL GOW ee I e ug My 0AA e ug WvsraAa pp gt i ISIQQHVH 1VNH31X3 Berne LI ome X dnwova a Luo AYINVO 2 y Y Y3MOL VIGAW HOLIMS 13MOd zue dSH al Y Y Lar sai 4 8 ma fran ra VuaHdludd ue NH HLIMS v 3 3 M I ye1 0098mx aweN Od eoIs yd wagon 3000uv8 quvogam wms YOLINOW MOLINOW lHVHO ES D AWIASIA NYOS SSIY00V LANYSHLA Leon FO SILVW3HOS ATOSNOD 3I01V I3dO OIL 8 L 9 S v 4 L Page 105 Chapter 2 Power Ground Interconnect Cables GE COMPANY BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 20 TIO OC Interconnect with FX1800 Graphic Card DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 L00Z SZ S V UO SIASY Sdwa HOSZ2zeves eseqejep qvo3 Buueeuibu3 sjonposg LO eui uo Poos s sp eounos OISIA Bulsn payeaio sem jueuinoop SIUL au r Ender ou O
280. ople are required to complete this procedure 3 3 2 Patient Speaker 1 To adjust the volume of the patient speaker in the table adjust the left most volume thumb wheel on the SCIM GSCB while speaking into the console microphone Press the bar on the SCIM GSCB to talk release the bar to listen 2 The patient should be able to clearly hear the operator 3 3 3 Operator Console Speaker To adjust the console speaker volume 1 Havean assistant speak into the gantry microphone 2 Adjust the SCIM GSCB console volume knob until you can clearly hear the patient Page 282 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 3 4 Autovoice Volume Note On the Scan Desktop select PROTOCOL MANAGEMENT Select AUTO VOICE RECORD 1 JTC Click the 3 4 button to the right of FF2 Inspiration Click the PLAY button to play the Inspiration AutoVoice message Adjust the center volume thumb wheel while Autovoice is playing to set the volume for the gantry speaker 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 as necessary to achieve satisfactory volume 7 Select DONE then select QUIT If a satisfactory volume can not be achieved refer to the system service manual and review the intercom module setup procedure of OMN Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 283 D 2 D nH Oo E M
281. or FEET FIRST e Test to ensure that all conductive surfaces are 6 feet 1 9 m below and 7 feet 2 1 m above the Table surface e g test assuming that a patient may lie either FACE DOWN or FACE UP and can touch or otherwise contact conductive surfaces both above and below the table Test to ensure that a protective envelope free of ANY and ALL conductive surfaces extends at least 6 feet 1 9 m around the patient Surfaces of concern include I V poles and tray assemblies Smart step monitors and stands Table bearing rails if accessible The A1 Disconnect The PDU All other conductive surfaces wee A bm P di pl EM A V ON El N Ne a 9 3 P al Zo 7 E 4 Bx b AN i PRESS REESEN seess Cradle w extender Cradle in fully extended Home position niis his unii ia zzzzzz DO j zi I N o x j NG aZ N Z Ne e Kb i we Page 364 Section 1 0 Patient Touch Leakage Test GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 4 Procedure NOTICE GE Healthcare performed validation of this procedure with the Dale 600 601 meter ONLY Due to the unique nature of this meter GE cannot guarantee the accuracy of these procedures when performed with any meter other than the Dale 600 601 1 4 1 Cover Removal 1 Move the Table to ISO elevation 2 Remo
282. or optimum ergonomic viewing set top of monitor screen 1 below eye height With monitor and arm properly supported loosen screw and adjust up or down to desired height Retighten to secure arm to pole 2 Adjust monitor tilt Tilt monitor back and forth through entire pivot range of motion If it does not stay in place or movement in one direction is stiff pivot needs adjustment see below pivot cover is removed Adjust until monitor stays in place and tilting forces up or down are equal Increase tilt lifting force Turn screw clockwise Decrease tilt lifting force Turn screw counterclockwise Figure C 24 Adjusting Screw Side View Remove pivot cover Adjusting Screw Section 2 0 Aurora Table Assembly and Adjustment Aurora table is an optional console table 1 Remove all the transportation packaging from the Aurora Table use the packing material as cushion and carefully put tabletop on it to avoid scratches 2 Assembly the left and right legs to the tabletop by screwing 4 screws Page 204 Section 2 0 Aurora Table Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 25 Table Legs Installation left leg right leg IT Lo 25 GE SR 6 lt go eS as PB Q Lo E Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 205 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTI
283. ormance Statement document AE Titles Port Numbers provided with each DICOM compatible network device on the network Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 329 n c Ks Q el i Qo s o 3 S i N GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 4 0 Before You Start 4 1 Network Physical Requirements Before setting up the CT scanner system on the hospital network verify the following physical items are complete Scanner console monitor keyboard and mouse are installed and connected CT system power is ON Hospital Ethernet network RJ45 Class IV twisted pair cable is connected to the scanner console network receptacle Hospital network connection is operational and is running 10baseT or 100baseT 4 2 Network Identity Information To declare the CT system on the network ensure the following network identity information is available from the Hospital Network Administrator Hostname No more than 16 Characters Internet Protocol IP Address Subnet Net Mask IP Address if applicable Broadcast Address if applicable 4 3 Scanner to DICOM Remote Hosts Network Information To declare DICOM remote hosts PACS systems archival devices review workstations on the CT system ensure the following information is available for each remote host From the Hospital Network Administrator Hostname Inter
284. ortation Check for the following damage which may have occurred during shipping Equipment damage paint scrapes and cover damage Damage to hospital property floors door frames and walls If damage is found or items are missing in shipment notify the appropriate service personnel e For item s missing in shipment or short shipped contact the install specialist to have the item s shipped Report damaged items http egems med ge com edq home jsp Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 35 wn E RT S wn Pe m Val Bo e D ei GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 1 7 A1 Breaker Lock out and tag out the A1 breaker now Figure 1 1 Sample A1 Breaker 3 1 8 Installation Support Kits An Installation Support Kit is shipped with every system Locate this box now and open it All included materials are to be used during the installation process These items are to be left ON SITE for future service needs Page 36 Section 3 0 Delivery and Inventory Procedure BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 Mechanical Installation Block Diagram Figure 1 suiajs sqns SOd T sunou 9 Sdn sunoy Z MMY 104 SINOH ppy J uu y MOJA9Y 181149949 JopusA pue Jjo pueg 34 93ejduio uonej e1su jeorueuoo N aui Sy429Uu 2 punouc pue Ajinunuo eJoog Bus J pe opoo seg suondo paepuejs 1
285. ost computer Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 93 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 Connect the keyboard and mouse to the ports on the USB connector of xw8600 Figure 2 5 Figure 2 5 TIO USB Connector Location with FX1700 graphic card FX1700 Graphic Card USB Connection on TIO Console with FX1700 Graphic Card 1 HOST COMPUTER REAR PANEL ETHERNET PORTS A SWITCH HUB d d AL 8 hospital C GANTRY d d BL 0 BACKUP USB PORTS 1 TRACKBALL 6 TOWER DVD R 2 MOUSE 7 TOWER DVD RAM 3 KEYBOARD 8 TOWER EXTERNAL HARDDISK 4 BARCODE 9 BACKUP 5 MODEM 6 7 8 9 A Y IN C D LOO Page 94 Section 4 0 True In One Console Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 6 TIO USB Connector Location with FX1800 graphic card FX1800 Graphic Card USB Connection on TIO Console with FX1800 Graphic Card C N a y gt e a D un N HOST COMPUTER REAR PANEL FTHERNET PORTS A SWITCH HUB 3 A 2 A B HOSPITAL alse C GANTRY D BACKUP USB PORTS mE 1 TOWER EXTERNAL HARDDISK 5 TOWER DVD R 2 MOUSE 6 TRACKBALL 5 KEYBOARD 7 BARCODE 4 TOWER DVD RAM BACKUP E 7 amp 9 C D S 3 Connect the SCIM cable to the
286. ot fail Series Means AvXo AvXc and AvSDo or Center Smudge 2 If more than one image of one Row fails Row fails more than once or multiple rows are failing Repeat Detailed Cal for the 48cm Phantom Re scan the 48cm Phantom acquiring three series of 64 images using the same protocol settings as listed in Table 6 2 Analyze the three re scanned image series using the Image Analysis IMGSER 48CM gt 16X1 25 120KV 400MA gt AUTO tool Verify that all the 192 re scanned images do not fail Series Means AvXo AvXc and AvSDo or Center Smudge Band or Streak Artifact Failure Recovery Specifications e Band Artifact Band Factor lt 8 0 e Streak Artifact Streak Factor lt 4 0 Recommended Recovery 1 Troubleshoot Band or Streak artifact failures as described in the System Service Manual 2 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 48cm Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 4 1 amp 6 4 2 to verify Image Performance Page 306 Section 6 0 Image Series GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 5 20cm QA Phantom Image Series Image Performance Verification 6 5 1 Image Performance Verification Methods Selection 1 From the Service Desktop select IMAGE QUALITY gt IMAGE ANALYSIS 2 Click the Auto 1x tool on the Image Analysis screen and select ImgSer20QA If Scan Protocol shown as Figure 6 4 please go to Section 6 5 2 Figure
287. other side into its associated receiver and attach its rubber retaining straps You may find it helpful to lift up on the cover to align the stud while attaching the rubber retaining straps c Re attach upper cantrell brackets on right sides Figure B 30 Gantry Front Cover Mounting Pin top Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 185 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL d For Left Side Insert the stud onto it s associated receiver and fasten the M12 screw and install the small cover see Figure B 17 4 Remove dolly disassemble and store safely away for later use 5 Reattach cables to cover 6 Re install the Mylar scan window Section 5 0 Gantry Bore Cover 5 1 Removal 1 Remove gantry side covers top covers and Mylar window Refer to each cover s removal procedure 2 Remove gantry rear cover and move away from the gantry Refer to Gantry Rear Cover Removal procedure 3 Disconnect the Breath Navigator I F cable and MIC REAR T SW I F cable from the top of the bore cover Figure B 31 Breath Navigator I F Cable 4 Remove the 2 screws located at two bottom brackets of the bore cover Then loosen the screw on top Refer to Figure B 32 Page 184 Section 5 0 Gantry Bore Cover GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure B 32 Screws o
288. other to the Table ground bus b Connect the red or longer black test lead to the external plug on top of the Dale 600 601 meter Some meters include a black lead and a red test lead while other meters include two black leads If your meter includes two black leads the longer black lead is the test lead Set the function switch on the Dale Meter to EXTERNAL and test that the meter is operational by touching the external lead to the meter s test terminal Keep the shorter black lead connected to the Table base ground bus and connect the red lead or longer black lead to the devices components under test being sure to 3 4 a Test with the power ON b Test between the system reference ground point Table base and the unit reference ground points i e Gantry and Table see Figure 8 2 c Test all conductive surfaces and components within patient reach within 6 feet 1 9 m of the Table and within 7 feet 2 1 m above the surface of the Table measuring at Table maximum travels Refer to Figure 8 2 for additional guidance At some sites sinks and wall outlet cover plates may create areas of concern d Test ALL optional components such as in room monitors injectors overhead monitor suspensions and Table options Beware of static discharge from the scan window keypads display touch pads and other plastic surfaces 5 6 Record the results of your tests in Table 8 1 making certain that no lea
289. ouch with your hand uses over and under lined regular text This is a soft key Page 28 Preface GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 1 Position Subsystems NOTICE Potential for Data Loss and or Equipment Damage AN To prevent potential data loss and equipment damage please do the following r a e Record data collected from procedures in this chapter into Form 4879 when directed located in Section 8 0 of this book e Only use the installation manual that arrives with your system Any other revisions of this manual may not exactly match your system Section 1 0 Installer FE Notices un E RT S 1 O m Val v e a ei 1 1 General Safety Guidelines 1 Follow all safety precautions warnings and instructions in this manual 2 Read and obey the warnings and instructions on equipment labels or tags 3 Allow only qualified personnel to install maintain and service this equipment 4 While the system is designed to meet all safety requirements applicable to medical equipment qualified operators must understand the potential safety hazards and take steps to minimize the risk at all times Never modify the system in whole or in part without prior written approval by GE Healthcare Do not change add or remove any system accessory without prior written approval of the vendor s local service manager Never leave the system
290. over away from gantry giving enough space about 5 feet between front Page 154 Section 3 0 Gantry Front Cover GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL cover and gantry b Pull the locking pin and rotate front cover away from gantry Place locking pin in one of the side dolly perforations See Figure A 11 Figure A 11 releasing Front Cover Dolly Hinge Locking Pin Figure A 12 Front Cover Removal Sequence 2 gt D o 1 lt 1 Upper Left gt Rotate cover to make room for step 2 2 Upper Right gt Rotate cover to clear the table Roll the cover to foot end of table 3 Lower Left gt Rotate the cover upside down to provide clear work area Note Remove Gantry Display and Control Panel in position 2 7 Rotate the cover horizontally and move it back and over the table to a safe location Once in a safe location you may over rotate the cover full vertically but upside down 8 Remove the gantry display and one 1 of the cover s control assemblies and place them into the service positions a Remove the gantry display and place it into its service position The gantry display is held in place with 6 thumb screws Use a flat blade screwdriver to remove the Display Reference Figure A 13 Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 155 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA
291. ower Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 117 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 8 Cable Arrangement Arrange the cables appropriately by using the cable clamps equipped on the console tables Figure 2 34 Example Cable Arrangement Page 118 Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 6 0 Install Options 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 Install Optional Bar Code Reader Follow the installation procedures in the Bar Code Reader box When finished neatly dress all cables Install Optional Remote Monitor Follow the installation procedures in the Remote Monitor box Install Cardiac Gating IVY Monitor and Stand Option Note Refer to the instruction shipped with the option This option is attached to the Gantry Option Interface and should only be mounted on the non motor side of the gantry Neatly dress all cables along the gantry base so that the base covers fit properly For Gantry with GOB Monitor power will plug into the wall For Gantry with IPC board Monitor power will plug into the Gantry or Console Install Respiratory Gating Option Note Refer to the instruction shipped with the option This option is attached to the Gantry Option Interface and should only be mounted on the non motor side of the gantry Neatly dress all cables
292. p 8 1 Prerequisites Most hospital HIS RIS systems are not DICOM compatible and require a DICOM HIS RIS Worklist Interface to provide patient scheduling information to the CT system Contact your local HNS sup port engineer to determine exactly what DICOM HIS RIS Interface is appropriate for the customer In addition the CT system must have the ConnectPRO software option installed to utilize the DICOM Protocol Worklist capability 8 2 Loading ConnectPRO Software Option on the CT System 1 If you are not on the Service Desktop click on the SERVICE DESKTOP icon sens Le 2 Click on the CONFIGURATION icon e 3 Click on INSTALL OPTIONS 4 Select INSTALL OPTIONS and click START The console displays the Software Options window as shown in Figure 7 6 Figure 7 6 Options Window when First Selected Page 540 Section 8 0 DICOM HIS RIS Setup GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 Insert the ConnectPRO Options MOD into the MOD drive 6 Click on OK to continue 7 On the Software Option window select the CONNECTPRO option in the Available Options window 8 Click on the INSTALL button The console may display a message box during the software loading operation When the system has completed loading the software the Installed Options window displays the ConnectPRO option and the console displays the ConnectPro Setup window as
293. p Cover Removal CAUTION Potential for Shock Voltage may be present Potential for injury if covers removed and power is left ON Always remove the right side cover first and turn OFF power at the service switches 1 Remove the gantry right side cover See Gantry Side Covers Removal and Re Install NOTICE Always turn OFF the HVDC before the 120 VAC Turning OFF 120 VAC power before HVDC power can result in equipment damage 2 Turn OFF the three 3 main power switches HVDC 120VAC and Axial Drive on the Service Switch Panel en as applicable for the service being performed See Figure B 6 120VAC le _DRIVE op d ON E EN 0 KS E J H D SERVICE CONTINUOUS HIGH nig E ION Hi SPEED TEST ROTAYI D SPEED DRIVES RESET e gt FORWARD Lea ESTOP RESET VU SERVICE SW BD ASS Hut RB EU UE AG 4 CANTA e le Ab Figure B 6 Service Switch Panel 3 Unscrew two screws that secure the top cover with Philip top screwdriver Top cover Screws Figure B 7 Screws Securing Top Cover 4 Take the end of the top cover nearest to the side cover and tilt upwards Page 170 Section 3 0 Gantry Top Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 Slide the cover down to disengage the tab from the mounting bracket Figure B 8 Top Cover Tabs and Bracket 6 Lift the cover clear and repeat the above steps for the other cover 3 2 Top Cover Inst
294. r to keep the hole vertical and centered within the adjuster Use the drill bushing to center the anchor holes in all adjuster locations to provide maximum lateral alignment capacity when you center the cradle on isocenter during subsequent system testing Page 64 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Take care not to injure yourself on the gantry cover brackets 7 Drill the holes perpendicular to the floor Important Follow these guidelines when drilling anchor holes While one person drills the holes position a second person to watch the relationship between the drill bit and floor Make sure the bit remains absolutely perpendicular to the floor throughout the drilling operation Always use the mechanical guide when drilling Stop drilling every 15 or 20 seconds and clear the hole of debris This lets the drill bit cool and helps to prevent binding of the drill bit Vacuum while drilling to keep gantry and table as free of dust contamination as possible Place the funnel tip or long extension tip inside the hole A drywall dust filter must be used on the vacuum Drill each hole until the mark on the drill bit is even with the top of the drill bushing All holes must be a minimum of 190 mm 7 5 deep as measured from the top of the adjuster to the bottom of the hole See Figure 1 40 on page 68 Use an ups
295. r Installation 1 Position cover in back of gantry 2 Attach the rear cover to the bracket by 8 screws See Figure B 38 3 Remove dolly disassemble and store safety away 4 Push the rear cover to gantry frame and secure the cover by turning two 2 latches 5 Re install the Mylar scan window D EU gt D IS 1 a Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 189 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 7 0 Gantry Base Covers Note Refer to Figure B 40 for the following assembly sequence Tighten means torque to 2 3 Nm 1 2j 3j 4 Position cover item 5 on gantry base with bracket slots aligned to gantry holes Center cover left to right and attach with 4 hardware items 1 2 3 as shown and tighten Assemble two 2 bulkheads item 14 to two 2 brackets item 13 using 4 hardware items 3 and 4 Assembly two 2 brackets item 10 and two 2 brackets item 13 to gantry base using eight 8 hardware items 1 2 and 3 Finger tighten hardware with bracket moved outward to end slots Install side covers item 6 and 7 on base pushing brackets item 11 and 13 inward until properly aligned with front cover Remove side covers tighten fasteners and replace side covers using one 1 hardware item 16 2 and 3 and two 2 item 15 on each cover and tighten Assembly last bracket item 11 loosely to g
296. r anchor holes will need to be drilled Figure 1 66 Seismic PDU Mounting Hole Locations J Y Ki Seismic Bolt Anchor Locations both Sides Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 85 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 86 Section 10 0 Seismic Mounting GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables NOTICE Potential for Data Loss and or Equipment Damage AN To prevent potential data loss and equipment damage please do the following r a e Record data collected from procedures in this chapter into Form F4879 when directed located in Section 8 0 of Chapter 4 of this book e Only use the Installation manual that arrives with your system for installation Any other revisions of this manual may not exactly match your system Section 1 0 Introduction Site use of conduit floor duct wall duct or a raised computer floor as well as the individual component layout determines the system cable sequence If your site has floor or wall ducts that will interfere with placement of the table gantry it may be important to have the movers unload the cable boxes 8 amp 9 first and run those cables while others unload the subsystems e Try to run the system cables after the contractor completes the contractor supplied wiring pa EU E e a
297. r is in the field and drag the mouse towards the right or left as needed Note Recommended Configuration Setting Values Agfa Drystar MG3000 PERCEPTION LUT KANAMORI 100 Imation Dryview 8700 LUT 0 7 Kodak Laser Printer 190CS434 CNO PD1 20 b Smoothing Type Set Smoothing Type to ON and input the selected value This parameter is used when the magnification type is CUBIC It represents the coefficient for the image resolution alogrithm This parameter is camera manufacturer dependent and should be re verified with your radiology department Note Recommended Smoothing Type Starting Values and Ranges Agfa DryStar MG3000 Start Value 140Range 137 150 Imation Dryview 8700 Start Value 3Range 3 13 Kodak Laser Printer 190Start Value EnhancedRange Normal C Minimum and Maximum Density Used to set brightness of the images on film The range of values is 0 4095 although the valid range for a specific camera is manufacture dependent For Maximum Density input the correct value into the text box For Minimum Density setit to ON and input the correct value in the text box Note Recommended Minimum and Maximum Density Starting Values Agfa Drystar MG3000 Min 20 or 23Max 300 Imation Dryview 8700 Min Blank Max 300 Kodak Laser Printer 190Min 20Max 300 d Empty Image Density This parameter sets the density for empty film viewports Typically BLACK is used but WHITE is an available option The minimum and maximum density values are us
298. rd NOTICE Use OC Long Cable Kit P N 5160577 for Freedom Workspace FWS table NOTICE Equipment Damage Possible Do not touch the video signal cable connector pins as this might bend them When connecting the video signal cable check the alignment of the HD15 connector Do not force the connector in the wrong way otherwise the pins might bend 1 Place the LCD monitors 2 Connect Scan Monitor and Image Monitor as followings Scan Monitor Video cable from Console Host RGBHV A to Monitor D SUB HD15 Power cable from Console power panel outlet Route through the cable keeper Image Monitor J Video cable from Console Host RGBHV B to Monitor D SUB HD15 Power cable from Console power panel outlet Route through the cable keeper K D gt O a 5 Uu N Figure 2 12 Monitor Connections 3 Connect the power cord to the monitor 4 4 2 Connecting the Monitor with FX1800 Graphic Card NOTICE Equipment Damage Possible Wi Do not touch the video signal cable connector pins as this might bend them When connecting the video signal cable check the alignment of the HD15 and DVI connector Do not force the connector in the wrong way otherwise the pins might bend Connect Scan Monitor and Image Monitor as following Scan Monitor Video cable from Console Host DP1 to Monitor DVI Power cable from Console power panel outlet Route through the cable keeper Chapter 2 Power Ground In
299. re select PM 4 Select SYSTEM STATE System State Save may be under Utilities or PM 5 Click ALL to save all data 6 Click SAVE 7 If applicable click OK when the following message appears System State Media Status Please insert a DVD or MOD into the drive and press Save again 8 When completed select DISMISS Label and date the disk including the suite name 10 Close the Service Desktop window at the upper left corner of the screen Page 276 Section 2 0 Computer Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 9 Applications Start Up Open the Console shell window and type st ENTER The applications desktop appears on the monitor 2 10 Console Boot up Flow Chart View output on screen All tests pass Check HW Inv Check Diag LEDs on HP HP Boot OS Run Power ON Diag HP Invent screen appears Figure 5 19 True In One Console Boot up Flow Chart Reboot No If Failure continues replace HP Yes Look for LINUX Boot SCSI tower components screen gt DVD 8 MOD Linux loads Host Drives four 146 GB HDD Memory 8 GB Application Power Up Yes Messages appear in Pink Attention boxes CT Power Autostart OC Initializing please wait Recon initializes On desktop GUI check Recon status messages Resetting 1 2 min Complete Idle
300. red Compare FDO options to those on the Option DVD If different contact your local sales representative Insert the options DVD into the DVD drive and click on OK If you do not have an options DVD click on OK anyway wait for the abort pop up then abort the process Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 265 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 2 4 2 Note Figure 5 11 Example Options Window 6 Select all of the options in the left hand column to install the corresponding software 7 Select INSTALL A box may appear while the options are loading When an option is displayed in the Installed Options list then installation of that option is complete Note that some options take a fraction of a second to install while options like 3D may take a half minute due to the fact that they are installing software 8 After the options are installed select QUIT 9 Select OK 10 Remove the DVD and write protect the side with options 11 When the system prompts to Reboot click YES and reboot the system to complete the installation Camera Tools Required e Small flat blade screw driver Data collected from data sheets Software Load Procedures manual System Service manual If a DASM is requires the DASM hardware must be installed before proceeding For details on camera configuration refer to the Software Loa
301. rees from gantry Y axis zero 1 5mm as measured in this procedure Table cradle must be level in all directions 0 0625 in centered within the lines on a Johnson Professional level Alltable adjusters should be preset to a minimum of 15 5 mm 5 8 in down from the table base to make adjustment easier Based on floor levelness and your experience a different preset height may work better 4 10 2 Level and Center the Table to the Gantry NOTICE Avoid leaning on the cradle during this procedure DO NOT pin the gantry during this alignment process This procedure as described is for systems mounted on 102 mm 4 in concrete floors only Note If the floor covering was not properly removed with the glue removed or the levelers were not centered over the floor cutouts the leveler may become trapped against the edge of the floor covering causing the table to become unleveled If this happens move the table and enlarge the 102 mm 4 in floor cutout for the table Glue removal is important and aids in moving the table to its final location 1 Havethe table side panels removed and have a ratchet 1 1 8 socket and a 2 foot level ready to use 2 Turn on the laser s I beam vertical beams by pressing the ON button 2 times Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 57 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Note Step 4 through Step 7 are for perpendicular positionin
302. release the two 2 latches located on the top edge of the cover See Figure B 4 Once removed the service switches should be exposed Page 168 Section 2 0 Gantry Side Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Side Cover Top Cover Metal Tab on side cover fits behind bracket on top cover Figure B 4 Side and Top Cover Clasp 4 Turn OFF the three 3 main power switches HVDC 120VAC and Axial Drive on the Service Switch Panel tad as applicable for the service being performed See Figure B 5 120VAC DN OM Es HIGH En 4 FORCE 6 wm FANS SERVICE HIGH E i ROTATION E NORMA SPEED EST ROTAT ION EED Sin e DRIVES_RESET FORWARD Y ESTOP_RESET al BACKWARD D o gt fe IS 1 a DIR ECTION a Figure B 5 Service Switch Panel 5 Repeat Steps 1 3 for the left side cover 2 2 Side Cover Installation 1 To install a side cover place it over the top cover and let the two 2 side cover latches slide behind the metal tabs located on the top cover See Figure B 4 2 Use Hex wrench to secure the side cover to front cover by turning the bolts a quarter turn See Figure B 3 Appendix B Removal amp Installation of Covers for Optima CT540 Page 169 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 3 0 Gantry Top Covers 3 1 To
303. rols If the mechanical alignment of the table gantry is not correct as is often the case during manufacturing staging this value may be out of range Most of the following tests will still be valid Those that might have some variation are indicated in bold type Table 5 5 Table Elevation Tests 3 11 2 Tests 3 11 2 1 Position Tilt Move Table to Interference Limit The following tests verify the table interference limits at different tilt locations Note means top of gantry tilts toward the table base S means top of gantry tilts away from the table base V means distance from table height to ISO D 2 D nH Oo E uy EXPECTED RESULTS Elevation Display should read 560 0 V 3mm Elevation Display should read V 3 mm If mechanical alignment of the table gantry is not correct this value can be as low as 0 mm and as high as 40 mm Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 289 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Important BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL For all tests make sure there is 2 5 cm of clearance between the gantry and table Also for all tilt angles used in this test make sure that the Gantry Tilting frame covers do not touch the stationary base covers H 3 11 2 1 3 11 2 4 3 11 2 1 31121 3 11 2 1 3 11 2 1 3 11 2 1 3 11 2 4 h E 32 4 10 3 11 2 1 31121 12
304. rului operatorului sau pacientului n urma pericolelor de electrocutare mecanice sau de alt natur OCTOPOXHO RU lauHoe pyKOBOACTBO NO TEXHUYECKOMY o6cnyxxuBaHuto npenacrTaBJIeHO TONbKO H aHITIM CKOM A3bIKE Ecnu cepBACHOMy nepcoHany KNNeHTa HeOOXOAUMO pyKOBOACTBO He Ha aHrTMI CKOM a Ha KaKOM TO IpyrTOM A3bIKe KJIMEeHTy cnenyer CaMOCTOATENbHO o6ecneuurb nepeBog Nepeg TexHuyeckum o6cnyxuBanueM o6opynoBaHus o6s3arenbHo o6parurecb K AAHHOMY pyKOBO ICTBY M MOUMUTe U3NOXEHHbIE B HEM cBeneHuns Heco ntioneuue rpe6oBaHM HaHHoro npenynpexgeHAs MOxeT MPUBECTH K Tomy YTO cneynanncT no rTexoOocnyxuBaHuro oneparop unu nauseHr nonyuur ynap 3nekrpudeckuM TOKOM MexaHuyeckyto TpaBMy nnn npyroe noBpexnenue UPOZORENJE SR Ovo servisno uputstvo je dostupno samo na engleskom jeziku Ako klijentov serviser zahteva neki drugi jezik klijent je duzan da obezbedi prevodilacke usluge Ne poku avajte da opravite ure aj ako niste pro itali i razumeli ovo servisno uputstvo Zanemarivanje ovog upozorenja mo e dovesti do povre ivanja servisera rukovaoca ili pacijenta usled strujnog udara ili mehani kih i drugih opasnosti UPOZORNENIE SK Tento n vod na obsluhu je k dispoz cii len v angli tine Ak z kazn kov poskytovate slu ieb vy aduje in jazyk ako angli tinu poskytnutie prekladate sk ch slu ieb je zodpovednos ou z kazn ka Nepok ajte sa o obsluhu zariadenia k m si nepre tate
305. rvisu obslu n ho person lu nebo pacient vlivem elektrick ho proudu respektive vlivem mechanick ch i jin ch rizik Important Precautions Page 5 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL ADVARSEL Denne servicemanual findes kun pa engelsk DA Hvis en kundes tekniker har brug for et andet sprog end engelsk er det kundens ansvar at s rge for overs ttelse Fors g ikke at servicere udstyret uden at l se og forst denne servicemanual e Manglende overholdelse af denne advarsel kan medf re skade p grund af elektrisk st d mekanisk eller anden fare for teknikeren operat ren eller patienten WAARSCHUWING Deze onderhoudshandleiding is enkel in het Engels verkrijgbaar Als het onderhoudspersoneel een andere taal vereist dan is de klant NL verantwoordelijk voor de vertaling ervan Probeer de apparatuur niet te onderhouden alvorens deze onderhoudshandleiding werd geraadpleegd en begrepen is Indien deze waarschuwing niet wordt opgevolgd zou het onderhoudspersoneel de operator of een pati nt gewond kunnen raken als gevolg van een elektrische schok mechanische of andere gevaren WARNING This service manual is available in English only EN Ifa customer s service provider requires a language other than english it is the customer s responsibility to provide translation services Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manual h
306. s listed for that country per 5221102 1EN OR choose another language for the Ul and keyboard 3 Record the information on GE form e4879 Date Format configure the format in which the date will be displayed on the images Time Format configure the format in which the time will be displayed on the images Modified In Room Start Select ON for Japan sites OFF for other sites Set HIPAA Present to OFF unless the customer requests HIPAA to be on Select the site preferred Dose Information Display option for the site to use in monitoring calculated Patient Dose Select ON full CTDiw Display Select ON WITHOUT TOTAL DLP no Dose Length Product Display or Select OFF no CTDIw Display Preferred Fast Cal KV configures the preferred kV that the Fast Cal Routine will calibrate 80 100 120 140 in the Selected Preferred Fast Cal KV field The default selections are 120 and 140 These kVs should include all kVs that the site uses for patient scanning Deselecting All Preferred FastCal KVs is the same as selecting ALL the Preferred FastCal KVs Select Target Noise Index Table default is TABLE 2 Select Gantry Layout according to gantry table layout in the hospital Select ONLEFT if gantry is laid to the left of table viewed from the control room otherwise select ONRIGH Flip and Rotate Configures the preference for allowing the Flip and Rotate feature to be turned on in the User interface on the Left SCAN Monitor Default
307. s must be manually edited to remove the offending characters in the set configuration line Invalid characters include CONFIGURATION INFORMATION FIELD Symptom Cannot view the entire configuration field gt 25 characters Solution Hold down the middle mouse button and move the field contents NEED TO SET DICOM PRINT ATTRIBUTES NOT SUPPORTED BY SOFTWARE Symptom User wants the white border around each image box ON OFF permanently for this system and it cannot be set as the default for the camera Solution Using your favorite editor add the following line to the camera dev file located in ctuser app defaults devices after the DICOM print device has been otherwise configured For Trim Off set TRIM NO For Trim On set RIM YES Symptom DICOM print camera supports multiple film sizes and the user only wants to print if a the film size is correct for system 14x17 Otherwise the camera will queue the films or return 2 an error causing the queue to pause based upon the DICOM print camera specifications amp Solution Using your favorite editor add the following line to the camera dev file located in E ctuser app defaults devices after the DICOM print device has been otherwise E configured E To force a 14x17 film size set filmSize 14INX17IN S N NEED TO PREVENT DICOM PRINT ATTRIBUTES FROM BEING SENT TO DICOM PRINT CAMERA Symptom Some DICOM print attributes are optional and may result in fat
308. samo v angle kem jeziku e Ce ponudnik storitve stranke potrebuje priro nik v drugem jeziku mora stranka zagotoviti prevod Ne posku ajte servisirati opreme e tega priro nika niste v celoti prebrali in razumeli Ce tega opozorila ne upo tevate se lahko zaradi elektri nega udara mehanskih ali drugih nevarnosti po koduje ponudnik storitev operater ali bolnik DIKKAT TR Bu servis k lavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur E er m teri teknisyeni bu k lavuzu ingilizce d nda bir ba ka lisandan talep ederse bunu terc me ettirmek m teriye d er Servis k lavuzunu okuyup anlamadan ekipmanlara m dahale etmeyiniz Bu uyar ya uyulmamas elektrik mekanik veya di er tehlikelerden dolay teknisyen operat r veya hastan n yaralanmas na yol a abilir Page 10 Important Precautions GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery If damage is apparent have notation Damage in Shipment written on all copies of the freight or express bill before delivery is accepted or signed for by a General Electric representative or a hospital receiving agent Whether noted or concealed damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery or in any event within 14 days after receipt and the contents and containers held for inspection by t
309. saver demo ENTER 2 The Screensaver Preferences UI will appear 3 Change the default Blank After time from 57 to 30 minutes on the Display Modes tab of the Screensaver Preferences Note No other changes are recommended D e D nH L E w i in Eile Help Pe Display Modes Advanced Mode Only One Screen Saver E Polyhedra E Polyominoes Polytopes Pong Popsquares Providence Pulsar Pulsar textures E minutes Cycle After 1 minutes X Preview Settings O Lock Screen After 4 Then click FILE on the menu bar and select RESTART DAEMON 5 Click FILE again on the menu bar and select QUIT Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 279 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration 3 1 Introduction Use these procedures to functionally check every part of the table gantry subsystem Check X Ray Lights Perform Mechanical Characterization Interference Test Verify Table Elevation Leakage Current Test see System Start Check Alignment Lights Intercom Check Volume Set Check Warning Labels Process Product Locator Cards Install Service Cabinet Level Safety Tests Figure 5 21 Table Gantry Integration Process Overview Required Tool Multimeter 3 2 Check Alignment Lights 3 2 1 Room Light Adju
310. se their CT scanner and their network and filming expectation reduces the time required to reconfigure the system e Table H 1 Manual Film Composer Options on page 377 Table H 2 System Network Configuratio n on page 377 Table H 3 Networking Application Image transfer Configuration on page 378 Table H 4 DASM Laser Camera Configuration on page 379 Table H 5 DICOM Print Camera Configuration on page 379 Table H 6 DICOM Print Camera Advanced Configuration on page 380 MANUAL FILM COMPOSER OPTIO NS MANUAL FILM COMPOSER OPTIONS Slide Format if available Greyscale Auto Printing Auto Clear Page Icon Labels Expose Order No of Copies Table H 1 Manual Film Composer Options SYSTEM NETWORK CONFIGURATION SYSTEM NETWORK CONFIGURATION 2 Qo kl lt 77 5 O a 2 ka S s S LI o FIELD NAME SETENV NAME FIELD VALUE System Settings Service ID SERVICE ID Hospital Name HOSPITAL NAME Exam Number Ask customer or check log DAS Type DASTYPE PDU Type PDUTYPE Network Settings Gateway Host Name GATEWAY HOSTNAME Table H 2 System Network Configuration Appendix H System Configuration Data Sheets Page 377 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 Option Option Option Option Option Option SYSTEM NETWORK CONFIGURATION FIELD NAME Gateway IP Gateway Net Mask Gateway Broadcast Mask Suite Name Network Printer IP Address HIS Ser
311. sed between FWS and Console is limited within 3 metre 9 4 2 Install Optima Desk 1 If your system has the Optima Desk place the desk in the control room 2 Attach the cable hooks and console stopper by the M4 screws 9 5 Peripherals Placement 1 Place keyboard SCIM GSCB 2 Locate and unpack the Media tower 3 Place the Media tower on the FWS table 9 6 Install GPU Card If applicable Install the GPU Card in the Host Computer if the site has the option Refer to Service Methods gt Installation gt Option GPU Fluoro Prerequisite Installation Manual 9 7 TIO Cover Installation Install the TIO cover and adjust the Console power switch bracket as necessary 1 Install the TIO cover Refer to Service Methods gt Replacement gt True In One Console gt True In One Console Cover Removal and Installation procedure 2 Power Switch Adjust If the Console Power Switch cannot fit properly and could not function well adjust the Console Power Switch bracket by adding or removing the adjustment plate of the power switch bracket as below illustration Two additional adjustment plate are stick inside TIO console between ICOM and AC Outlet box Page 82 Section 9 0 Install Operator Console GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 63 TIO Power Switch Lo E Di S Lo O 3 Lo O a Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Pa
312. signments J DEVICE JH DEVICE El e J2 J10 J3 Monitor J11 Fan J4 Monitor J12 Host J5 Media Tower J13 J6 MOD J14 J7 Hub J15 J8 ICOM J16 Page 102 Section 4 0 True In One Console Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 17 Power Connections K D gt O a 5 Uu N Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 103 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 6 Modem Option NOTICE If you have a modem to install do it now Place the modem on top of the console desktop Power supply of the Modem shall be located inside the console Hook up the power phone or USB line as shown in drawing which is located in the back cover of the console Only global Modem with Serial port can be used on True In One console connect the serial USB converter cable to modem at first then connect to USB port on the Host Computer inside of the True In One console Attach the warning label at the top of the modem 4 7 LAN Connections Plug LAN cable into HSP port of xw8600 refer to Figure 2 5 Page 104 Section 4 0 True In One Console Connections GE COMPANY BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 48 TIO OC Interconnect Figure 2 19 TIO OC Interconnect with FX1700 Graphic Card LO0Z S
313. sonnel please use the GEMS CQA Process to report all omissions errors and defects in this publication Page 12 Important Precautions GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Revision History Rev Date Reason for change 12 01 21 14 Chapter 6 Added Section 6 5 1 for Image Performance Verification Methods Selection Added Section 6 5 2 for Image Performance Verification without QA2 Protocol 11 11 04 13 Chapter 1 Section 8 0 Corrected TS1 1 TS1 2 TS1 3 on Table 1 5 Chapter 2 Section 4 4 2 Added connecting the monitor with FX1800 graphic card on TIO console Section 4 8 Updated Figure 2 20 TIO OC Interconnect with FX1800 Graphic Card Section 5 4 Added Figure 2 28 NIO OC Interconnect with FX1800 Graphic Card Appendix B Added Section 5 0 Gantry Bore Cover Removal and Installation procedure Chapter 6 Section 6 4 2 2 Updated Brightness Uniformity AvXo AvXc spec to 17 on Table 6 3 Chapter 7 Section 1 0 Added verify JJG option for China Market 10 06 25 13 Chapter 2 Section 4 0 Added TIO USB Connector Location with FX1800 graphic card Section 5 2 Added PMT 20 information Section 5 6 Added new AC BOX 5412524 2 information Section 7 0 Added Simplified Power Pan Connections information Chapter 3 Added Simplified Power Pan on Figure 3 2 Appendix B Updated Section 4 3 Front Cover Installation about Set the dip switch S19 on the contr
314. stment Adjust the scan room lights to normal customer operating levels 3 2 2 Turning the Alignment Lights ON CAUTION Verify all personnel have cleared the system The Gantry rotates during this check as 1 Turn ON the AXIAL DRIVE ENABLE and HVDC ENABLE switches located on the service i switch panel 2 Turn on the alignment light switch on the gantry service panel The gantry will rotate and the alignment lights will turn ON Page 280 Section 3 0 Table Gantry Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL CAUTION LASER EYE INJURY NEVER STARE DIRECTLY INTO THE LASER BEAMS WHEN YOU OPERATE THE ALIGNMENT LIGHTS STARING INTO THE BEAMS CAN CAUSE PERMANENT EYE DAMAGE 3 2 3 Internal Axial Lights 1 Place a sheet of plain white paper over the output port of each light 2 Verify that the two laser lines coincide and appear as a single line Note GE designed the internal axial lasers on the current CT system to shine down on the collimator Do NOT adjust the internal alignment lights at this time The tomographic plane tests use the QA phantom to check the internal axial lasers alignment to the collimator 3 2 4 External Axial to Internal Axial Distance Note Ensure that cradle is level 1 Raise the table to its highest elevation 2 Extend the cradle until you see both the internal and external laser lights shining on the cradle 3 Place a metric rule on the righ
315. t Workspace The dimensional box required for safe inspection or service of energized equipment It consists of depth width and height The depth dimension is measured perpendicular to the direction of access The U S regulation minimum is 914 mm 36 in but additional conditions can increase the minimum dimension requirement GEHC defines this as the envelope of the component superstructure with the external covers in place This is the dimensional box required for safe inspection or service of energized equipment lt consists of depth width and height The depth dimension is measured perpendicular to the direction of access U S regulation is minimum of 914 mm 36 in Additional conditions can increase the minimum requirement CT defines this as the envelope of the component superstructure For the NGPDU it is with the front panel removed For the gantry and table it is with the patient or external covers removed Service Access Width The width of the workspace in front of the equipment A minimum of 762 mm 30 in or the width of the equipment whichever is greater Head Clearance The height dimension of the workspace The height of the workspace measured from the floor at the front edge of the equipment to the ceiling or overhead obstruction s 1981 mm 78 in or the height of the equipment whichever is greater Grounded Wall Any wall that can be electrically conductive to earth ground Masonry concrete and tile are considered
316. t nAektporrAng a NXAVIKO G A AAoUG kIVO VOUC FIGYELMEZTETES HU Ezen karbantart si k zik nyv kiz r lag angol nyelven rhet el Ha a vev szolg ltat ja angolt l elt r nyelvre tart ig nyt akkor a vev felel ss ge a ford t s elk sz ttet se Ne pr b lja elkezdeni haszn lni a berendez st am g a karbantart si k zik nyvben le rtakat nem rtelmezt k Ezen figyelmeztet s figyelmen k v l hagy sa a szolg ltat m k dtet vagy a beteg ram t s mechanikai vagy egy b vesz lyhelyzet miatti s r l s t eredm nyezheti ADVORUN IS bessi pj nustuhandb k er a eins f anleg ensku Efa pj nustuveitandi vi skiptamanns parfnast annas tungum ls en ensku er ba skylda vi skiptamanns a skaffa tungum lapj nustu Reyni ekki a afgrei a taski nema a pessi pj nustuhandb k hefur veri sko u og skilin Brot a sinna essari a v run getur leitt til mei sla a j nustuveitanda stj rnanda e a sj klings fr raflosti v lr nu eda rum heettum AVVERTENZA IT Il presente manuale di manutenzione disponibile soltanto in lingua inglese Se un addetto alla manutenzione richiede il manuale in una lingua diversa il cliente tenuto a provvedere direttamente alla traduzione e Procedere alla manutenzione dell apparecchiatura solo dopo aver consultato il presente manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto mancato rispetto della
317. t Archive Node choice for the device The Archive Node selection field defines the ability of the remote host to act as a DICOM Storage Commitment provider and indicate to the operator that a study series image was archived Select AUTO to have the CT system automatically check to see if the designated remote host is a DICOM Storage Commitment Provider YES if the device is the hospital designated DICOM Storage Commitment Provider During an Application Study Archive process the local browser screen will indicate Archive Status Y tothe operator NO if the device is not a DICOM Storage Commitment Provider Select the correct Access to local host settings These two selections allow you to selectively block the remote host from using the LightSpeed DICOM services as a provider image push to destination and a Query Retrieve provider Send Images Set to YES if the customer wants the CT system to be able to have images pushed to the system from the applicable remote host Set to NO if the customer wants to block an image push from the applicable remote host Query retrieve images Set to YES if the customer wants the remote host to be able to review the image database query and pull selected images from the database Set to NO if the customer does not want the remote host to have this ability Select the correct Custom search setting This selection allows the CT scanner to selectively search through the remote host s image
318. t edge of the cradle and measure the distance from the internal axial laser line to the external axial line Verify this distance equals 240 0 mm 1 0 mm 4 Place the rule on the left edge of the cradle and measure again 5 Leave the cradle in its current position and lower the table to the minimum elevation 6 Measure the distance between the internal and external lights on both edges of the cradle as above Verify the distance remains equal to 240 0 mm 1 0 mm 3 2 5 Coronal Lights 1 Place a sheet of plain white paper at the left side of the patient opening in front of the coronal laser light Verify the two coronal lines coincide 2 Move the paper to the right side of the patient opening Verify the two coronal lines coincide 3 Place the paper in the center of the gantry opening Use a level to verify that the coronal lines are horizontal 3 2 6 Turn Lights OFF Press the alignment light button on the gantry control panel again to turn the lights OFF Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 281 D 2 D nH L w in GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 3 Autovoice Intercom Checks Volume AutoVoice Console Speaker Figure 5 22 SCIM Volume Controls Volume Volume Console Speaker olume AutoVoice Patient Speaker Figure 5 23 GSCB Volume Controls on NIO16 Console 3 3 1 Requirements Two pe
319. t the alignment A bar will fit into the alignment hole i EL 4 3 Level the Gantry The gantry uses 2 bubble levels that are permanently mounted to machined surfaces on the stationary base to tell when it is level Figure 1 9 Gantry Bubble Level Bubble Level Bubble levels are located on both ends of the gantry stationary base They re located on the stationary base near a point where the rotating structure pivots mount to the base structure See Figure 1 9 The gantry is properly leveled when the bubble is centered See Figure 1 11 on page 44 Page 42 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 1 Loosen all adjuster lock rings use a spanner wrench or large channel lock pliers 2 Systematically turn each of the gantry s adjusters locations 1 2 3 and 4 in Figure 1 11 until both bubble levels are centered left to right and front to back Begin by turning each adjuster no more than 1 turn at a time Use the adjuster tool 1 1 8 socket and the 7 drive ratchet to turn each adjuster Refer to Figure 1 4 on page 40 Systematic Procedure for Leveling gantry follows a Level the left side from front to back by turning adjusters 1 and 2 b Level the right side from front to back by turning adjusters 3 and 4 C Level the side right or left that is higher with respect to the other s
320. t the pole on the worksurface See and a Adhesive the pad under the grommet mount b Use large bolt to go through parts c Fixthe clamp on the desk with 4 screws d Putthe screw plate cover through the pole Check the pin position with the screw Figure C 16 Pole Mounting f p E 4 A x a p E y AP E 2 Change configuration of the monitor arms for site a Three configurations for customer to select see pictures below Page 200 Section 1 0 FWS Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 17 Three configurations 18 cm arm 25 cm arm b If B or C is selected disengage the not to used arm by unscrewing the junction bolts and reconfigure the arms Figure C 18 Junction Bolt Junction Bolt Notice the direction during reconfiguration 3 Secure cable covers onto monitor arms Cable covers should open backward the customer Figure C 19 Monitor Arms Rear View 2 E E En E S Cable Cover Open Backward i O D D Lo E o lt Kei 3 c S i 2 o Lo E 4 Mount the monitors to the arm Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 201 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure C 20 Monitor Installation 5 Mount arms with pole Figure C 21 a Loosen two screws slightly Put the
321. t the specifications listed on data sheets Responsibilities also include means and stan dard deviation measurements and keeping a record of failures that occur during the image series Unless otherwise stated use the following scan parameters during the image series acquisition Scan FOV equal to display FOV Field of View 512x512 matrix size Consider any image series scan that does not meet specifications as failing For means and standard deviations 9096 of the slices must pass Any failure on a particular technique requires at least ten additional slices to evaluate effectively Systems with metal free cradles have a phantom holder with a perpendicular adjustment Z axis knob on it Each time you change phantoms make sure you use a bubble level and the Z axis knob on the phantom holder to level the phantom 6 2 Data Recording Means and Standard Deviation Any failure on a particular technique requires at least a ten additional slices to evaluate effectively For means and standard deviations 90 of the slices must pass Record means to two decimal places and round to the nearest one tenth one decimal place when you compare the resulting values to the spec Record standard deviations to two decimal places then round off to one decimal place to compare it to the spec Average standard deviations Use two decimal places to average the values then round off to one place Before you record the means and standard d
322. table K ec Se UN Holes for Fixing Cables Lo x25 EE DE 5 lt 5 S v S 3 E aH E Appendix C Operating Table Installation and Adjustment Page 209 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 210 Section 2 0 Aurora Table Assembly and Adjustment GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Appendix D Pictorial Representation of Required Tools Use the following guide as a reference if you are unsure of a tool listed in Section 2 4 on page 32 Table D 1 Required Tools TOOL NAME PICTURE EXAMPLE PART NUMBER Adapter Sears Industrial 3 3 to 1 9 4258 Ball Peen Hammer Sears Industrial 11b 2lb 9 38465 Canned Air e Miller Stephenson Aero Duster MS 222N Clamp on Amp Meter Sears Industrial 9 WTAD105 Combination Wrench Set Sears Industrial U S Standard amp Metric 9 44048 Sears Industrial 9 MU65401 Deep Well Socket Sears Industrial 3 4 X included with 9 34496 Dental Pick Diagonal Cutting ST Sears Industrial Small 9 45077 Pliers Part Numbers given for reference only GE Healthcare does not endorse any tool brand name Cordless Screwdriver Appendix D Pictorial Representation of Required Tools Page 211 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL
323. ter 1 Position Subsystems Page 45 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 1 14 Gantry Bearing Bearing surface On most systems a change in the bearing gap does not cause the gantry to make unusual sounds unless the gap is severe If the gantry is badly damaged and the gap is severe it can cause operation issues Some systems are shipped with shock indicators that must be returned to Milwaukee A severe failure may be seen during installation as a problem rotating the gantry 4 4 A Procedure 1 Remove the scan window following the procedure in appendix A Section 6 0 on page 164 2 Remove the top and rear gantry covers following the procedures in Appendix A Section 2 0 on page 149 and Section 4 0 on page 160 3 Use a 2 5mm hex wrench as a tool to measure the gap at the positions shown in Figure 1 15 The location of gantry components does not matter Simply measure four 4 locations 90 degrees apart from each other Figure 1 15 Inspection Locations Page 46 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 Ifthe 2 5mm hex wrench easily fits without effort in the gap the gap is out of spec Figure 1 16 shows a gap that is too large Figure 1 17 shows a gap that is good Notice that the hex wrench does not fit in the gap in Figure 1 17 but does in Fi
324. ter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 357 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL GE Medical Systems Remote Service Broadband Customer Site Assessment Site Name FE Name City State FE Phone Date FE Email Yes No 1 Does your site currently have a persistent 24x7 Internet connection rH 2 Is the GEMS Diagnostic Imaging equipment on the Local Area Network and will it be m accessible to the Internet 3 Does your site have a VPN device today rH rH 4 Is the VPN device one of the models below 7f Yes please select the model from the O n options below 3 a Cisco Pix Firewalls 7 g Symantec Raptor firewalls 1 b Cisco Routers E bi Firebox 1 9o Cisco 3000 Series Altiga acquisition E 1 Linux S WAN 3 d Checkpoint Firewalls Software E J Sidewinder Version 4 1 and higher E k Netscreen 1 Nortel Contivity Software Version 3 2 or higher E 1 None PD fRedcreek 7 m Other If No the GEMS Connectivity Support Team can help determine device compatibility 5 Does your VPN device support triple DES Encryption a D 6 Has approval been given to install this VPN connection O D Site Approver s Name 7 Provide your VPN Installer information this is the person who will be contacted to schedule the VPN install Customer Installer Name Installer Telephone Number Installer e mail address Notes Field Engineer needs to prov
325. terconnect Cables Page 99 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 13 Video Cable and Power Cable Image Monitor J Video cable from Console Host DVI I to Monitor D SUB Power cable from Console power panel outlet Route through the cable keeper Figure 2 14 Video Cable and Power cable PT E O uw MES ge um DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER CABLE LENGTH QTY Scan Monitor Power Cable 5432953 4 3050 mm 1 Scan Monitor Video Cable 5408703 3000 mm 1 Image Monitor Power Cable 5432953 3 3050 mm 1 Image Monitor Video Cable 5332107 2 3000 mm 1 Table 2 5 Monitor Cables Page 100 Section 4 0 True In One Console Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 15 Cable Routing and Keeper NOTICE There is the exist issue that scan and image monitors display reverse on TIO True In One console FX1800 graphics card PN 5700000 24 before 11BW46 3 SP2 2 installation At first check the software version string by following methods to confirm whether 11BW46 3 SP2 2 has been installed or not a Open a Unix Shell and type the following command ctuser hostname swhwinfo b Look at the Common Service Desktop Home Page i y gt o a E un N
326. terization 1 Start the Mechanical Characterization tool from the Calibration tab on the Common Service Desktop 2 Select the CHARACTERIZE ALIGNMENT LIGHTS button from the interface 3 Follow the on screen instructions 3 9 2 Table Height Characterization 1 Select the CHARACTERIZE TABLE HEIGHT button from the interface 2 Follow the on screen instructions Note If the table height is less than 21mm or greater than 25mm relative to ISO you must adjust the table height using the table leveling pad and adjusters Raise or lower all four adjusters equally to achieve desired results Note down the value of distance V which will be used in Section 3 11 Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 287 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 10 Short Footprint Setting Note Note CAUTION NOTICE Normally the table cradle can travel up to 1712 mm from scan central line The Short Footprint function can limit this distance to a value shorter than 1712 mm in 1 mm increments If you moved the cradle into the set maximum distance while the table is not at the highest position then the system will inhibit the table upward operation During the table characterization procedure or while operating the cradle with the service switches on the GTCB board the cradle is enabled to move up to 1712 mm from scan central line regardless o
327. the UTILITIES icon o Select SYSTEM STATE to open the System State Save Restore menu Select ALL Select SAVE When the save operation completes select FILE and QUIT from the pull down menu Remove the DVD from the drive ON oO Om P CO Page 324 Section 7 0 System Functional Test GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL This page intentionally left blank a E 3 o ki D o l wo Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 325 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Page 326 Section 8 0 Save System State GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Note Only use the Installation manual that arrives with your system for installation Any other revisions of this manual may not exactly match your system Section 1 0 CT Options Injector functional tests completed AW functional tests completed Filming Camera functional tests completed UPS functional tests completed Network items installed and functional tests completed aoaaa Verify Axial 10mm image enhancement options installation only for China mainland market O Verify that all customer software options are installed and functional c S Q el wi Qo s o 3 S i M Chapter
328. the back of the table base and one in the front of the table base Refer to Figure 1 45 and Figure 1 46 Page 70 Section 4 0 Install and Level Table Gantry GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Table Dolly Support Bar Lo E Di S Lo O 3 Lo O a 6 Roll the dolly away from the table 7 Remove the remaining side rail of the dolly from the other side of the table following Step 5 8 Reassemble the dolly Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 71 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 5 0 Rear Entry Cable Box A rear entry cable box B7850RC is used when the cables to the gantry cannot be brought up inside the gantry base The box is not supplied with the system and must be ordered separately 1 Attach the rear entry cable box frame to the gantry base using four 4 screws that are shipped with the kit See Figure 1 47 The assembly can be made to fit floor entrance conduit or surface floor duct Figure 1 47 Rear Entry Cable Box d x Attach to frame using Rear Entry four 4 4mm screws Cable Box frame Rear Entry Cable Box Cover 2 There are three pairs of spacers shipped with this cover Select the pair that is most appropriate for this site based on the hardware Solid metal Precut L shaped metal Solid plastic Can be cut Page 72 Sectio
329. the electric shock OC LCD Monitors MOD Tower Peripheral Media Tower Modem Video Splitter Do not connect any other electrical devices than accessories provided by GE It will cause of the increase of leakage current and the electric shock Chapter 9 Installation Completion Page 373 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL This page intentionally left blank Page 374 Section 1 0 Notice to the customer GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Appendix G Additional Characterization Procedures For information related to alignment setup and calibration procedures please refer to the System Service Methods Direction 5350500 8EN re 3 O gt Ki Ki lt LI uu Appendix G Additional Characterization Procedures Page 375 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL This page intentionally left blank Page 376 Appendix G Additional Characterization Procedures GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Appendix H System Configuration Da ta Sheets REQUIREMENTS Record valuable system information in the data sheets that follow Consult with your customer or network administrator to obtain the information Understanding how the customer plans to u
330. the phantom hanger bracket 2 3 Calibration Process Introduction If your system has a factory supplied state MOD you used it to load the system calibration files during the Restore System State 2 3 on page 263 of this manual Page 296 Section 2 0 Calibration Process GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 3 0 Table Gantry Alignment Procedure 3 1 Time Personnel Finalization Procedure Preliminary Reqs Required Persons 2 FE or mechanical supplier 45 minutes labor on site 3 2 Tools and Test Equipment 1 mm wire 3 3 Preparation All table mechanical alignment procedures completed The table perpendicular alignment test passed Table anchors are in place and within specification The table is level in all directions 3 4 Procedure TABLE GANTRY PREP 1 Check that the table cradle is level in all directions Correct if necessary 2 Drive the table to its highest elevation ISO with the phantom holder removed 3 Check the scan window for proper installation ES E 3 o kl Oo o wo VERIFY TABLE DRIVE CONSISTENCY 4 Drive the table cradle in and out five times to seat the rollers CRADLE SETUP 5 Turn on the alignment lights 6 Advance the end of the cradle to the black dot on cradle Tape a 100 mm section of 1 mm wire on the cradle that aligns with the white cradle center l
331. the rear of Host Computer referring to the drawing below Figure 2 30 The drawing is also printed on the right rear door of the console Page 114 Section 5 0 NIO16 Console Connection GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Figure 2 30 Host Computer Connections Serial Port Serial Port GSCB RHARD C USB 1 Keyboard Purple Green 2 Mouse D B 3 Trackball C 2 4 BarCode Reader 5 EXT USB USB USB 6 DVD RW 1394 ETH 1 2 O Reserved 1 Gantry 2 HSP ETH3 3 HUB 3 4 DVI I 0 Display Monitor DPO Scan Monitor ETH2 5 5 6 GRN GSCB AUDIO IN BLUE GSCB AUDIO OUT Ei Qa PINK GRN BLUE DIP D SUB GSCB X ray Abort O e eG Dip O Optical Fibre RX E MIC AOUT AIN 2 O DIP n N DVI I 0 DPO DP 1 Graphic ETH 1 ETH O NIC GPU NOTE EXT USB is for DVD Tower External HD Drive DVD RW is for DVD Tower DVD R CD R Drive 5 6 Switch Hub Connections Switch Hub located on the left bottom of the console Plug cables into Switch Hub on console Figure 2 31 Switch Hub Connections Swtich Outline SC y L e Switch Hub Switch Hub Bracket Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 115 GE COMPANY
332. tion PET Gantry CB7 Operator Console CB8 R3 Power CB9 NGPDU Control Power Supply Power monitor relay CB10 Power monitor relay Chapter 2 Power Ground amp Interconnect Cables Page 131 i EU gt e a 5 Di E N GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 9 1 3 Transformer 480VAC Taps Verify that the transformer taps are set properly The transformer taps are set to 480 VAC operation at the factory The taps should be set as shown in Figure 2 49 Figure 2 49 PDU Tap Positions for 480 volt operation Transformer Taps and Jumpers 65432 1 65432 11 65432 1 H3 H2 H1 High Voltage Transformer Note Taps should be shipped as shown for 480 VAC only For all others you must move the taps to correct position according to Figure 2 49 9 1 4 HVDC Connection Connect the internally shielded HVDC cable to TS2 on the standing panel See Figure 2 43 for the location of the connector and Figure 2 50 for details Observe polarities and grounds Figure 2 50 HVDC Connection Standing Panel HVDC SUPPLY OUTPUT CONNETCTIONS Install Shield Clamp tightly around exposed Cable Shield at lower left of PDU Page 132 Section 9 0 PDU Cable Connections amp Configuration GE COMPANY DIRECTION
333. tion completed if necessary Broadband installed and operational 7 2 Site Clean Up anann All DVDs for customer options placed in the GE service cabinet All system software and service tools placed in the GE service cabinet System cleaned and nicks touched up with paint Installation site cleaned and all trash properly disposed 7 3 Dolly Return O ZA Options Return of dollies arranged and dolly pick up confirmed Check the appropriate boxes here and on the GE e 4879 form to verify the installation and properfunctionality of all customer ordered options noaoono Injector installed and operational Advantage Windows Workstation installed and functional tests completed Advantage 4D installed and functional tests completed Filming Camera installed and operational UPS installed and functional tests completed Network items installed and functional tests completed Customer software options installed and operational Chapter 4 Electrical Introduction Page 249 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL C Teleradiology connections completed See Section 10 0 of Chapter 7 C Remote monitor installed and operational C Bar code reader installed and operational C Cardiac monitor and stand installed and operational 7 5 Paperwork Final Activities GE e 4879 form completed see Section 8 1 Required for installations in ALL countries FDA 2579 for
334. tractor Connections 3 0 GND N G Do NOT connect anything to neutral point 2 Run the main input power conductors and ground though flexible metal conduit attached between the PDU chassis and room duct work so you can move the PDU away from the wall during service Figure 1 56 Flexible Conduit for PDU Power 3 Locate the hole cover plate in Box 1 and attach the flexible metal conduit to the PDU 4 Cutthe three phase and 1 0 ground wire to size Page 78 Section 8 0 Position the Power Distribution Unit GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 5 Attach cables as shown in Figure 1 56 and Figure 1 57 Figure 1 57 PDU Area Locations Lo E Di S Lo O 3 Lo O a Input Power Output Connectors Bulkhead Chapter 1 Position Subsystems Page 79 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 9 0 Install Operator Console 9 1 Unpack Console 1 Remove all items from the console 2 Remove all packing materials and discard 3 Place the step board under the front edge of the skid and step on it to raise the front edge of the skid as in Figure 1 59 Figure 1 59 Step board used to raise front edge of skid 4 Remove the two front cushions from the bottom of the skid Refer to Figure 1 60 Figure 1 60 Cushion on bottom of skid CONSOLE UNLOAD 4
335. treak Artifact Failure Recovery 323 Section 7 0 System Functional Teek eet o tail 324 Section 8 0 Save System Sale o O 324 Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification 327 Section 1 0 CT Ot re 327 Section 2 0 htcilen rm 328 2 1 Dic MOD tt rot E m etti A UR 328 2 2 Camera Filming DeviCO uid s Het Lato bat nis tia 328 2 3 Advantage Workstation AW 328 Section 3 0 DICOM Network Introduction oooonnonnnnnnnccccncccccncccnnnnnnnnnnnanannnnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnns 329 Section 4 0 Before Yo Start ee eto st M a cc LEE 330 4 1 Network Physical Requirement eene 330 4 2 Network Identity Information enne nnne nnns 330 4 3 Scanner to DICOM Remote Hosts Network Information cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeee 330 4 4 Scanner to DICOM HIS RIS Interface Network Information ooooonccccnnnonnnnnnnnncannccncnanns 330 4 5 Scanner to DICOM Printers Network Information sseseeeeeseeeeeeseeerrressrrrressreerrsssrerens 331 Section 5 0 Declaring the System on the Hospital Network 332 5 1 Enter Configuration Routine 332 5 2 Configure Network SettingS cnn conan enne nnne 333 5 3 Initiate System Reconfiguration seesensnsnrinneeessteettttrrtnrrnnsttestterttnrntnnnnnennrnnennn nennen 335 Section 6 0 Declaring Remote Hosts on the CT System
336. ttings Screen as shown in Figure 5 13 Comment The following pages show the screens that are used to change the configuration of the system These screens are the same as those used for the Software Configuration during Load From Cold The actual screens will vary depending on the current configuration of your system Page 268 Section 2 0 Computer Integration GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN Revision 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL D 2 e E L o w uy Figure 5 13 System Settings Screen Chapter 5 Electrical Integration and Safety Verifications Page 269 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 4 Configure System Settings a Hospital Name Figure 5 13 item 1 configures the name that will show up on images produced by this scanner Example ST MARYS HOSPITAL b Service ID Figure 5 13 item 2 is issued by the Service organization Example 262785CT2 no spaces C Selectthe Time Zone for the site Note Use the scrollbar at the bottom of the time zone selection list to view the entire description of the time zone you are about to select to ensure that you are selecting the correct time zone for your location If the time zone of your location is not in the list above select one of the universal times in the selection menu In this case automatic changes for daylight savings time will not take effect S
337. tud while attaching the rubber retaining straps 3 Reattach upper and lower cantrell brackets on both sides a Remove upper cantrell brackets from service position and rotate them into position over their associated retaining pins Press down firmly on the bracket and snap it into place The locking mechanism on each upper bracket should lock the bracket securely into place Do this on both sides b Remove lower cantrell brackets from service position and rotate them into position over their associated retaining pins Press down firmly on the bracket and snap it into place Note Adjustment of the cantrell brackets can cause misalignment of the top and side covers The upper and lower cantrell brackets do not re quire adjust during normal use 4 Remove dolly disassemble and store safely away 5 Re attach cables to cover 6 Re install the mylar scan window Carefully bend the scan window and place it into the channel groove provided in the covers 2 v gt Oo I lt Figure A 23 Installing the mylar window Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite Page 161 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 5 0 Gantry Cover Alignment Adjustment Guide 5 1 Overview This section explains the adjustment capability available for the Gantry covers and guidelines for performing adjustments 5 2 Tools Required 3mm 5mm 8mm
338. ult ground TS3 2 440vac output Red vault ground TS3 3 440vac output Orange vault ground Check box when complete Check box when complete Oooaada Check box when complete 8 Leave the metal cover off the PDU A3 input power panel until you complete the checks in the next section Section 2 0 Site Ground Continuity Check Use an ohmmeter to verify the presence of less than 1 0 ohm of resistance between each of the following points Table 3 4 Resistance Verification Site Ground FROM TO PDU Ground Bus Vault Ground O Check box when complete PDU Ground Bus Table Gantry raceway O Check box when complete ground point Table Gantry raceway Gantry Chassis O Check box when complete ground point Table Gantry raceway Table Chassis O Check box when complete ground point Table Gantry raceway Operator Console Chassis O Check box when complete ground point All Display or Computing Operator Console Chassis O Check box when complete Options if any Page 142 Section 2 0 Site Ground Continuity Check GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 3 0 Axial Head Holder Shim Installation 3 1 Overview This procedure applies to the following Table Types GT 2000 All head holders GT 1700 All head holders HP 1600 All head holders PET Tables All head holders 3 2 Requirements Table 3 5 Personnel Requirements REQUIRED PERSONS PRELIMI
339. und and that the ground and neutral connections are intact Section 2 0 Review Mechanical Hand Off Material Complete the Mechanical Hand Off checklist All options were installed If not contact your install specialist Check for short ships Review cable connections with mechanical team anaoa Complete paperwork and phone calls as needed Section 3 0 Training This product requires a trained FE to proceed with the calibrations in this section Chapter 4 Electrical Introduction Page 245 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 4 0 Required FE Common Tools and Supplies 4 1 FE Calibration and Service Tool List Note Items with checks y are included in the Install Support Kit Special CT Tools used for mechanical alignments y 5mm hex bit for 3 8 drive 6 long y 10mm open end thin wrench Snap On FAML5E or equivalent Snap On SRSM10 or equivalent X 10mm hex bit for ratchet wrench ball end d 21mm open end thin wrench Snap On FABM10E or equivalent Snap On LTAM2124 or equivalent 4 2 5mm Allen hex bit for Y 4 14mm ball hex socket bit for 3 8 drive Standard FE Tool Kit y 14 mm hex socket bit for Y drive Torque Wrench Kit 4 2 Electrical Tools These tools must be calibrated yearly Fluke 87 DVM or equivalent Clamp on amp meter 4 3 Image Quality Calibration Tools QA Phantom 2144715 IQ Cal poly phantom 35cm 21447
340. until it stops Tilt the gantry top toward the table I until it stops BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL EXPECTED RESULTS Table elevation on display should read 210 mm Tilt display should read S10 5 0 5 For BrightSpeed Elite system Table elevation on display should read 210 mm Tilt display should read 19 5 0 5 For Optima CT540 system Table elevation on display should read 210 mm Tilt display should read 111 0 x0 5 Table 5 7 Position Table Move Tilt to Interference Limit Tests 3 11 2 3 Tilt Limits When Table Below Scan Plane Lower Limit The following tests verify the table and tilt interference limits when the table height is below the scan plane Note l means top of gantry tilts toward the table base S means top of gantry tilts away from the table base e V means distance from table height to ISO Important For all tests make sure there is 2 5 cm of clearance between the gantry and table TEST EXPECTED RESULTS 3 11 2 3 Set gantry tilt to zero Move cradle to Cradle position on display should read 0 0 1 home position lower the table all the Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 Table way and set the internal landmark height should read 560 0 V 3 mm 3 11 2 3 Tilt the gantry forward and backwards Gantry tilt on display should read 0 0 0 5 2 and verify the following tilt limits 0 0 Gantry tilt on display should read 130 0 0 5 an
341. up cence ee eeaaeaeceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaaaeaeaeaeeeeeeeeeetenseees 52 4 7 Table Cover Retrioval ett ER itech ot nitate ga dee cce cia M loea 54 4 8 Removing the Accessory Rail St 55 4 9 Install the Table Cradle Laser Alignment Plates 00 00 00 cceeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaaas 55 4 10 Level the Table comic dadas 57 4 10 1 Basic Information EE 57 4 10 14 Tools Required ite tr e etes 57 4 10 1 2 Time and Personne 57 4 10 1 3 Alignment Conditions mmn 57 4 10 1 4 Alignment Specifications em 57 4 10 2 Level and Center the Table to the Gantry 0 0 eececceeeeeeeneeeeeeenneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaas 57 4 11 Cradle Table Parallel Check 60 4 12 Tighten the Lock RIOS uni ener Erde rtr th oe etd etie n dede end 62 4 13 Drill the Table Anchor Holes eene nnne nnne 63 4 13 1 Notes to Mechanical Installers sessssssssesem 63 4 13 1 1 Note 1 Basic Anchoring Information ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenaeees 63 4 13 1 2 Note 2 Alternate Anchoring ssseseesseserirssseerrrssrerrrssrrrrrsssrrrnsssrreens 63 4 13 1 3 Note 3 Non Concrete Floors see em 63 4 13 1 4 Note 4 GE Notification oooooincccnncinncnncnncccccncnnnononconncnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnnnnns 63 413 2 REQUIREMENTS ssa e a e t rate eee do t RE Ee RE RR at 63 4 13 2 1 ToolsbReouired nennen nennen 63 4 13 2 2 Time and Personne ener 64 4 13 3 Drilling Procedure aratri trece t EE RR ooh ERR dads HEBR SAEPE RE ERAN
342. ur system grounds Refer to the illustrations below for visual depictions of the required measurements Figure 8 2 Measurement Points 1 5 Finalization No finalization required Chapter 8 System Level Safety Tests Page 367 Io DI Di eil e X D Di Ke GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 2 0 CT System Chassis Leakage Test 2 1 Personnel Requirements Procedure Finalization 120 mins 120 mins Required Persons Preliminary Reqs 1 Engineer 1 Customer Electrician N A 2 2 Overview Unless required by your state the CT System Chassis Leakage Test is an optional procedure 2 2 1 Time 2 Hour labor on site includes Removal of covers Leakage test Reinstallation of covers Recording of site data on the CT System Chassis Leakage Test Completion Form if required by your state Forward the completed form to your Project Manager of Installation 2 3 Preliminary Requirements 2 3 1 Tools and Test Equipment Item Qty Standard FE Service Tool Kit GEH LOTO Kit 1 Dale 600 or 601 Leakage Current Meter 1 GE Healthcare performed validation of this procedure using the Dale 600 601 meter ONLY Due to the unique nature of this meter GE cannot guarantee the accuracy of this procedure if you use another meter Page 368 Section 2 0 CT System Chassis Leakage Test GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REV
343. ure Perform tube warm up and fast calibration Complete tomographic plane indication Run image series tests Run system functional test Create system state DVD Perform the Patient Touch Leakage Test Perform the CT System Chassis Leakage Test as required by local code Complete installation and verification of any customer options Complete and return GE Form e4879 Installation Data Verification for all installations 1 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 9 1 1 1 0 1 2 13 14 5 6 1 1 o e ec SNA RS SS Page 248 Section 5 0 Requirements Assumptions GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 7 0 Checklists for Completed Installation Complete the installation tasks listed below and check the appropriate boxes here and on the GE e 4879 form to verify the completion of these tasks Section 8 1 contains an explanation of the GE e 4879 form which the FE must complete and submit for ALL installations 7 1 System Level 7 1 1 General O O O O HVAC system is operational and environmental data reported on the GE e 4879 form System realignments completed if required Broadband installed and operational 3 2 i o S uy l SE Power and ground audit completed 7 1 2 Optional and Regional O O O Seismic mounting kit installed if required in your area Generator recalibra
344. used Important Precautions Page 11 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL CAUTION Risk of Explosion ATTENTION Danger d Explosion IMPORTANT RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL HANDLING Only employees formally trained in radioactive materials handling and this equipment are authorized by the GE Healthcare Radiation Safety Officer to use radioactive materials to service this equipment GE Healthcare is required to notify the applicable U S state agency PRIOR to any source service event involving pin source handling See NUC PET radioactive material guides for specific instruction or contact your EHS Specialist A radiation survey must be performed when a pin source has been removed and replaced See Radiation Survey Form Instructions or contact your EHS Specialist Rev 2 July 21 2005 LITHIUM BATTERY CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer Discard used batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions Il y a danger d explosion s il y a replacement incorrect de la batterie Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du m me type ou d un type recommand par le constructeur Mettre au r but les batteries usag es conform ment aux instructions du fabricant OMISSIONS amp ERRORS Customers please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives GE per
345. using the left cursor button To ensure specifications are properly applied do not adjust the Reference ROls for the Ring Band and Streak artifact tests The Reference ROIs are adjustable after the qe Accept Modification click Click on ACCEPT MODIFICATION twice to generate a report Verify the Overall Test Pass Fail Indicator Window of the Report display indicates PASS Repeat steps b through g for each image noted in Step 3e Chapter 6 Image Quality Page 515 ES E 3 o kl Oo o wo GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 6 5 2 3 Note Failure Recommended Actions 1 Image Series 4 Image MTF Average Failure Recovery Specifications The 4 Image MTF Average must pass specifications 4 Image MTF Average 0 58 to 1 00 Recommended Recovery 1 Repeat Detailed Cal for the 20cm QA Phantom 2 Repeat Auto CT Adjust for the 20cm QA Phantom 3 Repeat Sections 6 5 2 1 amp 6 5 2 2 to verify Image Performance 274 Recon series Visible Lines Failure Recovery Specifications The Largest 5 line pair patterns coded F E D C and B must be visible for each of the four images in this series Recommended Recovery The most common failure for this test is that the phantom has air bubbles that are obscuring the line pair patterns 1 Carefully inspect the 20cm QA Phantom for air bubbles If required refill the pha
346. utro servi o de assist ncia t cnica solicitar a tradu o deste manual caber ao cliente fornecer os servi os de tradu o N o tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual de assist ncia t cnica A n o observ ncia deste aviso pode ocasionar ferimentos no t cnico operador ou paciente decorrentes de choques el tricos mec nicos ou outros Page 8 Important Precautions GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL ATENC O PT PT Este manual de assist ncia t cnica s se encontra dispon vel em ingl s Se qualquer outro servico de assist ncia t cnica solicitar este manual noutro idioma da responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os servicos de tradu o N o tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual de assist ncia t cnica O n o cumprimento deste aviso pode colocar em perigo a seguran a do t cnico do operador ou do paciente devido a choques el ctricos mec nicos ou outros ATEN IE RO Acest manual de service este disponibil doar n limba englez Dac un furnizor de servicii pentru clien i necesit o alt limb dec t cea englez este de datoria clientului s furnizeze o traducere Nu incercati s reparati echipamentul dec t ulterior consult rii si n elegerii acestui manual de service Ignorarea acestui avertisment ar putea duce la r nirea depanato
347. val initi aaa caca 149 22 Top Cover Jnstallatton nennen enne nnn nnne 150 Section 3 0 Gantry Front e geess 151 3 1 Front Cover Dolly Setup ooooooccccccncoccccconononcnoccnnnoncnccnnnno nn cnc canon nennen nennen enne nens 151 3 2 ICE 153 3 3 Install m cere 158 Section 4 0 Gantry Rear GOV GN osos 160 4 1 Removal EET 160 4 2 Del mM 161 Table of Contents Page 21 S E x e e D GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 5 0 Gantry Cover Alignment Adjustment Guide eese 162 5 1 QU TE 162 5 2 Reie E Ke UTC RE 162 5 3 Adjustment Gulide ciet ederet ded ie doves dae adda eee de da edad 162 5 3 4 Front Rear Cover adiustment nennen 162 5 3 2 oca Wiele e siot iota rb e neri ODE is 163 5 3 39 Top Cover Adjustment 2 tie de beg E Pg PR dct aad aot 163 5 344 2SIde COVerS A ERECTO mee bee 163 5 3 5 O ee d e e E i Di Qe oe teda 163 Section 6 0 Gantry Scan WIDOOW scence te Reese tee ee ee eee 164 6 1 Remove Scan ANE eege et ut EM dec M beatin dae slant eden citando lacas 164 6 2 Install Scan WiINGOW eene nennen nennen nennen 164 Section 7 0 Gantry Dase GOVers eee eniin inline denia sano nidan isi 165 Section 8 0 Gantry Auxiliary Mini
348. vantage Workstation if Hispeed connection is required APM UPS A A Lo c S Q el i Qo E o 3 S i N Figure 7 17 Console Rear Bulkhead Chapter 7 Customer Options Installation amp Verification Page 355 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL For NIO16 Console Network Connection All cables connection via Switch Hub Switch Hub located on the left bottom of the console Plug cables into Switch Hub on console Swtich Outline O SRV Host Switch Hub Switch Hub Bracket Serial Port Serial Port GSCB RHARD C USB 1 Keyboard Purple Green 2 Mouse 3 Trackball O 4 BarCode Reader 5 EXT USB USB USB 6 DVD RW 1394 ETH 1 2 0 Reserved 1 Gantry 2 HSP ETH 3 S HUB 3 4 DVI I 0 Display Monitor DP 0 Scan Monitor ETH 2 5 6 GRN GSCB AUDIO IN BLUE GSCB AUDIO OUT PINK GRN BLUE DIP D SUB GSCB X ray Abort e Q Dip 9 Optical Fibre RX MIC AOUT AIN o N DIP DVI I O DPO DP 1 Graphic ETH 1 ETH O NIC GPU Figure 7 18 NIO16 Console Rear View Page 356 Section 10 0 Network Connections GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540
349. ve the Footswitch covers and the Gantry left side cover Refer to Appendix A Removal amp Installation of Covers for BrightSpeed Elite for additional information 1 4 2 Patient Touch Leakage Current Test Procedure Note Refer to the Dale 601 Operator s Manual for instructions on the use of the Dale 600 meter for measuring leakage current or refer to Figure 8 1 for a quick overview CONNECT METER BLACK m LEADS LEAD LEA O chassis EXTERNAL id 9 d O TEST POINTS CHASSIS end UNITA UNIT B GROUND POINT CHASSIS OR GROUND TABLE SYSTEM POINT REFERENCE SELECT FUNCTION LINE VOLTS CURRENT RESISTANCE EARTH 5 chassis MT LEAD GND 1 LEAD LEAD LEAD ISO EXTERNAL RECORD VALU Figure 8 1 Using the Dale 600 601 Meter to Measure Leakage Current Chapter 8 System Level Safety Tests Page 365 N DI Di eil e X D Di 00 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Plug the Dale 600 601 Meter into the outlet on the Gantry left side and confirm that the outlet is wired correctly by observing the three LED indicators on the meter Your meter must display a valid calibration sticker Connect the meter leads to the meter as follows Note Note Note NOTICE 1 2 a Connect one end of the shorter black lead to the chassis plug and the
350. ver IP Address HIS Server AE Title HIS server AE Port CT Server AE Title Connect Pro IP Address BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL SETENV NAME GATEWAY IP GATEWAY NETMASK GATEWAY BROADCAST SUITEID Table H 2 System Network Configuration Continued FIELD VALUE NETWORK APPLICATION IMAGE TRANSFER CONFIGURATION Record the network application image transfer configuration NETWORKING APPLICATION IMAGE TRANSFER CONFIGURATION AE TITLE OR HOST NAME NETWORK ADDRESS NETWORK PROTOCOL PORT NUMBER COMMENTS Table H 3 Networking Application Image transfer Configuration HOST ETHERNET ADDRESS Page 578 GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL CAMERA CONFIGURATION Record the camera application configuration for the DASM or DICOM print camera DASM LASER CAMERA CONFIGURATION Camera Type DASM Type Film Smooth Sharp Setting Options Valid Film Formats Default Film Formats Table H 4 DASM Laser Camera Configuration TCP IP Listen Port Comments Optional DICOM PRINT CAMERA CONFIGURATION S Camera Type D Host Name IP Address 2 AE Title 8 Valid Film Formats Default Film Formats Destination Orientation Medium Type Magnification Type Table H 5 DICOM Print Camera Configuration Appendix H System Configuration Data Sheets Page 379 GE C
351. ver consists of two 2 pieces Install the front and rear gantry covers if not already installed See Section 3 0 on page 151 and Section 4 0 on page 160 1 Take one of the top covers and align the tabs on the cover with its associated bracket Lift and slide the cover into place Position the cover to fully engage the fan interlock switch Secure the cover using 2 Phillips screws 2 Take the other top cover and align the tabs on the cover with its associated bracket Lift and slide the cover into place while being sure to engage the fan interlock switch Secure the cover using 2 Phillips screws 3 Connect the cable from the fans to the gantry NOTICE Always turn OFF the HVDC before the 120 VAC Turning OFF 120 VAC power before HVDC power can result in equipment damage 4 Turn on the three 3 power switches 5 Ensure fans work properly 6 Re install the gantry side covers Page 150 Section 2 0 Gantry Top Covers GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 3 0 Gantry Front Cover NOTICE Potential for cover damage Front and rear cover removal and installation can be safely accomplished by one 1 person using the dollies provided with the system Failure to use these dollies will significantly increase the likelihood of damage to the covers Do not lean covers against walls 3 1 Front Cover Dolly Setup DANGER CAUTION DO NOT USE DOL
352. vice cabinet 6 8 Install UPS Note WARNING Follow the instructions shipped with the UPS option The option ships with two sets of instructions a GE set and a Powerware set The GE set instructs you to install the connections between the UPS and the PDU and between the UPS and the A1 Please refer to UPS Installation manual Dir 5174051 100 on service methods gt Installation Option A GE AT Disconnect with UPS controls is required for this option The Powerware set instructs you to internally connect the batteries and do a power up check Refer to both manuals for additional guidance LOCKOUT TAGOUT IS REQUIRED WHEN WORKING IN THE A1 DISCONNECT Page 120 Section 6 0 Install Options GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL Section 7 0 Gantry Cable Connections Please refer to Figure 2 2 for complete system interconnect details Table 2 14 Gantry Cable Connections TO FROM CABLE DESCRIPTION Gantry Power Pan PDU HVDC Gantry Power Pan PDU 440VAC Gantry Power Pan PDU 120VAC Gantry Power Pan Console Fiber Take extreme care when you install the fiber optic DAS data cable Do not step on kink or sharply bend this fragile DAS cable 5 Gantry Power Pan Console LAN a MSUB TGPG J9 Console Control 3 MSUB TGPG J11 PDU Control E 1 If using a rear cable entry box B7850RC install it now before routing cables to gantry E
353. while still meeting all installation requirements and specifications This adds left side flexibility allowing the CT system to be sited in rooms with widths 559 mm 22 in smaller than the current minimum room width In the minimum room configuration left side access and egress may be restricted for sites with less than 711 mm 28 in of left side clearance Refer to your site s installation print for your room s detail 4 1 Regulatory Caution Site prints are required for all system installations including relocation and moves CT room layout as shown on your site print shall meet all regulatory requirements as described in the installation manual Additional room components such as cabinets reduce room size Equipment not shown on the site print may void the caution statement making the room non compliant Actual site measurements before installation will be taken to determine room size and compliance For minimum room size sites where the gantry distance between the wall and side cover is between 357 mm 686 mm 14 in 27 in the left side cannot be considered or used for egress In this configuration egress around the left side of the gantry will be restricted Unobstructed egress route shall be provided around the table foot end or behind the back of the gantry If millwork is required or will be installed later consider room placement locations that allows for regulatory compliance and clearances 4 2 Operational Caution In t
354. y unfold the legs so that the castors touch the floor Tighten the palm screws to clamp the legs between the base top and bottom plates Lifting the base by the riser post while leaving the castors on the floor will ease palm screw tightening Reference Figure A 7 ENSURE BOTH PALM SCREWS ARE TIGHTENED SECURELY AND THE LEGS ARE CLAMPED TIGHTLY BETWEEN THE BASE TOP AND BOTTOM PLATES FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT IN INSTABILITY DURING FRONT COVER HANDLING Insert top post into the base riser post Align the key for complete engagement Insert top post locking pin to secure both top and bottom sections 7 Reverse above steps to disassemble For base storage only one 1 palm screw needs to be tightened This will engage the bottom base plate and the leg ends preventing the legs from unfolding during transport and storage Page 152 Section 3 0 Gantry Front Cover GE COMPANY DIRECTION 5341628 1EN REVISION 12 BRIGHTSPEED ELITE OPTIMA CT540 INSTALLATION MANUAL 3 2 Removal 1 Position the table at its lowest position 2 Remove gantry side and top covers if you have not already done so See Section 1 0 on page 147 Make sure that the three 3 power switches have been turned off See Figure A 3 3 Assemble the front cover dolly Tighten the two 2 shoulder bolts to the gantry securely This will make cover installation easier See Figure A 8 a Figure A 8 Front Side Dolly Shoulder Bolt and Wing Nu 2 v

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Toshiba Satellite L55-B5267  Philips 42TA2800S 42" LCD HD Ready widescreen flat TV  Mode d`emploi - OSH anti MIS  Sony VAIO VPCEB3TFX  Gamma Cardio CG: User Manual  Multifunctional Portable Video Magnifier Aumax  EB3486-TN Station Board User`s Manual  L2454 取扱説明書  ＜＜島根原子力館 案内図＞＞    

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file